INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS AND OTHER ... - Veterans Affairs



TC "PART I - THE SCHEDULE" \l 1TC "SECTION A - SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM" \l 1TC "SF 1442 SOLICITATION, OFFER, AND AWARD (Construction, Alteration, or Repair)" \l 2 1. SOLICITATION NUMBER2. TYPE OF SOLICITATION3. DATE ISSUEDPAGE OF PAGES4. CONTRACT NUMBER5. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST NUMBER6. PROJECT NUMBER7. ISSUED BYCODE8. ADDRESS OFFER TOa. NAMEb. TELEPHONE NUMBER (Include area code) (NO COLLECT CALLS)10. THE GOVERNMENT REQUIRES PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THESE DOCUMENTS (Title, identifying number, date)12a. THE CONTRACTOR MUST FURNISH ANY REQUIRED PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS? (If "YES," indicate within how many calendar days after award in Item 12B.)12b. CALENDAR DAYS13. ADDITIONAL SOLICITATION REQUIREMENTS:STANDARD FORM 1442 (REV. 8/2014)STANDARD FORM 1442Prescribed by GSA-FAR (48 CFR) 52.236-1(d)SOLICITATION, OFFER,AND AWARD(Construction, Alteration, or Repair)SOLICITATIONSOLICITATIONIMPORTANT - The "offer" section on the reverse must be fully completed by offeror.9. FOR INFORMATION CALL:NOTE: In sealed bid solicitations "offer" and "offeror" mean "bid" and "bidder".SEALED BID (IFB)NEGOTIATED (RFP)11. The Contractor shall begin performance within ____________ calendar days and complete it within ____________ calendar days after receivingaward,notice to proceed. This performance period ismandatorynegotiable. (See _____________________________).YESNOa.Sealed offers in original and ___________________copies to perform the work required are due at the place specified in Item 8 by _____________(hour) local time _____________________ (date). If this is a sealed bid solicitation, offers must be publicly opened at that time. Sealedenvelopes containing offers shall be marked to show the offeror's name and address, the solicitation number, the date and time offers are due.b.An offer guarantee is,is not required.c.All offers are subject to the (1) work requirements, and (2) other provisions and clauses incorporated in the solicitation in full text or by reference. .d.Offers providing less than _______________________ calendar days for Government acceptance after the date offers are due will not be considered and will be rejected.1303VA248-16-R-0914X05-27-2016TBD516-16-3-8061-0075516-16-134Department of Veterans AffairsNetwork Contracting Office 8 (248)Room 325, Bldg. 210,000 Bay Pines BlvdBay Pines FL 33744Department of Veterans AffairsNetwork Contracting Office 8 (248)Room 325, Bldg. 210,000 Bay Pines BlvdBay Pines FL 33744Thomas Lucas7273986661 13334THIS SOLICITATION IS A SERVICE DISABLED VETERAN OWNED SMALL BUSINESS (SDVOSB) SET-ASIDE General Description: The contractor is to provide all parts, services, labor, materials, supervision, and specialty services to renovatepatient showers in building 100 5A/5B at the C.W. Bill Young VAMC. As stated elsewhere in this solicitation, this procurement is a Lowest Price Technically Acceptable Source SelectionProcess. AT THE TIME OF PROPOSAL SUBMISSION, interested vendors MUST be actively registered in the followingdatabases. Failure to register will result in your proposal being returned as ineligible toparticipate. 1. System for Award Management: 2. Vet Biz: The magnitude of construction is between $250,000.00 and $500,000.00 NAICS Code: 236220 Size Standards: $36.5 Million 20180XX52.211-10X1001 PM EST07-06-2016X120 14. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OFFEROR15. TELEPHONE NUMBER16. REMITTANCE ADDRESSCODEFACILITY CODE17. The offeror agrees to perform the work required at the prices specified below in strict accordance with the terms of the solicitation, if this offer isaccepted by the Government in writing within __________ calendar days after the date offers are due.AMOUNTS18. The offeror agrees to furnish any required performance and payment bonds.19. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AMENDMENTSAMENDMENTNUMBERDATE.20a. NAME AND TITLE OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN OFFER20b. SIGNATURE20c. OFFER DATE21. ITEMS ACCEPTED:22. AMOUNT23. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA24. SUBMIT INVOICES TO ADDRESS SHOWN INITEM25. OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION PURSUANT TO10 U.S.C. 2304(c)( ) 41 U.S.C. 3304(a) ( ) 26. ADMINISTERED BY27. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BYPHONE:FAX:28. NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT29. AWARDYourContractor agreesoffer on this solicitation is hereby accepted as to the items listed. Thisto furnish and deliver all items or perform all work requirements identifiedaward consummates the contract, which consists of (a) the Governmenton this form and any continuation sheets for the consideration stated insolicitation and your offer, and (b) this contract award. No further cont-this contract. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contractractual document is necessary.shall be governed by (a) this contract award, (b) the solicitation, and (c)the clauses, representations, certifications, and specifications incorporatedby reference in or attached to this contract.30a. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTOR OR PERSON AUTHORIZED31a. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICERTO SIGN30b. SIGNATURE30c. DATE31b. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA31c. AWARD DATEBYOFFERAWARDSTANDARD FORM 1442 (REV. 8/2014) BACK (Include ZIP Code)(Include area code)(Include only if different than Item 14.)(Insert any number equal to or greater thanthe minimum requirement stated in Item 13d. Failure to insert any number means the offeror accepts the minimum in Item 13d.)(The offeror acknowledges receipt of amendments to the solicitation -- give number and date of each)(Type or print)(4 copies unless otherwise specified)(Type or print)(Type or print)(Contractor is required to sign thisdocument and return _______ copies to issuing office.)(Contractor is not required to sign this document.)(Must be fully completed by offeror)(To be completed by Government)CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 28 OR 29 AS APPLICABLE 00516Department of Veterans AffairsNetwork Contracting Office 8 (NCO 8)C.W. Bill Young VA Medical Center10000 Bay Pines Blvd. Room 315, Bldg. 2Bay Pines FL 33744Department of Veterans AffairsFMS-VA-2(101)Financial Services CenterPO Box 149971Austin TX 78714-9971 Table of Contents TOC \o "1-4" \f \h \z \u \x PART I - THE SCHEDULE PAGEREF _Toc452102641 \h 1SECTION A - SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM PAGEREF _Toc452102642 \h 1SF 1442 SOLICITATION, OFFER, AND AWARD (Construction, Alteration, or Repair) PAGEREF _Toc452102643 \h 1INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS TO BIDDERS/OFFERORS PAGEREF _Toc452102644 \h 6Instructions PAGEREF _Toc452102645 \h 6CLIN SCHEDULE PAGEREF _Toc452102646 \h 82.1 52.216-1 TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102647 \h 82.2 52.222-5 CONSTRUCTION WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS—SECONDARY SITE OF THE WORK (MAY 2014) PAGEREF _Toc452102648 \h 82.3 52.222-23 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY FOR CONSTRUCTION (FEB 1999) PAGEREF _Toc452102649 \h 82.4 52.225-10 NOTICE OF BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENT—CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (MAY 2014) PAGEREF _Toc452102650 \h 92.5 52.228-1 BID GUARANTEE (SEP 1996) PAGEREF _Toc452102651 \h 102.6 52.233-2 SERVICE OF PROTEST (SEP 2006) PAGEREF _Toc452102652 \h 112.7 52.236-27 SITE VISIT (CONSTRUCTION) (FEB 1995) ALTERNATE I (FEB 1995) PAGEREF _Toc452102653 \h 122.8 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) PAGEREF _Toc452102654 \h 122.9 VAAR 852.228-72 ASSISTING SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED AND VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESSES IN OBTAINING BONDS (DEC 2009) PAGEREF _Toc452102655 \h 122.10 VAAR 852.233-70 PROTEST CONTENT/ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102656 \h 132.11 VAAR 852.233-71 ALTERNATE PROTEST PROCEDURE (JAN 1998) PAGEREF _Toc452102657 \h 132.12 VAAR 852.270-1 REPRESENTATIVES OF CONTRACTING OFFICERS (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102658 \h 142.13 LIMITATIONS ON SUBCONTRACTING-- MONITORING AND COMPLIANCE (JUN 2011) PAGEREF _Toc452102659 \h 14REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS PAGEREF _Toc452102660 \h 153.1 52.203-98 PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTING WITH ENTITIES THAT REQUIRE CERTAIN INTERNAL CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS—REPRESENTATION (DEVIATION) (FEB 2015) PAGEREF _Toc452102661 \h 153.2 52.204-8 ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (APR 2016) PAGEREF _Toc452102662 \h 153.3 52.209-5 REPRESENTATION BY CORPORATIONS REGARDING AN UNPAID TAX LIABILITY OR A FELONY CONVICTION UNDER ANY FEDERAL LAW (DEVIATION)(MAR 2012) PAGEREF _Toc452102663 \h 19GENERAL CONDITIONS PAGEREF _Toc452102664 \h 204.1 52.203-99 PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTING WITH ENTITIES THAT REQUIRE CERTAIN INTERNAL CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS (DEVIATION) (FEB 2015) PAGEREF _Toc452102665 \h 204.2 52.204-19 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (DEC 2014) PAGEREF _Toc452102666 \h 204.3 52.204-20 PREDECESSOR OF OFFEROR (APR 2016) PAGEREF _Toc452102667 \h 204.4 52.211-10 COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION, AND COMPLETION OF WORK (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102668 \h 214.5 52.211-12 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES—CONSTRUCTION (SEPT 2000) PAGEREF _Toc452102669 \h 214.6 52.219-28 POST-AWARD SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REREPRESENTATION (JUL 2013) PAGEREF _Toc452102670 \h 224.7 52.222-35 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR VETERANS (OCT 2015) PAGEREF _Toc452102671 \h 234.8 52.222-40 NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS UNDER THE NATIONAL LABOR RELATIONS ACT (DEC 2010) PAGEREF _Toc452102672 \h 234.9 52.223-2 AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT OF BIOBASED PRODUCTS UNDER SERVICE AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (SEP 2013) PAGEREF _Toc452102673 \h 254.10 52.223-3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND MATERIAL SAFETY DATA (JAN 1997) ALTERNATE I (JUL 1995) PAGEREF _Toc452102674 \h 254.11 52.225-9 BUY AMERICAN—CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (MAY 2014) PAGEREF _Toc452102675 \h 274.12 SUPPLEMENTAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS PAGEREF _Toc452102676 \h 304.13 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) PAGEREF _Toc452102677 \h 304.14 VAAR 852.203-70 COMMERCIAL ADVERTISING (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102678 \h 334.15 VAAR 852.211-73 BRAND NAME OR EQUAL (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102679 \h 334.16 VAAR 852.219-10 VA NOTICE OF TOTAL SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (DEC 2009) PAGEREF _Toc452102680 \h 344.17 VAAR 852.228-70 BOND PREMIUM ADJUSTMENT (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102681 \h 354.18 VAAR 852.232-72 ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION OF PAYMENT REQUESTS (NOV 2012) PAGEREF _Toc452102682 \h 364.19 VAAR 852.236-71 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002) PAGEREF _Toc452102683 \h 374.20 VAAR 852.236-72 PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR (JUL 2002) PAGEREF _Toc452102684 \h 374.21 VAAR 852.236-74 INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002) PAGEREF _Toc452102685 \h 384.22 VAAR 852.236-76 CORRESPONDENCE (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102686 \h 384.23 VAAR 852.236-77 REFERENCE TO "STANDARDS" (JUL 2002) PAGEREF _Toc452102687 \h 384.24 VAAR 852.236-78 GOVERNMENT SUPERVISION (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102688 \h 384.25 VAAR 852.236-79 DAILY REPORT OF WORKERS AND MATERIAL (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102689 \h 394.26 VAAR 852.236-80 SUBCONTRACTS AND WORK COORDINATION (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102690 \h 394.27 VAAR 852.236-82 PAYMENTS UNDER FIXED-PRICE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (WITHOUT NAS) (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102691 \h 394.28 VAAR 852.236-84 SCHEDULE OF WORK PROGRESS (NOV 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102692 \h 424.29 VAAR 852.236-85 SUPPLEMENTARY LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS (APR 1984) PAGEREF _Toc452102693 \h 434.30 VAAR 852.236-86 WORKER'S COMPENSATION (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102694 \h 434.31 VAAR 852.236-87 ACCIDENT PREVENTION (SEP 1993) PAGEREF _Toc452102695 \h 434.32 VAAR 852.236-88 CONTRACT CHANGES--SUPPLEMENT (JUL 2002) PAGEREF _Toc452102696 \h 434.33 VAAR 852.236-89 BUY AMERICAN ACT (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102697 \h 454.34 VAAR 852.236-91 SPECIAL NOTES (JUL 2002) PAGEREF _Toc452102698 \h 464.35 VAAR 852.246-74 SPECIAL WARRANTIES (JAN 2008) PAGEREF _Toc452102699 \h 47SCOPE OF WORK & SPECIFICATIONS PAGEREF _Toc452102700 \h 54Scope of Work PAGEREF _Toc452102701 \h 54SECTION 01 33 23SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES PAGEREF _Toc452102702 \h 65SECTION 01 35 26Safety REQUIREMENTS PAGEREF _Toc452102703 \h 68SECTION 01 74 19CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PAGEREF _Toc452102704 \h 93SECTION 02 41 00DEMOLITION PAGEREF _Toc452102705 \h 98SECTION 06 10 00ROUGH CARPENTRY PAGEREF _Toc452102706 \h 101SECTION 06 20 00FINISH CARPENTRY PAGEREF _Toc452102707 \h 115SECTION 07 13 00SHEET WATERPROOFING PAGEREF _Toc452102708 \h 130SECTION 07 84 00FIRESTOPPING PAGEREF _Toc452102709 \h 133SECTION 09 29 00GYPSUM BOARD PAGEREF _Toc452102710 \h 138SECTION 09 30 13CERAMIC/PORCELAIN TILING PAGEREF _Toc452102711 \h 145SECTION 09 51 00ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PAGEREF _Toc452102712 \h 164SECTION 09 65 19RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PAGEREF _Toc452102713 \h 173SECTION 09 91 00PAINTING PAGEREF _Toc452102714 \h 179SECTION 10 21 13TOILET COMPARTMENTS PAGEREF _Toc452102715 \h 207SECTION 22 07 11 PLUMBING INSULATION PAGEREF _Toc452102716 \h 210SECTION 22 11 00 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PAGEREF _Toc452102717 \h 229SECTION 22 13 00 FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING PAGEREF _Toc452102718 \h 240SECTION 23 05 11COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PAGEREF _Toc452102719 \h 257SECTION 23 31 00 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PAGEREF _Toc452102720 \h 279SECTION 26 51 00INTERIOR LIGHTING PAGEREF _Toc452102721 \h 292ATTACHMENTS PAGEREF _Toc452102722 \h 306INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS TO BIDDERS/OFFERORSInstructions This solicitation will be evaluated using the lowest price technically acceptable source selection process (reference FAR 15.101-2). Proposals shall be submitted to the following address no later than the time listed on the front of the SF 1442 or as modified by amendment to the solicitation:Thomas LucasContracting OfficerDepartment of Veterans AffairsNetwork Contracting Office 8Bay Pines Health Care System10000 Bay Pines Blvd Bldg. 2 RM 325Bay Pines, FL 33744Email: Thomas.Lucas@Prospective vendors shall provide their proposal in any of the following formats: .pdf, .docx, or, .doc. The proposal shall be provided on either a CD or DVD. The proposal shall consist of two components: the technical component and the price component. The technical proposal shall address each of these factors, which will be evaluated for technical acceptability. Failure to include a factor will lead to a technically unacceptable rating.Construction Team Qualifications—the offeror shall demonstrate the qualifications of the offeror’s proposed construction team. Florida General Contractor LicenseFlorida Electrical Contractor LicenseFlorida Mold Remediator LicenseFlorida Asbestos Contractor LicenseFlorida Plumbing Contractor LicenseSuperintendent 30 hour OSHA cardProject ScheduleThe offeror shall provide example schedule as to show understanding of the scope of work requirements. Scheduling shall include a phasing plan for three phases of construction.Phase 1 will be either the 5A or 5B hallway abatement and floor tile install. After abatement, the hard containment will be scaled back to encompass the shower room areas to be renovated, and access to the rooms in back of the ward will be restored.Phase 2 will be the same as phase 1 except it will be the 5A or 5B hallway not done in phase1. After abatement, the hard containment will be scaled back to encompass the shower room areas to be renovated, and access to the rooms in back of the ward will be restored.Phase 3 will be the renovation of the shower rooms and will be completed concurrently.Past PerformanceThe Offeror shall provide three (3) examples of completed contracts. The examples must be relevant, recent, and of a similar magnitude. Relevant is defined as similar type remediation and renovation contracts in a health care setting, recent is defined as a contract completed in the last five years, and magnitude is defined as a contract value between $250,000.00 and $500,000.00. The price proposal shall be included in the CD/DVD as the technical proposal, but clearly separated from the technical proposal. The price proposal shall include the completed SF1442, a copy of the vendor VETBIZ registration information, a copy of the vendor registration information, and a price sheet with pricing on the CLIN schedule. Pricing information may be provided in as much detail as the offeror desires. However, evaluation of price will be done solely on the total price of the CLIN schedule.A site visit will be held the week of June 8th 10 AM EST. Prospective contractors shall register for the site visit in advance by sending an email to Thomas.Lucas@ Email Subject “Patient Shower Renovation 5A5B”. The meeting point will then be sent in a reply email. The request for information (RFI) period is open until June 22nd 1 PM EST. Contractors shall send their RFIs via email to both the project COR Mike Norman Michael.Norman2@ and the CO Thomas Lucas Thomas.Lucas@. Contractors shall include in the email subject line “Patient Shower Renovation 5A5B”.CLIN SCHEDULE 0001The contractor is to provide all parts, services, labor, materials, supervision, and specialty services to renovate patient showers in Building 100 5A/5B at the CW Bill Young VAMC. The work shall be performed in accordance with the scope of work, specifications, and drawings. Job $_____________2.1 52.216-1 TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984) The Government contemplates award of a Firm-Fixed-Price contract resulting from this solicitation.(End of Provision)2.2 52.222-5 CONSTRUCTION WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS—SECONDARY SITE OF THE WORK (MAY 2014) (a)(1) The offeror shall notify the Government if the offeror intends to perform work at any secondary site of the work, as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of the FAR clause at 52.222-6, Construction Wage Rate Requirements, of this solicitation. (2) If the offeror is unsure if a planned work site satisfies the criteria for a secondary site of the work, the offeror shall request a determination from the Contracting Officer. (b)(1) If the wage determination provided by the Government for work at the primary site of the work is not applicable to the secondary site of the work, the offeror shall request a wage determination from the Contracting Officer. (2) The due date for receipt of offers will not be extended as a result of an offeror's request for a wage determination for a secondary site of the work.(End of Provision)2.3 52.222-23 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY FOR CONSTRUCTION (FEB 1999) (a) The offeror's attention is called to the Equal Opportunity clause and the Affirmative Action Compliance Requirements for Construction clause of this solicitation. (b) The goals for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows:Goals for minority participation for each tradeGoals for female participation for each trade17.9 %6.9 % These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, the Contractor shall apply the goals established for the geographical area where the work is actually performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and these notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office. (c) The Contractor's compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the regulations in 41 CFR 60-4 shall be based on (1) its implementation of the Equal Opportunity clause, (2) specific affirmative action obligations required by the clause entitled "Affirmative Action Compliance Requirements for Construction," and (3) its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade. The Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor, or from project to project, for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the regulations in 41 CFR 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. (d) The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance, U.S. Department of Labor, within 10 working days following award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the— (1) Name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor; (2) Employer's identification number of the subcontractor; (3) Estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; (4) Estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and (5) Geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. (e) As used in this Notice, and in any contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" isFL Hillsborough, FL Pasco; FL Pinellas(End of Provision)2.4 52.225-10 NOTICE OF BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENT—CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (MAY 2014) (a) Definitions. "Commercially available off-the-shelf (COTS) item," "construction material," "domestic construction material," and "foreign construction material," as used in this provision, are defined in the clause of this solicitation entitled "Buy American—Construction Materials" (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.225-9). (b) Requests for determinations of inapplicability. An offeror requesting a determination regarding the inapplicability of the Buy American statute should submit the request to the Contracting Officer in time to allow a determination before submission of offers. The offeror shall include the information and applicable supporting data required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9 in the request. If an offeror has not requested a determination regarding the inapplicability of the Buy American statute before submitting its offer, or has not received a response to a previous request, the offeror shall include the information and supporting data in the offer. (c) Evaluation of offers. (1) The Government will evaluate an offer requesting exception to the requirements of the Buy American statute, based on claimed unreasonable cost of domestic construction material, by adding to the offered price the appropriate percentage of the cost of such foreign construction material, as specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9. (2) If evaluation results in a tie between an offeror that requested the substitution of foreign construction material based on unreasonable cost and an offeror that did not request an exception, the Contracting Officer will award to the offeror that did not request an exception based on unreasonable cost. (d) Alternate offers. (1) When an offer includes foreign solicitation in paragraph (b)(2) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9, the offeror also may submit an alternate offer based on use of equivalent domestic construction material. (2) If an alternate offer is submitted, the offeror shall submit a separate Standard Form 1442 for the alternate offer, and a separate price comparison table prepared in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9 for the offer that is based on the use of any foreign construction material for which the Government has not yet determined an exception applies. (3) If the Government determines that a particular exception requested in accordance with paragraph (c) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9 does not apply, the Government will evaluate only those offers based on use of the equivalent domestic construction material, and the offeror shall be required to furnish such domestic construction material. An offer based on use of the foreign construction material for which an exception was requested— (i) Will be rejected as nonresponsive if this acquisition is conducted by sealed bidding; or (ii) May be accepted if revised during negotiations.(End of Provision)2.5 52.228-1 BID GUARANTEE (SEP 1996) (a) Failure to furnish a bid guarantee in the proper form and amount, by the time set for opening of bids, may be cause for rejection of the bid. (b) The bidder shall furnish a bid guarantee in the form of a firm commitment, e.g., bid bond supported by good and sufficient surety or sureties acceptable to the Government, postal money order, certified check, cashier's check, irrevocable letter of credit, or, under Treasury Department regulations, certain bonds or notes of the United States. The Contracting Officer will return bid guarantees, other than bid bonds— (1) To unsuccessful bidders as soon as practicable after the opening of bids; and (2) To the successful bidder upon execution of contractual documents and bonds (including any necessary coinsurance or reinsurance agreements), as required by the bid as accepted. (c) The amount of the bid guarantee shall be 20 percent of the bid price or 3 Million Dollars, whichever is less. (d) If the successful bidder, upon acceptance of its bid by the Government within the period specified for acceptance, fails to execute all contractual documents or furnish executed bond(s) within 10 days after receipt of the forms by the bidder, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract for default. (e) In the event the contract is terminated for default, the bidder is liable for any cost of acquiring the work that exceeds the amount of its bid, and the bid guarantee is available to offset the difference.(End of Provision)2.6 52.233-2 SERVICE OF PROTEST (SEP 2006) Protests, as defined in section 33.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation, that are filed directly with an agency, and copies of any protests that are filed with the Government Accountability Office (GAO), shall be served on the Contracting Officer (addressed as follows) by obtaining written and dated acknowledgment of receipt from: Thomas Lucas Contracting Officer Hand-Carried Address: Department of Veterans Affairs C.W. Bill Young VA Medical Center Room 325, Bldg. 2 10,000 Bay Pines Blvd. Bay Pines FL 33744 Mailing Address: Department of Veterans Affairs C.W. Bill Young VA Medical Center Room 325, Bldg. 2 10,000 Bay Pines Blvd. Bay Pines FL 33744 (b) The copy of any protest shall be received in the office designated above within one day of filing a protest with the GAO.(End of Provision)2.7 52.236-27 SITE VISIT (CONSTRUCTION) (FEB 1995) ALTERNATE I (FEB 1995) (a) The clauses at 52.236-2, Differing Site Conditions, and 52.236-3, Site Investigations and Conditions Affecting the Work, will be included in any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation. Accordingly, offerors or quoters are urged and expected to inspect the site where the work will be performed. (b) An organized site visit has been scheduled for— June 8th 2016 @ 10AM EST (c) Participants will meet at— Outside the entrance of Building 100.(End of Provision)2.8 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) This solicitation incorporates one or more solicitation provisions by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. The offeror is cautioned that the listed provisions may include blocks that must be completed by the offeror and submitted with its quotation or offer. In lieu of submitting the full text of those provisions, the offeror may identify the provision by paragraph identifier and provide the appropriate information with its quotation or offer. Also, the full text of a solicitation provision may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es): (End of Provision)FAR NumberTitleDate52.204-16COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY CODE REPORTINGJUL 201552.203-13CONTRACTOR CODE OF BUSINESS ETHICS AND CONDUCTOCT 201552.204-17OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL OF OFFERORNOV 201452.211-13TIME EXTENSIONSSEP 200052.215-1INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS—COMPETITIVE ACQUISITIONJAN 200452.236-28PREPARATION OF PROPOSALS—CONSTRUCTIONOCT 19972.9 VAAR 852.228-72 ASSISTING SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED AND VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESSES IN OBTAINING BONDS (DEC 2009) Prime contractors are encouraged to assist service-disabled veteran-owned and veteran-owned small business potential subcontractors in obtaining bonding, when required. Mentor firms are encouraged to assist protégé firms under VA's Mentor-Protégé Program in obtaining acceptable bid, payment, and performance bonds, when required, as a prime contractor under a solicitation or contract and in obtaining any required bonds under subcontracts.(End of Clause)2.10 VAAR 852.233-70 PROTEST CONTENT/ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION (JAN 2008) (a) Any protest filed by an interested party shall: (1) Include the name, address, fax number, and telephone number of the protester; (2) Identify the solicitation and/or contract number; (3) Include an original signed by the protester or the protester's representative and at least one copy; (4) Set forth a detailed statement of the legal and factual grounds of the protest, including a description of resulting prejudice to the protester, and provide copies of relevant documents; (5) Specifically request a ruling of the individual upon whom the protest is served; (6) State the form of relief requested; and (7) Provide all information establishing the timeliness of the protest. (b) Failure to comply with the above may result in dismissal of the protest without further consideration. (c) Bidders/offerors and contracting officers are encouraged to use alternative dispute resolution (ADR) procedures to resolve protests at any stage in the protest process. If ADR is used, the Department of Veterans Affairs will not furnish any documentation in an ADR proceeding beyond what is allowed by the Federal Acquisition Regulation.(End of Provision)2.11 VAAR 852.233-71 ALTERNATE PROTEST PROCEDURE (JAN 1998) As an alternative to filing a protest with the contracting officer, an interested party may file a protest with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Acquisition and Materiel Management, Acquisition Administration Team, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20420, or for solicitations issued by the Office of Construction and Facilities Management, the Director, Office of Construction and Facilities Management, 810 Vermont Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20420. The protest will not be considered if the interested party has a protest on the same or similar issues pending with the contracting officer.(End of Provision) PLEASE NOTE: The correct mailing information for filing alternate protests is as follows:Deputy Assistant Secretary for Acquisition and Logistics,Risk Management Team, Department of Veterans Affairs810 Vermont Avenue, N.W.Washington, DC 20420 Or for solicitations issued by the Office of Construction and Facilities Management:Director, Office of Construction and Facilities Management811 Vermont Avenue, N.W.Washington, DC 204202.12 VAAR 852.270-1 REPRESENTATIVES OF CONTRACTING OFFICERS (JAN 2008) The contracting officer reserves the right to designate representatives to act for him/her in furnishing technical guidance and advice or generally monitor the work to be performed under this contract. Such designation will be in writing and will define the scope and limitation of the designee's authority. A copy of the designation shall be furnished to the contractor.(End of Provision)2.13 LIMITATIONS ON SUBCONTRACTING-- MONITORING AND COMPLIANCE (JUN 2011) This solicitation includes VAAR 852.219-10 VA Notice of Total Service- Disabled Veteran-Owned Small Business Set-Aside. Accordingly, any contract resulting from this solicitation will include this clause. The contractor is advised in performing contract administration functions, the CO may use the services of a support contractor(s) retained by VA to assist in assessing the contractor's compliance with the limitations on subcontracting or percentage of work performance requirements specified in the clause. To that end, the support contractor(s) may require access to contractor's offices where the contractor's business records or other proprietary data are retained and to review such business records regarding the contractor's compliance with this requirement. All support contractors conducting this review on behalf of VA will be required to sign an “Information Protection and Non-Disclosure and Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest Agreement” to ensure the contractor's business records or other proprietary data reviewed or obtained in the course of assisting the CO in assessing the contractor for compliance are protected to ensure information or data is not improperly disclosed or other impropriety occurs. Furthermore, if VA determines any services the support contractor(s) will perform in assessing compliance are advisory and assistance services as defined in FAR 2.101, Definitions, the support contractor(s) must also enter into an agreement with the contractor to protect proprietary information as required by FAR 9.505-4, obtaining access to proprietary information, paragraph (b). The contractor is required to cooperate fully and make available any records as may be required to enable the CO to assess the contractor's compliance with the limitations on subcontracting or percentage of work performance requirement.REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS3.1 52.203-98 PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTING WITH ENTITIES THAT REQUIRE CERTAIN INTERNAL CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS—REPRESENTATION (DEVIATION) (FEB 2015) (a) In accordance with section 743 of Division E, Title VII, of the Consolidated and Further Continuing Resolution Appropriations Act, 2015 (Pub. L. 113-235), Government agencies are not permitted to use funds appropriated (or otherwise made available) under that or any other Act for contracts with an entity that requires employees or subcontractors of such entity seeking to report fraud, waste, or abuse to sign internal confidentiality agreements or statements prohibiting or otherwise restricting such employees or contactors from lawfully reporting such waste, fraud, or abuse to a designated investigative or law enforcement representative of a Federal department or agency authorized to receive such information. (b) The prohibition in paragraph (a) of this provision does not contravene requirements applicable to Standard Form 312, Form 4414, or any other form issued by a Federal department or agency governing the nondisclosure of classified information. (c) Representation. By submission of its offer, the Offeror represents that it does not require employees or subcontractors of such entity seeking to report fraud, waste, or abuse to sign internal confidentiality agreements or statements prohibiting or otherwise restricting such employees or subcontractors from lawfully reporting such waste, fraud, or abuse to a designated investigative or law enforcement representative of a Federal department or agency authorized to receive such information.(End of Provision)3.2 52.204-8 ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (APR 2016) (a)(1) The North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code for this acquisition is 236220. (2) The small business size standard is $36.5 Million. (3) The small business size standard for a concern which submits an offer in its own name, other than on a construction or service contract, but which proposes to furnish a product which it did not itself manufacture, is 500 employees. (b)(1) If the provision at 52.204-7, System for Award Management, is included in this solicitation, paragraph (d) of this provision applies. (2) If the provision at 52.204-7 is not included in this solicitation, and the offeror is currently registered in the System for Award Management (SAM), and has completed the Representations and Certifications section of SAM electronically, the offeror may choose to use paragraph (d) of this provision instead of completing the corresponding individual representations and certifications in the solicitation. The offeror shall indicate which option applies by checking one of the following boxes: [ ] (i) Paragraph (d) applies. [ ] (ii) Paragraph (d) does not apply and the offeror has completed the individual representations and certifications in the solicitation. (c)(1) The following representations or certifications in SAM are applicable to this solicitation as indicated: (i) 52.203-2, Certificate of Independent Price Determination. This provision applies to solicitations when a firm-fixed-price contract or fixed-price contract with economic price adjustment is contemplated, unless— (A) The acquisition is to be made under the simplified acquisition procedures in Part 13; (B) The solicitation is a request for technical proposals under two-step sealed bidding procedures; or (C) The solicitation is for utility services for which rates are set by law or regulation. (ii) 52.203-11, Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions. This provision applies to solicitations expected to exceed $150,000. (iii) 52.204-3, Taxpayer Identification. This provision applies to solicitations that do not include the provision at 52.204-7, System for Award Management. (iv) 52.204-5, Women-Owned Business (Other Than Small Business). This provision applies to solicitations that— (A) Are not set aside for small business concerns; (B) Exceed the simplified acquisition threshold; and (C) Are for contracts that will be performed in the United States or its outlying areas. (v) 52.209-2, Prohibition on Contracting with Inverted Domestic Corporations—Representation. (vi) 52.209-5, Certification Regarding Responsibility Matters. This provision applies to solicitations where the contract value is expected to exceed the simplified acquisition threshold. (vii) 52.209-11, Representation by Corporations Regarding Delinquent Tax Liability or a Felony Conviction under any Federal Law. This provision applies to all solicitations. (viii) 52.214-14, Place of Performance—Sealed Bidding. This provision applies to invitations for bids except those in which the place of performance is specified by the Government. (ix) 52.215-6, Place of Performance. This provision applies to solicitations unless the place of performance is specified by the Government. (x) 52.219-1, Small Business Program Representations (Basic & Alternate I). This provision applies to solicitations when the contract will be performed in the United States or its outlying areas. (A) The basic provision applies when the solicitations are issued by other than DoD, NASA, and the Coast Guard. (B) The provision with its Alternate I applies to solicitations issued by DoD, NASA, or the Coast Guard. (xi) 52.219-2, Equal Low Bids. This provision applies to solicitations when contracting by sealed bidding and the contract will be performed in the United States or its outlying areas. (xii) 52.222-22, Previous Contracts and Compliance Reports. This provision applies to solicitations that include the clause at 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity. (xiii) 52.222-25, Affirmative Action Compliance. This provision applies to solicitations, other than those for construction, when the solicitation includes the clause at 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity. (xiv) 52.222-38, Compliance with Veterans' Employment Reporting Requirements. This provision applies to solicitations when it is anticipated the contract award will exceed the simplified acquisition threshold and the contract is not for acquisition of commercial items. (xv) 52.223-1, Biobased Product Certification. This provision applies to solicitations that require the delivery or specify the use of USDA-designated items; or include the clause at 52.223-2, Affirmative Procurement of Biobased Products Under Service and Construction Contracts. (xvi) 52.223-4, Recovered Material Certification. This provision applies to solicitations that are for, or specify the use of, EPA-designated items. (xvii) 52.225-2, Buy American Certificate. This provision applies to solicitations containing the clause at 52.225-1. (xviii) 52.225-4, Buy American—Free Trade Agreements—Israeli Trade Act Certificate. (Basic, Alternates I, II, and III.) This provision applies to solicitations containing the clause at 52.225-3. (A) If the acquisition value is less than $25,000, the basic provision applies. (B) If the acquisition value is $25,000 or more but is less than $50,000, the provision with its Alternate I applies. (C) If the acquisition value is $50,000 or more but is less than $77,533, the provision with its Alternate II applies. (D) If the acquisition value is $77,533 or more but is less than $100,000, the provision with its Alternate III applies. (xix) 52.225-6, Trade Agreements Certificate. This provision applies to solicitations containing the clause at 52.225-5. (xx) 52.225-20, Prohibition on Conducting Restricted Business Operations in Sudan—Certification. This provision applies to all solicitations. (xxi) 52.225-25, Prohibition on Contracting with Entities Engaging in Certain Activities or Transactions Relating to Iran—Representation and Certifications. This provision applies to all solicitations. (xxii) 52.226-2, Historically Black College or University and Minority Institution Representation. This provision applies to solicitations for research, studies, supplies, or services of the type normally acquired from higher educational institutions. (A) Solicitations for research, studies, supplies, or services of the type normally acquired from higher educational institutions; and (B) For DoD, NASA, and Coast Guard acquisitions, solicitations that contain the clause at 52.219-23, Notice of Price Evaluation Adjustment for Small Disadvantaged Business Concerns. (2) The following representations or certifications are applicable as indicated by the Contracting Officer: [X](i) 52.204-17, Ownership or Control of Offeror. [X](ii) 52.204-20, Predecessor of Offeror. [](iii) 52.222-18, Certification Regarding Knowledge of Child Labor for Listed End Products. [](iv) 52.222-48, Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Labor Standards to Contracts for Maintenance, Calibration, or Repair of Certain Equipment—Certification. [](v) 52.222-52, Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Labor Standards to Contracts for Certain Services—Certification. [](vi) 52.223-9, with its Alternate I, Estimate of Percentage of Recovered Material Content for EPA-Designated Products (Alternate I only). [](vii) 52.227-6, Royalty Information. [](A) Basic. [](B) Alternate I. [](viii) 52.227-15, Representation of Limited Rights Data and Restricted Computer Software. (d) The offeror has completed the annual representations and certifications electronically via the SAM Web site accessed through . After reviewing the SAM database information, the offeror verifies by submission of the offer that the representations and certifications currently posted electronically that apply to this solicitation as indicated in paragraph (c) of this provision have been entered or updated within the last 12 months, are current, accurate, complete, and applicable to this solicitation (including the business size standard applicable to the NAICS code referenced for this solicitation), as of the date of this offer and are incorporated in this offer by reference (see FAR 4.1201); except for the changes identified below [offeror to insert changes, identifying change by clause number, title, date]. These amended representation(s) and/or certification(s) are also incorporated in this offer and are current, accurate, and complete as of the date of this offer.FAR Clause #TitleDateChange Any changes provided by the offeror are applicable to this solicitation only, and do not result in an update to the representations and certifications posted on SAM.(End of Provision)3.3 52.209-5 REPRESENTATION BY CORPORATIONS REGARDING AN UNPAID TAX LIABILITY OR A FELONY CONVICTION UNDER ANY FEDERAL LAW (DEVIATION)(MAR 2012) (a) In accordance with Division H, sections 8124 and 8125 of P.L. 112-74 and sections 738 and 739 of P.L. 112-55 none of the funds made available by either Act may be used to enter into a contract with any corporation that— (1) Has an unpaid federal tax liability, unless the agency has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and the Suspension and Debarment Official has made a determination that this action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government. (2) Has a felony criminal violation under any Federal or State law within the preceding 24 months, unless the agency has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and Suspension and Debarment Official has made a determination that this action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government. (b) The Offeror represents that— (1) The offeror does [ ] does not [ ] have any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability. (2) The offeror, its officers or agents acting on its behalf have [ ] have not [ ] been convicted of a felony criminal violation under a Federal or State law within the preceding 24 months.(End of Provision)GENERAL CONDITIONS4.1 52.203-99 PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTING WITH ENTITIES THAT REQUIRE CERTAIN INTERNAL CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS (DEVIATION) (FEB 2015) (a) The Contractor shall not require employees or contractors seeking to report fraud, waste, or abuse to sign or comply with internal confidentiality agreements or statements prohibiting or otherwise restricting such employees or subcontractors from lawfully reporting such waste, fraud, or abuse to a designated investigative or law enforcement representative of a Federal department or agency authorized to receive such information. (b) The contractor shall notify employees that the prohibitions and restrictions of any internal confidentiality agreements covered by this clause are no longer in effect. (c) The prohibition in paragraph (a) of this clause does not contravene requirements applicable to Standard Form 312, Form 4414, or any other form issued by a Federal department or agency governing the nondisclosure of classified information. (d)(1) In accordance with section 743 of Division E, Title VII, of the Consolidated and Further Continuing Resolution Appropriations Act, 2015 (Pub. L. 113-235), use of funds appropriated (or otherwise made available) under that or any other Act may be prohibited, if the Government determines that the Contractor is not in compliance with the provisions of this clause. (2) The Government may seek any available remedies in the event the contractor fails to comply with the provisions of this clause.(End of Clause)4.2 52.204-19 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (DEC 2014) The Contractor's representations and certifications, including those completed electronically via the System for Award Management (SAM), are incorporated by reference into the contract.(End of Clause)4.3 52.204-20 PREDECESSOR OF OFFEROR (APR 2016) (a) Definitions. As used in this provision— Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) code means— (1) An identifier assigned to entities located in the United States and its outlying areas by the Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) Contractor and Government Entity (CAGE) Branch to identify a commercial or government entity, or (2) An identifier assigned by a member of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) or by NATO's Support Agency (NSPA) to entities located outside the United States and its outlying areas that DLA Contractor and Government Entity (CAGE) Branch records and maintains in the CAGE master file. This type of code is known as an NCAGE code. Predecessor means an entity that is replaced by a successor and includes any predecessors of the predecessor. Successor means an entity that has replaced a predecessor by acquiring the assets and carrying out the affairs of the predecessor under a new name (often through acquisition or merger). The term “successor” does not include new offices/divisions of the same company or a company that only changes its name. The extent of the responsibility of the successor for the liabilities of the predecessor may vary, depending on State law and specific circumstances. (b) The Offeror represents that it [ ] is or [ ] is not a successor to a predecessor that held a Federal contract or grant within the last three years. (c) If the Offeror has indicated “is” in paragraph (b) of this provision, enter the following information for all predecessors that held a Federal contract or grant within the last three years (if more than one predecessor, list in reverse chronological order): Predecessor CAGE code: ____ (or mark “Unknown”). Predecessor legal name: ____. (Do not use a “doing business as” name).(End of Provision)4.4 52.211-10 COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION, AND COMPLETION OF WORK (APR 1984) The Contractor shall be required to (a) commence work under this contract within 20 calendar days after the date the Contractor receives the notice to proceed, (b) prosecute the work diligently, and (c) complete the entire work ready for use not later than 180 days after receipt of award. The time stated for completion shall include final cleanup of the premises.(End of Clause)4.5 52.211-12 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES—CONSTRUCTION (SEPT 2000) (a) If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time specified in the contract, the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Government in the amount of $291.10 for each calendar day of delay until the work is completed or accepted. (b) If the Government terminates the Contractor's right to proceed, liquidated damages will continue to accrue until the work is completed. These liquidated damages are in addition to excess costs of repurchase under the Termination clause.(End of Clause)4.6 52.219-28 POST-AWARD SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REREPRESENTATION (JUL 2013) (a) Definitions. As used in this clause— Long-term contract means a contract of more than five years in duration, including options. However, the term does not include contracts that exceed five years in duration because the period of performance has been extended for a cumulative period not to exceed six months under the clause at 52.217-8, Option to Extend Services, or other appropriate authority. Small business concern means a concern, including its affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the criteria in 13 CFR part 121 and the size standard in paragraph (c) of this clause. Such a concern is "not dominant in its field of operation" when it does not exercise a controlling or major influence on a national basis in a kind of business activity in which a number of business concerns are primarily engaged. In determining whether dominance exists, consideration shall be given to all appropriate factors, including volume of business, number of employees, financial resources, competitive status or position, ownership or control of materials, processes, patents, license agreements, facilities, sales territory, and nature of business activity. (b) If the Contractor represented that it was a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor shall rerepresent its size status according to paragraph (e) of this clause or, if applicable, paragraph (g) of this clause, upon the occurrence of any of the following: (1) Within 30 days after execution of a novation agreement or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the novation agreement was executed prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract. (2) Within 30 days after a merger or acquisition that does not require a novation or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the merger or acquisition occurred prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract. (3) For long-term contracts— (i) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the end of the fifth year of the contract; and (ii) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the date specified in the contract for exercising any option thereafter. (c) The Contractor shall rerepresent its size status in accordance with the size standard in effect at the time of this rerepresentation that corresponds to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code assigned to this contract. The small business size standard corresponding to this NAICS code can be found at . (d) The small business size standard for a Contractor providing a product which it does not manufacture itself, for a contract other than a construction or service contract, is 500 employees. (e) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this clause, the Contractor shall make the representation required by paragraph (b) of this clause by validating or updating all its representations in the Representations and Certifications section of the System for Award Management (SAM) and its other data in SAM, as necessary, to ensure that they reflect the Contractor's current status. The Contractor shall notify the contracting office in writing within the timeframes specified in paragraph (b) of this clause that the data have been validated or updated, and provide the date of the validation or update. (f) If the Contractor represented that it was other than a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor may, but is not required to, take the actions required by paragraphs (e) or (g) of this clause. (g) If the Contractor does not have representations and certifications in SAM, or does not have a representation in SAM for the NAICS code applicable to this contract, the Contractor is required to complete the following rerepresentation and submit it to the contracting office, along with the contract number and the date on which the rerepresentation was completed: The Contractor represents that it [ ] is, [ ] is not a small business concern under NAICS Code 236220 assigned to contract number TBD.[Contractor to sign and date and insert authorized signer's name and title].(End of Clause)4.7 52.222-35 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR VETERANS (OCT 2015) (a) Definitions. As used in this clause— “Active duty wartime or campaign badge veteran,” “Armed Forces service medal veteran,” “disabled veteran,” “protected veteran,” “qualified disabled veteran,” and “recently separated veteran” have the meanings given at FAR 22.1301. (b) Equal opportunity clause. The Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the equal opportunity clause at 41 CFR 60-300.5(a), as of March 24, 2014. This clause prohibits discrimination against qualified protected veterans, and requires affirmative action by the Contractor to employ and advance in employment qualified protected veterans. (c) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert the terms of this clause in subcontracts of $150,000 or more unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor shall act as specified by the Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, to enforce the terms, including action for noncompliance. Such necessary changes in language may be made as shall be appropriate to identify properly the parties and their undertakings.(End of Clause)4.8 52.222-40 NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS UNDER THE NATIONAL LABOR RELATIONS ACT (DEC 2010) (a) During the term of this contract, the Contractor shall post an employee notice, of such size and in such form, and containing such content as prescribed by the Secretary of Labor, in conspicuous places in and about its plants and offices where employees covered by the National Labor Relations Act engage in activities relating to the performance of the contract, including all places where notices to employees are customarily posted both physically and electronically, in the languages employees speak, in accordance with 29 CFR 471.2(d) and (f). (1) Physical posting of the employee notice shall be in conspicuous places in and about the Contractor's plants and offices so that the notice is prominent and readily seen by employees who are covered by the National Labor Relations Act and engage in activities related to the performance of the contract. (2) If the Contractor customarily posts notices to employees electronically, then the Contractor shall also post the required notice electronically by displaying prominently, on any Web site that is maintained by the Contractor and is customarily used for notices to employees about terms and conditions of employment, a link to the Department of Labor's Web site that contains the full text of the poster. The link to the Department's Web site, as referenced in (b)(3) of this section, must read, "Important Notice about Employee Rights to Organize and Bargain Collectively with Their Employers." (b) This required employee notice, printed by the Department of Labor, may be— (1) Obtained from the Division of Interpretations and Standards, Office of Labor-Management Standards, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Room N-5609, Washington, DC 20210, (202) 693-0123, or from any field office of the Office of Labor-Management Standards or Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs; (2) Provided by the Federal contracting agency if requested; (3) Downloaded from the Office of Labor-Management Standards Web site at ; or (4) Reproduced and used as exact duplicate copies of the Department of Labor's official poster. (c) The required text of the employee notice referred to in this clause is located at Appendix A, Subpart A, 29 CFR Part 471. (d) The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of the employee notice and related rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor. (e) In the event that the Contractor does not comply with the requirements set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this clause, this contract may be terminated or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be suspended or debarred in accordance with 29 CFR 471.14 and subpart 9.4. Such other sanctions or remedies may be imposed as are provided by 29 CFR part 471, which implements Executive Order 13496 or as otherwise provided by law. (f) Subcontracts. (1) The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (f), in every subcontract that exceeds $10,000 and will be performed wholly or partially in the United States, unless exempted by the rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 3 of Executive Order 13496 of January 30, 2009, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor. (2) The Contractor shall not procure supplies or services in a way designed to avoid the applicability of Executive Order 13496 or this clause. (3) The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract as may be directed by the Secretary of Labor as a means of enforcing such provisions, including the imposition of sanctions for noncompliance. (4) However, if the Contractor becomes involved in litigation with a subcontractor, or is threatened with such involvement, as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States, through the Secretary of Labor, to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.(End of Clause)4.9 52.223-2 AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT OF BIOBASED PRODUCTS UNDER SERVICE AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (SEP 2013) (a) In the performance of this contract, the contractor shall make maximum use of biobased products that are United States Department of Agriculture (USDA)-designated items unless— (1) The product cannot be acquired— (i) Competitively within a time frame providing for compliance with the contract performance schedule; (ii) Meeting contract performance requirements; or (iii) At a reasonable price. (2) The product is to be used in an application covered by a USDA categorical exemption (see 7 CFR 3201.3(e)). For example, all USDA-designated items are exempt from the preferred procurement requirement for the following: (i) Spacecraft system and launch support equipment. (ii) Military equipment, i.e., a product or system designed or procured for combat or combat-related missions. (b) Information about this requirement and these products is available at . (c) In the performance of this contract, the Contractor shall— (1) Report to , with a copy to the Contracting Officer, on the product types and dollar value of any USDA-designated biobased products purchased by the Contractor during the previous Government fiscal year, between October 1 and September 30; and (2) Submit this report no later than— (i) October 31 of each year during contract performance; and (ii) At the end of contract performance.(End of Clause)4.10 52.223-3 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND MATERIAL SAFETY DATA (JAN 1997) ALTERNATE I (JUL 1995) (a) "Hazardous material," as used in this clause, includes any material defined as hazardous under the latest version of Federal Standard No. 313 (including revisions adopted during the term of the contract). (b) The offeror must list any hazardous material, as defined in paragraph (a) of this clause, to be delivered under this contract. The hazardous material shall be properly identified and include any applicable identification number, such as National Stock Number or Special Item Number. This information shall also be included on the Material Safety Data Sheet submitted under this contract.Material (If none, insert “None”)Identification No. (c) This list must be updated during performance of the contract whenever the Contractor determines that any other material to be delivered under this contract is hazardous. (d) The apparently successful offeror agrees to submit, for each item as required prior to award, a Material Safety Data Sheet, meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) and the latest version of Federal Standard No. 313, for all hazardous material identified in paragraph (b) of this clause. Data shall be submitted in accordance with Federal Standard No. 313, whether or not the apparently successful offeror is the actual manufacturer of these items. Failure to submit the Material Safety Data Sheet prior to award may result in the apparently successful offeror being considered nonresponsible and ineligible for award. (e) If, after award, there is a change in the composition of the item(s) or a revision to Federal Standard No. 313, which renders incomplete or inaccurate the data submitted under paragraph (d) of this clause, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer and resubmit the data. (f) Neither the requirements of this clause nor any act or failure to act by the Government shall relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability for the safety of Government, Contractor, or subcontractor personnel or property. (g) Nothing contained in this clause shall relieve the Contractor from complying with applicable Federal, State, and local laws, codes, ordinances, and regulations (including the obtaining of licenses and permits) in connection with hazardous material. (h) The Government's rights in data furnished under this contract with respect to hazardous material are as follows: (1) To use, duplicate and disclose any data to which this clause is applicable. The purposes of this right are to— (i) Apprise personnel of the hazards to which they may be exposed in using, handling, packaging, transporting, or disposing of hazardous materials; (ii) Obtain medical treatment for those affected by the material; and (iii) Have others use, duplicate, and disclose the data for the Government for these purposes. (2) To use, duplicate, and disclose data furnished under this clause, in accordance with subparagraph (h)(1) of this clause, in precedence over any other clause of this contract providing for rights in data. (3) The Government is not precluded from using similar or identical data acquired from other sources. (i) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(2) the Contractor shall prepare and submit a sufficient number of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS's), meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1200(g) and the latest version of Federal Standard No. 313, for all hazardous materials identified in paragraph (b) of this clause. (1) For items shipped to consignees, the Contractor shall include a copy of the MSDS with the packing list or other suitable shipping document which accompanies each shipment. Alternatively, the Contractor is permitted to transmit MSDS's to consignees in advance of receipt of shipments by consignees, if authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. (2) For items shipped to consignees identified by mailing address as agency depots, distribution centers or customer supply centers, the Contractor shall provide one copy of the MSDS's in or on each shipping container. If affixed to the outside of each container, the MSDS must be placed in a weather resistant envelope.(End of Clause)4.11 52.225-9 BUY AMERICAN—CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (MAY 2014) (a) Definitions. As used in this clause— "Commercially available off-the-shelf (COTS) item"— (1) Means any item of supply (including construction material) that is— (i) A commercial item (as defined in paragraph (1) of the definition at FAR 2.101); (ii) Sold in substantial quantities in the commercial marketplace; and (iii) Offered to the Government, under a contract or subcontract at any tier, without modification, in the same form in which it is sold in the commercial marketplace; and (2) Does not include bulk cargo, as defined in 46 U.S.C. 40102(4), such as agricultural products and petroleum products. "Component" means any article, material, or supply incorporated directly into construction material. "Construction material" means an article, material, or supply brought to the construction site by the Contractor or a subcontractor for incorporation into the building or work. The term also includes an item brought to the site preassembled from articles, materials, or supplies. However, emergency life safety systems, such as emergency lighting, fire alarm, and audio evacuation systems, that are discrete systems incorporated into a public building or work and that are produced as complete systems, are evaluated as a single and distinct construction material regardless of when or how the individual parts or components of those systems are delivered to the construction site. Materials purchased directly by the Government are supplies, not construction material. "Cost of components" means— (1) For components purchased by the Contractor, the acquisition cost, including transportation costs to the place of incorporation into the end product (whether or not such costs are paid to a domestic firm), and any applicable duty (whether or not a duty-free entry certificate is issued); or (2) For components manufactured by the Contractor, all costs associated with the manufacture of the component, including transportation costs as described in paragraph (1) of this definition, plus allocable overhead costs, but excluding profit. Cost of components does not include any costs associated with the manufacture of the construction material. "Domestic construction material" means— (1) An unmanufactured construction material mined or produced in the United States; (2) A construction material manufactured in the United States, if— (i) The cost of its components mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States exceeds 50 percent of the cost of all its components. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind for which nonavailability determinations have been made are treated as domestic; or (ii) The construction material is a COTS item. "Foreign construction material" means a construction material other than a domestic construction material. "United States" means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and outlying areas. (b) Domestic preference. (1) This clause implements 41 U.S.C. chapter 83, Buy American, by providing a preference for domestic construction material. In accordance with 41 U.S.C. 1907, the component test of the Buy American statute is waived for construction material that is a COTS item. (See FAR 12.505(a)(2)). The Contractor shall use only domestic construction material in performing this contract, except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this clause. (2) This requirement does not apply to information technology that is a commercial item or to the construction materials or components listed by the Government as follows:Lead Glass (3) The Contracting Officer may add other foreign construction material to the list in paragraph (b)(2) of this clause if the Government determines that— (i) The cost of domestic construction material would be unreasonable. The cost of a particular domestic construction material subject to the requirements of the Buy American statute is unreasonable when the cost of such material exceeds the cost of foreign material by more than 6 percent; (ii) The application of the restriction of the Buy American statute to a particular construction material would be impracticable or inconsistent with the public interest; or (iii) The construction material is not mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available commercial quantities of a satisfactory quality. (c) Request for determination of inapplicability of the Buy American statute. (1)(i) Any Contractor request to use foreign construction material in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this clause shall include adequate information for Government evaluation of the request, including— (A) A description of the foreign and domestic construction materials; (B) Unit of measure; (C) Quantity; (D) Price; (E) Time of delivery or availability; (F) Location of the construction project; (G) Name and address of the proposed supplier; and (H) A detailed justification of the reason for use of foreign construction materials cited in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this clause. (ii) A request based on unreasonable cost shall include a reasonable survey of the market and a completed price comparison table in the format in paragraph (d) of this clause. (iii) The price of construction material shall include all delivery costs to the construction site and any applicable duty (whether or not a duty-free certificate may be issued). (iv) Any Contractor request for a determination submitted after contract award shall explain why the Contractor could not reasonably foresee the need for such determination and could not have requested the determination before contract award. If the Contractor does not submit a satisfactory explanation, the Contracting Officer need not make a determination. (2) If the Government determines after contract award that an exception to the Buy American statute applies and the Contracting Officer and the Contractor negotiate adequate consideration, the Contracting Officer will modify the contract to allow use of the foreign construction material. However, when the basis for the exception is the unreasonable price of a domestic construction material, adequate consideration is not less than the differential established in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this clause. (3) Unless the Government determines that an exception to the Buy American statute applies, use of foreign construction material is noncompliant with the Buy American statute. (d) Data. To permit evaluation of requests under paragraph (c) of this clause based on unreasonable cost, the Contractor shall include the following information and any applicable supporting data based on the survey of suppliers:FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS PRICE COMPARISONConstruction Material DescriptionUnit of MeasureQuantityPrice (Dollars)*Item 1:Foreign Construction MaterialDomestic Construction MaterialItem 2:Foreign Construction MaterialDomestic Construction Material[List name, address, telephone number, and contact for suppliers surveyed Attach copy of response; if oral, attach summary.][Include other applicable supporting information.][*Include all delivery costs to the construction site and any applicable duty (whether or not a duty-free entry certificate is issued).](End of Clause)4.12 SUPPLEMENTAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS In accordance with FAR 28.307-2 and FAR 52.228-5, the following minimum coverage shall apply to this contract: (a) Workers' compensation and employers liability: Contractors are required to comply with applicable Federal and State workers' compensation and occupational disease statutes. If occupational diseases are not compensable under those statutes, they shall be covered under the employer's liability section of the insurance policy, except when contract operations are so commingled with a Contractor's commercial operations that it would not be practical to require this coverage. Employer's liability coverage of at least $100,000 is required, except in States with exclusive or monopolistic funds that do not permit workers' compensation to be written by private carriers. (b) General Liability: $500,000.00 per occurrences. (c) Automobile liability: $200,000.00 per person; $500,000.00 per occurrence and $20,000.00 property damage. (d) The successful bidder must present to the Contracting Officer, prior to award, evidence of general liability insurance without any exclusionary clauses for asbestos that would void the general liability coverage.(End of Clause)4.13 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998) This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es): (End of Clause)FAR NumberTitleDate52.202-1DEFINITIONSNOV 201352.203-3GRATUITIESAPR 198452.203-5COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEESMAY 201452.203-6RESTRICTIONS ON SUBCONTRACTOR SALES TO THE GOVERNMENTSEP 200652.203-7ANTI-KICKBACK PROCEDURESMAY 201452.203-8CANCELLATION, RESCISSION, AND RECOVERY OF FUNDS FOR ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITYMAY 201452.203-10PRICE OR FEE ADJUSTMENT FOR ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITYMAY 201452.203-12LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONSOCT 201052.203-17CONTRACTOR EMPLOYEE WHISTLEBLOWER RIGHTS AND REQUIREMENT TO INFORM EMPLOYEES OF WHISTLEBLOWER RIGHTSAPR 201452.204-4PRINTED OR COPIED DOUBLE-SIDED ON RECYCLED PAPERMAY 201152.204-7SYSTEM FOR AWARD MANAGEMENTJUL 201352.204-9PERSONAL IDENTITY VERIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR PERSONNELJAN 201152.204-10REPORTING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACT AWARDSOCT 201552.204-13SYSTEM FOR AWARD MANAGEMENT MAINTENANCEJUL 201352.204-18COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY CODE MAINTENANCEJUL 201552.209-6PROTECTING THE GOVERNMENT'S INTEREST WHEN SUBCONTRACTING WITH CONTRACTORS DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR DEBARMENTOCT 201552.209-10PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTING WITH INVERTED DOMESTIC CORPORATIONSNOV 201552.211-6BRAND NAME OR EQUALAUG 199952.215-2AUDIT AND RECORDS—NEGOTIATIONOCT 201052.219-8UTILIZATION OF SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNSOCT 201452.219-27NOTICE OF SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDENOV 201152.222-3CONVICT LABORJUN 200352.222-4CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS—OVERTIME COMPENSATIONMAY 201452.222-6CONSTRUCTION WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTSMAY 201452.222-7WITHHOLDING OF FUNDSMAY 201452.222-8PAYROLLS AND BASIC RECORDSMAY 201452.222-9APPRENTICES AND TRAINEESJUL 200552.222-10COMPLIANCE WITH COPELAND ACT REQUIREMENTSFEB 198852.222-11SUBCONTRACTS (LABOR STANDARDS)MAY 201452.222-12CONTRACT TERMINATION—DEBARMENTMAY 201452.222-13COMPLIANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS AND RELATED REGULATIONSMAY 201452.222-14DISPUTES CONCERNING LABOR STANDARDSFEB 198852.222-15CERTIFICATION OF ELIGIBILITYMAY 201452.222-21PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIESAPR 201552.222-26EQUAL OPPORTUNITYAPR 201552.222-27AFFIRMATIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTIONAPR 201552.222-36EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR WORKERS WITH DISABILITIESJUL 201452.222-37EMPLOYMENT REPORTS ON VETERANSFEB 201652.222-50COMBATING TRAFFICKING IN PERSONSMAR 201552.222-54EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATIONOCT 201552.222-55MINIMUM WAGES UNDER EXECUTIVE ORDER 13658DEC 201552.223-5POLLUTION PREVENTION AND RIGHT-TO-KNOW INFORMATIONMAY 201152.223-6DRUG-FREE WORKPLACEMAY 200152.223-15ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN ENERGY-CONSUMING PRODUCTSDEC 200752.223-17AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT OF EPA-DESIGNATED ITEMS IN SERVICE AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTSMAY 200852.223-18ENCOURAGING CONTRACTOR POLICIES TO BAN TEXT MESSAGING WHILE DRIVINGAUG 201152.225-13RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN FOREIGN PURCHASESJUN 200852.227-1AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENTDEC 200752.227-2NOTICE AND ASSISTANCE REGARDING PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENTDEC 200752.227-4PATENT INDEMNITY—CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTSDEC 200752.228-2ADDITIONAL BOND SECURITYOCT 199752.228-5INSURANCE—WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATIONJAN 199752.228-11PLEDGES OF ASSETSJAN 201252.228-12PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTOR REQUESTS FOR BONDSMAY 201452.228-14IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDITNOV 201452.228-15PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS—CONSTRUCTIONOCT 201052.229-3FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXESFEB 201352.232-5PAYMENTS UNDER FIXED-PRICE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTSMAY 201452.232-17INTERESTMAY 201452.232-27PROMPT PAYMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTSMAY 201452.232-34PAYMENT BY ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER—OTHER THAN SYSTEM FOR AWARD MANAGEMENTJUL 201352.232-39UNENFORCEABILITY OF UNAUTHORIZED OBLIGATIONSJUN 201352.232-40PROVIDING ACCELERATED PAYMENTS TO SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTORSDEC 201352.233-1DISPUTES ALTERNATE I (DEC 1991)MAY 201452.233-3PROTEST AFTER AWARDAUG 199652.233-4APPLICABLE LAW FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT CLAIMOCT 200452.236-2DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONSAPR 198452.236-3SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORKAPR 198452.236-5MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIPAPR 198452.236-6SUPERINTENDENCE BY THE CONTRACTORAPR 198452.236-7PERMITS AND RESPONSIBILITIESNOV 199152.236-8OTHER CONTRACTSAPR 198452.236-9PROTECTION OF EXISTING VEGETATION, STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, UTILITIES, AND IMPROVEMENTSAPR 198452.236-10OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREASAPR 198452.236-11USE AND POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETIONAPR 198452.236-12CLEANING UPAPR 198452.236-13ACCIDENT PREVENTIONNOV 199152.236-14AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICESAPR 1984$52.236-15SCHEDULES FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTSAPR 198452.236-17LAYOUT OF WORKAPR 198452.236-21SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTIONFEB 199752.236-26PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCEFEB 199552.242-13BANKRUPTCYJUL 199552.242-14SUSPENSION OF WORKAPR 198452.243-4CHANGESJUN 200752.244-5COMPETITION IN SUBCONTRACTINGDEC 199652.244-6SUBCONTRACTS FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMSFEB 201652.246-12INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTIONAUG 199652.246-21WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTIONMAR 199452.248-3VALUE ENGINEERING—CONSTRUCTIONOCT 201552.249-2TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT (FIXED PRICE) ALTERNATE I (SEPT 1996)APR 201252.249-10DEFAULT (FIXED-PRICE CONSTRUCTION)APR 198452.253-1COMPUTER GENERATED FORMSJAN 19914.14 VAAR 852.203-70 COMMERCIAL ADVERTISING (JAN 2008) The bidder or offeror agrees that if a contract is awarded to him/her, as a result of this solicitation, he/she will not advertise the award of the contract in his/her commercial advertising in such a manner as to state or imply that the Department of Veterans Affairs endorses a product, project or commercial line of endeavor.(End of Clause)4.15 VAAR 852.211-73 BRAND NAME OR EQUAL (JAN 2008) (Note: as used in this clause, the term "brand name" includes identification of products by make and model.) (a) If items called for by this invitation for bids have been identified in the schedule by a "brand name or equal" description, such identification is intended to be descriptive, but not restrictive, and is to indicate the quality and characteristics of products that will be satisfactory. Bids offering "equal" products (including products of the brand name manufacturer other than the one described by brand name) will be considered for award if such products are clearly identified in the bids and are determined by the Government to meet fully the salient characteristics requirements listed in the invitation. (b) Unless the bidder clearly indicates in the bid that the bidder is offering an "equal" product, the bid shall be considered as offering a brand name product referenced in the invitation for bids. (c)(1) If the bidder proposes to furnish an "equal" product, the brand name, if any, of the product to be furnished shall be inserted in the space provided in the invitation for bids, or such product shall be otherwise clearly identified in the bid. The evaluation of bids and the determination as to equality of the product offered shall be the responsibility of the Government and will be based on information furnished by the bidder or identified in his/her bid as well as other information reasonably available to the purchasing activity. CAUTION TO BIDDERS. The purchasing activity is not responsible for locating or securing any information that is not identified in the bid and reasonably available to the purchasing activity. Accordingly, to insure that sufficient information is available, the bidder must furnish as a part of his/her bid all descriptive material (such as cuts, illustrations, drawings or other information) necessary for the purchasing activity to: (i) Determine whether the product offered meets the salient characteristics requirement of the Invitation for Bids, and (ii) Establish exactly what the bidder proposes to furnish and what the Government would be binding itself to purchase by making an award. The information furnished may include specific references to information previously furnished or to information otherwise available to the purchasing activity. (2) If the bidder proposes to modify a product so as to make it conform to the requirements of the Invitation for Bids, he/she shall: (i) Include in his/her bid a clear description of such proposed modifications, and (ii) Clearly mark any descriptive material to show the proposed modifications. (3) Modifications proposed after bid opening to make a product conform to a brand name product referenced in the Invitation for Bids will not be considered. The clause entitled "Brand name or equal" applies only to the following line items:"DAL" Tile, "Laticrete" Grout, "Armstrong" Ceiling Tile,"Scranton" Partitions, "Coronado" Paint, "Zurn" PlumbingFixtures, "Zurn" Toilets, "T&S Brass" Faucets, "ACORN"Faucets.(End of Clause)4.16 VAAR 852.219-10 VA NOTICE OF TOTAL SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (DEC 2009) (a) Definition. For the Department of Veterans Affairs, "Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern": (1) Means a small business concern: (i) Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of any publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans (or eligible surviving spouses); (ii) The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more service-disabled veterans (or eligible surviving spouses) or, in the case of a service-disabled veteran with permanent and severe disability, the spouse or permanent caregiver of such veteran; (iii) The business meets Federal small business size standards for the applicable North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code identified in the solicitation document; and (iv) The business has been verified for ownership and control and is so listed in the Vendor Information Pages database, (). (2) "Service-disabled veteran" means a veteran, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(2), with a disability that is service-connected, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(16). (b) General. (1) Offers are solicited only from service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns. Offers received from concerns that are not service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns shall not be considered. (2) Any award resulting from this solicitation shall be made to a service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern. (c) Agreement. A service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern agrees that in the performance of the contract, in the case of a contract for: (1) Services (except construction), at least 50 percent of the cost of personnel for contract performance will be spent for employees of the concern or employees of other eligible service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns; (2) Supplies (other than acquisition from a nonmanufacturer of the supplies), at least 50 percent of the cost of manufacturing, excluding the cost of materials, will be performed by the concern or other eligible service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns; (3) General construction, at least 15 percent of the cost of the contract performance incurred for personnel will be spent on the concern's employees or the employees of other eligible service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns; or (4) Construction by special trade contractors, at least 25 percent of the cost of the contract performance incurred for personnel will be spent on the concern's employees or the employees of other eligible service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns. (d) A joint venture may be considered a service-disabled veteran owned small business concern if-- (1) At least one member of the joint venture is a service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern, and makes the following representations: That it is a service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern, and that it is a small business concern under the North American Industry Classification Systems (NAICS) code assigned to the procurement; (2) Each other concern is small under the size standard corresponding to the NAICS code assigned to the procurement; and (3) The joint venture meets the requirements of paragraph 7 of the explanation of Affiliates in 19.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation. (4) The joint venture meets the requirements of 13 CFR 125.15(b). (e) Any service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern (non-manufacturer) must meet the requirements in 19.102(f) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation to receive a benefit under this program.(End of Clause)4.17 VAAR 852.228-70 BOND PREMIUM ADJUSTMENT (JAN 2008) When net changes in original contract price affect the premium of a Corporate Surety Bond by $5 or more, the Government, in determining the basis for final settlement, will provide for bond premium adjustment computed at the rate shown in the bond.(End of Clause)4.18 VAAR 852.232-72 ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION OF PAYMENT REQUESTS (NOV 2012) (a) Definitions. As used in this clause— (1) Contract financing payment has the meaning given in FAR 32.001. (2) Designated agency office has the meaning given in 5 CFR 1315.2(m). (3) Electronic form means an automated system transmitting information electronically according to the Accepted electronic data transmission methods and formats identified in paragraph (c) of this clause. Facsimile, email, and scanned documents are not acceptable electronic forms for submission of payment requests. (4) Invoice payment has the meaning given in FAR 32.001. (5) Payment request means any request for contract financing payment or invoice payment submitted by the contractor under this contract. (b) Electronic payment requests. Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this clause, the contractor shall submit payment requests in electronic form. Purchases paid with a Government-wide commercial purchase card are considered to be an electronic transaction for purposes of this rule, and therefore no additional electronic invoice submission is required. (c) Data transmission. A contractor must ensure that the data transmission method and format are through one of the following: (1) VA’s Electronic Invoice Presentment and Payment System. (See Web site at .) (2) Any system that conforms to the X12 electronic data interchange (EDI) formats established by the Accredited Standards Center (ASC) and chartered by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). The X12 EDI Web site () includes additional information on EDI 810 and 811 formats. (d) Invoice requirements. Invoices shall comply with FAR 32.905. (e) Exceptions. If, based on one of the circumstances below, the contracting officer directs that payment requests be made by mail, the contractor shall submit payment requests by mail through the United States Postal Service to the designated agency office. Submission of payment requests by mail may be required for: (1) Awards made to foreign vendors for work performed outside the United States; (2) Classified contracts or purchases when electronic submission and processing of payment requests could compromise the safeguarding of classified or privacy information; (3) Contracts awarded by contracting officers in the conduct of emergency operations, such as responses to national emergencies; (4) Solicitations or contracts in which the designated agency office is a VA entity other than the VA Financial Services Center in Austin, Texas; or (5) Solicitations or contracts in which the VA designated agency office does not have electronic invoicing capability as described above.(End of Clause)4.19 VAAR 852.236-71 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002) The clause entitled "Specifications and Drawings for Construction" in FAR 52.236-21 is supplemented as follows: (a) The contracting officer's interpretation of the drawings and specifications will be final, subject to the disputes clause. (b) Large scale drawings supersede small scale drawings. (c) Dimensions govern in all cases. Scaling of drawings may be done only for general location and general size of items. (d) Dimensions shown of existing work and all dimensions required for work that is to connect with existing work shall be verified by the contractor by actual measurement of the existing work. Any work at variance with that specified or shown in the drawings shall not be performed by the contractor until approved in writing by the contracting officer.(End of Clause)4.20 VAAR 852.236-72 PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR (JUL 2002) The clause entitled "Performance of Work by the Contractor" in FAR 52.236-1 is supplemented as follows: (a) Contract work accomplished on the site by laborers, mechanics, and foremen/forewomen on the contractor's payroll and under his/her direct supervision shall be included in establishing the percent of work to be performed by the contractor. Cost of material and equipment installed by such labor may be included. The work by the contractor's executive, supervisory and clerical forces shall be excluded in establishing compliance with the requirements of this clause. (b) The contractor shall submit, simultaneously with the schedule of costs required by the Payments Under Fixed-Price Construction Contracts clause of the contract, a statement designating the branch or branches of contract work to be performed with his/her forces. The approved schedule of costs will be used in determining the value of a branch or branches, or portions thereof, of the work for the purpose of this article. (c) If, during the progress of work hereunder, the contractor requests a change in the branch or branches of the work to be performed by his/her forces and the contracting officer determines it to be in the best interest of the Government, the contracting officer may, at his/her discretion, authorize a change in such branch or branches of said work. Nothing contained herein shall permit a reduction in the percentage of work to be performed by the contractor with his/her forces, it being expressly understood that this is a contract requirement without right or privilege of reduction. (d) In the event the contractor fails or refuses to meet the requirement of the FAR clause at 52.236-1, it is expressly agreed that the contract price will be reduced by 15 percent of the value of that portion of the percentage requirement that is accomplished by others. For the purpose of this clause, it is agreed that 15 percent is an acceptable estimate of the contractor's overhead and profit, or mark-up, on that portion of the work which the contractor fails or refuses to perform, with his/her own forces, in accordance with the FAR clause at 52.236-1.(End of Clause)4.21 VAAR 852.236-74 INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002) The clause entitled "Inspection of Construction" in FAR 52.246-12 is supplemented as follows: (a) Inspection of materials and articles furnished under this contract will be made at the site by the resident engineer, unless otherwise provided for in the specifications. (b) Final inspection will not be made until the contract work is ready for beneficial use or occupancy. The contractor shall notify the contracting officer, through the resident engineer, fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which the work will be ready for final inspection.(End of Clause)4.22 VAAR 852.236-76 CORRESPONDENCE (APR 1984) All correspondence relative to this contract shall bear Specification Number, Project Number, Department of Veterans Affairs Contract Number, title of project and name of facility.(End of Clause)4.23 VAAR 852.236-77 REFERENCE TO "STANDARDS" (JUL 2002) Any materials, equipment, or workmanship specified by references to number, symbol, or title of any specific Federal, Industry or Government Agency Standard Specification shall comply with all applicable provisions of such standard specifications, except as limited to type, class or grade, or modified in contract specifications. Reference to "Standards" referred to in the contract specifications, except as modified, shall have full force and effect as though printed in detail in specifications.(End of Clause)4.24 VAAR 852.236-78 GOVERNMENT SUPERVISION (APR 1984) (a) The work will be under the direction of the Department of Veterans Affairs contracting officer, who may designate another VA employee to act as resident engineer at the construction site. (b) Except as provided below, the resident engineer's directions will not conflict with or change contract requirements. (c) Within the limits of any specific authority delegated by the contracting officer, the resident engineer may, by written direction, make changes in the work. The contractor shall be advised of the extent of such authority prior to execution of any work under the contract.(End of Clause)4.25 VAAR 852.236-79 DAILY REPORT OF WORKERS AND MATERIAL (APR 1984) The contractor shall furnish to the resident engineer each day a consolidated report for the preceding work day in which is shown the number of laborers, mechanics, foremen/forewomen and pieces of heavy equipment used or employed by the contractor and subcontractors. The report shall bear the name of the firm, the branch of work which they perform such as concrete, plastering, masonry, plumbing, sheet metal work, etc. The report shall give a breakdown of employees by crafts, location where employed, and work performed. The report shall also list materials delivered to the site on the date covered by the report.(End of Clause)4.26 VAAR 852.236-80 SUBCONTRACTS AND WORK COORDINATION (APR 1984) (a) Nothing contained in this contract shall be construed as creating any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and the Government. Divisions or sections of specifications are not intended to control the contractor in dividing work among subcontractors, or to limit work performed by any trade. (b) The contractor shall be responsible to the Government for acts and omissions of his/her own employees, and of the subcontractors and their employees. The contractor shall also be responsible for coordination of the work of the trades, subcontractors, and material suppliers. (c) The Government or its representatives will not undertake to settle any differences between the contractor and subcontractors or between subcontractors. (d) The Government reserves the right to refuse to permit employment on the work or require dismissal from the work of any subcontractor who, by reason of previous unsatisfactory work on Department of Veterans Affairs projects or for any other reason, is considered by the contracting officer to be incompetent or otherwise objectionable.(End of Clause)4.27 VAAR 852.236-82 PAYMENTS UNDER FIXED-PRICE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (WITHOUT NAS) (APR 1984) (a) Retainage: (1) The contracting officer may retain funds: (i) Where performance under the contract has been determined to be deficient or the contractor has performed in an unsatisfactory manner in the past; or (ii) As the contract nears completion, to ensure that deficiencies will be corrected and that completion is timely. (2) Examples of deficient performance justifying a retention of funds include, but are not restricted to, the following: (i) Unsatisfactory progress as determined by the contracting officer; (ii) Failure to meet schedule in Schedule of Work Progress; (iii) Failure to present submittals in a timely manner; or (iv) Failure to comply in good faith with approved subcontracting plans, certifications, or contract requirements. (3) Any level of retention shall not exceed 10 percent either where there is determined to be unsatisfactory performance, or when the retainage is to ensure satisfactory completion. Retained amounts shall be paid promptly upon completion of all contract requirements, but nothing contained in this subparagraph shall be construed as limiting the contracting officer's right to withhold funds under other provisions of the contract or in accordance with the general law and regulations regarding the administration of Government contracts. (b) The contractor shall submit a schedule of cost to the contracting officer for approval within 30 calendar days after date of receipt of notice to proceed. Such schedule will be signed and submitted in triplicate. The approved cost schedule will be one of the bases for determining progress payments to the contractor for work completed. This schedule shall show cost by the branches of work for each building or unit of the contract, as instructed by the resident engineer. (1) The branches shall be subdivided into as many sub-branches as are necessary to cover all component parts of the contract work. (2) Costs as shown on this schedule must be true costs and, should the resident engineer so desire, he/she may require the contractor to submit the original estimate sheets or other information to substantiate the detailed makeup of the schedule. (3) The sum of the sub-branches, as applied to each branch, shall equal the total cost of such branch. The total cost of all branches shall equal the contract price. (4) Insurance and similar items shall be prorated and included in the cost of each branch of the work. (5) The cost schedule shall include separate cost information for the systems listed in the table in this paragraph (b)(5). The percentages listed below are proportions of the cost listed in the contractor's cost schedule and identify, for payment purposes, the value of the work to adjust, correct and test systems after the material has been installed. Payment of the listed percentages will be made only after the contractor has demonstrated that each of the systems is substantially complete and operates as required by the contract.VALUE OF ADJUSTING, CORRECTING, AND TESTING SYSTEMSystemPercentPneumatic tube system10Incinerators (medical waste and trash)5Sewage treatment plant equipment5Water treatment plant equipment5Washers (dish, cage, glass, etc.)5Sterilizing equipment5Water distilling equipment5Prefab temperature rooms (cold, constant temperature)5Entire air-conditioning system (Specified under 600 Sections)5Entire boiler plant system (Specified under 700 Sections)5General supply conveyors10Food service conveyors10Pneumatic soiled linen and trash system10Elevators and dumbwaiters10Materials transport system10Engine-generator system5Primary switchgear5Secondary switchgear5Fire alarm system5Nurse call system5Intercom system5Radio system5TV (entertainment) system5 (c) In addition to this cost schedule, the contractor shall submit such unit costs as may be specifically requested. The unit costs shall be those used by the contractor in preparing his/her bid and will not be binding as pertaining to any contract changes. (d) The contracting officer will consider for monthly progress payments material and/or equipment procured by the contractor and stored on the construction site, as space is available, or at a local approved location off the site, under such terms and conditions as such officer approves, including but not limited to the following: (1) The material or equipment is in accordance with the contract requirements and/or approved samples and shop drawings. (2) Only those materials and/or equipment as are approved by the resident engineer for storage will be included. (3) Such materials and/or equipment will be stored separately and will be readily available for inspection and inventory by the resident engineer. (4) Such materials and/or equipment will be protected against weather, theft and other hazards and will not be subjected to deterioration. (5) All of the other terms, provisions, conditions and covenants contained in the contract shall be and remain in full force and effect as therein provided. (6) A supplemental agreement will be executed between the Government and the contractor with the consent of the contractor's surety for off-site storage. (e) The contractor, prior to receiving a progress or final payment under this contract, shall submit to the contracting officer a certification that the contractor has made payment from proceeds of prior payments, or that timely payment will be made from the proceeds of the progress or final payment then due, to subcontractors and suppliers in accordance with the contractual arrangements with them. (f) The Government reserves the right to withhold payment until samples, shop drawings, engineer's certificates, additional bonds, payrolls, weekly statements of compliance, proof of title, nondiscrimination compliance reports, or any other things required by this contract, have been submitted to the satisfaction of the contracting officer.(End of Clause)4.28 VAAR 852.236-84 SCHEDULE OF WORK PROGRESS (NOV 1984) (a) The contractor shall submit with the schedule of costs, a progress schedule that indicates the anticipated installation of work versus the elapsed contract time, for the approval of the contracting officer. The progress schedule time shall be represented in the form of a bar graph with the contract time plotted along the horizontal axis. The starting date of the schedule shall be the date the contractor receives the "Notice to Proceed." The ending date shall be the original contract completion date. At a minimum, both dates shall be indicated on the progress schedule. The specific item of work, i.e., "Excavation", "Floor Tile", "Finish Carpentry", etc., should be plotted along the vertical axis and indicated by a line or bar at which time(s) during the contract this work is scheduled to take place. The schedule shall be submitted in triplicate and signed by the contractor. (b) The actual percent completion will be based on the value of installed work divided by the current contract amount. The actual completion percentage will be indicated on the monthly progress report. (c) The progress schedule will be revised when individual or cumulative time extensions of 15 calendar days or more are granted for any reason. The revised schedule should indicate the new contract completion date and should reflect any changes to the installation time(s) of the items of work affected. (d) The revised progress schedule will be used for reporting future scheduled percentage completion.(End of Clause)4.29 VAAR 852.236-85 SUPPLEMENTARY LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS (APR 1984) (a) The wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor is set forth in section GR, General Requirements, of this contract. It is the result of a study of wage conditions in the locality and establishes the minimum hourly rates of wages and fringe benefits for the described classes of labor in accordance with applicable law. No increase in the contract price will be allowed or authorized because of payment of wage rates in excess of those listed. (b) The contractor shall submit the required copies of payrolls to the contracting officer through the resident engineer or engineer officer, when acting in that capacity. Department of Labor Form WH- 347, Payroll, available from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, may be used for this purpose. If, however, the contractor or subcontractor elects to use an individually composed payroll form, it shall contain the same information shown on Form WH-347, and in addition be accompanied by Department of Labor Form WH-348, Statement of Compliance, or any other form containing the exact wording of this form.(End of Clause)4.30 VAAR 852.236-86 WORKER'S COMPENSATION (JAN 2008) Public Law 107-217 (40 U.S.C. 3172) authorizes the constituted authority of States to apply their workers compensation laws to all lands and premises owned or held by the United States.(End of Clause)4.31 VAAR 852.236-87 ACCIDENT PREVENTION (SEP 1993) The Resident Engineer on all assigned construction projects, or other Department of Veterans Affairs employee if designated in writing by the Contracting Officer, shall serve as Safety Officer and as such has authority, on behalf of the Contracting Officer, to monitor and enforce Contractor compliance with FAR 52.236-13, Accident Prevention. However, only the Contracting Officer may issue an order to stop all or part of the work while requiring satisfactory or corrective action to be taken by the Contractor.(End of Clause)4.32 VAAR 852.236-88 CONTRACT CHANGES--SUPPLEMENT (JUL 2002) (a) Paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) apply to proposed contract changes costing over $500,000. (1) When requested by the contracting officer, the contractor shall submit proposals for changes in work to the resident engineer. Proposals, to be submitted as expeditiously as possible but within 30 calendar days after receipt of request, shall be in legible form, original and two copies, with an itemized breakdown that will include material, quantities, unit prices, labor costs (separated into trades), construction equipment, etc. (Labor costs are to be identified with specific material placed or operation performed.) The contractor must obtain and furnish with a proposal an itemized breakdown as described above, signed by each subcontractor participating in the change regardless of tier. When certified cost or pricing data are required under FAR Subpart 15.403, the cost or pricing data shall be submitted in accordance with FAR 15.403-5. (2) When the necessity to proceed with a change does not allow sufficient time to negotiate a modification or because of failure to reach an agreement, the contracting officer may issue a change order instructing the contractor to proceed on the basis of a tentative price based on the best estimate available at the time, with the firm price to be determined later. Furthermore, when the change order is issued, the contractor shall submit a proposal, which includes the information required by paragraph (a)(1), for cost of changes in work within 30 calendar days. (3) The contracting officer will consider issuing a settlement by determination to the contract if the contractor's proposal required by paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this clause is not received within 30 calendar days or if agreement has not been reached. (4) Bond premium adjustment, consequent upon changes ordered, will be made as elsewhere specified at the time of final settlement under the contract and will not be included in the individual change. (b) Paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(11) apply to proposed contract changes costing $500,000 or less: (1) When requested by the contracting officer, the contractor shall submit proposals for changes in work to the resident engineer. Proposals, to be submitted as expeditiously as possible but within 30 calendar days after receipt of request, shall be in legible form, original and two copies, with an itemized breakdown that will include material, quantities, unit prices, labor costs (separated into trades), construction equipment, etc. (Labor costs are to be identified with specific material placed or operation performed.) The contractor must obtain and furnish with a proposal an itemized breakdown as described above, signed by each subcontractor participating in the change regardless of tier. When certified cost or pricing data or information other than cost or pricing data are required under FAR 15.403, the data shall be submitted in accordance with FAR 15.403-5. No itemized breakdown will be required for proposals amounting to less than $1,000. (2) When the necessity to proceed with a change does not allow sufficient time to negotiate a modification or because of failure to reach an agreement, the contracting officer may issue a change order instructing the contractor to proceed on the basis of a tentative price based on the best estimate available at the time, with the firm price to be determined later. Furthermore, when the change order is issued, the contractor shall submit within 30 calendar days, a proposal that includes the information required by paragraph (b)(1) for the cost of the changes in work. (3) The contracting officer will consider issuing a settlement by determination to the contract if the contractor's proposal required by paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this clause is not received within 30 calendar days, or if agreement has not been reached. (4) Allowances not to exceed 10 percent each for overhead and profit for the party performing the work will be based on the value of labor, material, and use of construction equipment required to accomplish the change. As the value of the change increases, a declining scale will be used in negotiating the percentage of overhead and profit. Allowable percentages on changes will not exceed the following: 10 percent overhead and 10 percent profit on the first $20,000; 7-1/2 percent overhead and 7-1/2 percent profit on the next $30,000; 5 percent overhead and 5 percent profit on balance over $50,000. Profit shall be computed by multiplying the profit percentage by the sum of the direct costs and computed overhead costs. (5) The prime contractor's or upper-tier subcontractor's fee on work performed by lower-tier subcontractors will be based on the net increased cost to the prime contractor or upper-tier subcontractor, as applicable. Allowable fee on changes will not exceed the following: 10 percent fee on the first $20,000; 7-1/2 percent fee on the next $30,000; and 5 percent fee on balance over $50,000. (6) Not more than four percentages, none of which exceed the percentages shown above, will be allowed regardless of the number of tiers of subcontractors. (7) Where the contractor's or subcontractor's portion of a change involves credit items, such items must be deducted prior to adding overhead and profit for the party performing the work. The contractor's fee is limited to the net increase to contractor of subcontractors' portions cost computed in accordance herewith. (8) Where a change involves credit items only, a proper measure of the amount of downward adjustment in the contract price is the reasonable cost to the contractor if he/she had performed the deleted work. A reasonable allowance for overhead and profit are properly includable as part of the downward adjustment for a deductive change. The amount of such allowance is subject to negotiation. (9) Cost of Federal Old Age Benefit (Social Security) tax and of Worker's Compensation and Public Liability insurance appertaining to changes are allowable. While no percentage will be allowed thereon for overhead or profit, prime contractor's fee will be allowed on such items in subcontractors' proposals. (10) Overhead and contractor's fee percentages shall be considered to include insurance other than mentioned herein, field and office supervisors and assistants, security police, use of small tools, incidental job burdens, and general home office expenses and no separate allowance will be made therefore. Assistants to office supervisors include all clerical, stenographic and general office help. Incidental job burdens include, but are not necessarily limited to, office equipment and supplies, temporary toilets, telephone and conformance to OSHA requirements. Items such as, but not necessarily limited to, review and coordination, estimating and expediting relative to contract changes are associated with field and office supervision and are considered to be included in the contractor's overhead and/or fee percentage. (11) Bond premium adjustment, consequent upon changes ordered, will be made as elsewhere specified at the time of final settlement under the contract and will not be included in the individual change.(End of Clause)4.33 VAAR 852.236-89 BUY AMERICAN ACT (JAN 2008) (a) Reference is made to the clause entitled "Buy American Act--Construction Materials," FAR 52.225-9. (b) Notwithstanding a bidder's right to offer identifiable foreign construction material in its bid pursuant to FAR 52.225-9, VA does not anticipate accepting an offer that includes foreign construction material. (c) If a bidder chooses to submit a bid that includes foreign construction material, that bidder must provide a listing of the specific foreign construction material he/she intends to use and a price for said material. Bidders must include bid prices for comparable domestic construction material. If VA determines not to accept foreign construction material and no comparable domestic construction material is provided, the entire bid will be rejected. (d) Any foreign construction material proposed after award will be rejected unless the bidder proves to VA's satisfaction: (1) it was impossible to request the exemption prior to award, and (2) said domestic construction material is no longer available, or (3) where the price has escalated so dramatically after the contract has been awarded that it would be unconscionable to require performance at that price. The determinations required by (1), (2), and (3) of this paragraph shall be made in accordance with Subpart 825.2 and FAR 25.2. (e) By signing this bid, the bidder declares that all articles, materials and supplies for use on the project shall be domestic unless specifically set forth on the Bid Form or addendum thereto.(End of Clause)4.34 VAAR 852.236-91 SPECIAL NOTES (JUL 2002) (a) Signing of the bid shall be deemed to be a representation by the bidder that: (1) Bidder is a construction contractor who owns, operates, or maintains a place of business, regularly engaged in construction, alteration, or repair of buildings, structures, and communications facilities, or other engineering projects, including furnishing and installing of necessary equipment; or (2) If newly entering into a construction activity, bidder has made all necessary arrangements for personnel, construction equipment, and required licenses to perform construction work; and (3) Upon request, prior to award, bidder will promptly furnish to the Government a statement of facts in detail as to bidder's previous experience (including recent and current contracts), organization (including company officers), technical qualifications, financial resources and facilities available to perform the contemplated work. (b) Unless otherwise provided in this contract, where the use of optional materials or construction is permitted, the same standard of workmanship, fabrication and installation shall be required irrespective of which option is selected. The contractor shall make any change or adjustment in connecting work or otherwise necessitated by the use of such optional material or construction, without additional cost to the Government. (c) When approval is given for a system component having functional or physical characteristics different from those indicated or specified, it is the responsibility of the contractor to furnish and install related components with characteristics and capacities compatible with the approved substitute component as required for systems to function as noted on drawings and specifications. There shall be no additional cost to the Government. (d) In some instances it may have been impracticable to detail all items in specifications or on drawings because of variances in manufacturers' methods of achieving specified results. In such instances the contractor will be required to furnish all labor, materials, drawings, services and connections necessary to produce systems or equipment which are completely installed, functional, and ready for operation by facility personnel in accordance with their intended use. (e) Claims by the contractor for delay attributed to unusually severe weather must be supported by climatological data covering the period and the same period for the 10 preceding years. When the weather in question exceeds in intensity or frequency the 10-year average, the excess experienced shall be considered "unusually severe." Comparison shall be on a monthly basis. Whether or not unusually severe weather in fact delays the work will depend upon the effect of weather on the branches of work being performed during the time under consideration.(End of Clause)4.35 VAAR 852.246-74 SPECIAL WARRANTIES (JAN 2008) The clause entitled "Warranty of Construction" in FAR 52.246-21 is supplemented as follows: Any special warranties that may be required under the contract shall be subject to the elections set forth in the FAR clause at 52.246-21, Warranty of Construction, unless otherwise provided for in such special warranties.(End of Clause)General Decision Number: FL160034 04/15/2016 FL34Superseded General Decision Number: FL20150034State: FloridaConstruction Type: BuildingCounty: Pinellas County in Florida.BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single familyhomes or apartments up to and including 4 stories).Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wageof $10.15 for calendar year 2016 applies to all contractssubject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation wasissued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is coveredby the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in anyclassification listed on this wage determination at least$10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wagedetermination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performingon the contract in calendar year 2016. The EO minimum wage ratewill be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractorrequirements and worker protections under the EO is availableat whd/govcontracts.Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/08/2016 1 02/26/2016 2 04/15/2016 CARP1000-002 07/01/2014 Rates FringesMILLWRIGHT.......................$ 29.48 12.40----------------------------------------------------------------* ELEC0915-002 12/07/2015 Rates FringesELECTRICIAN Building Electrical Contracts over $200,000. Excludes all Educational, Theme Park, and Hospital Facilities..................$ 26.53 10.07 Building Electrical Contracts under $200,000 and all work at Educational, Theme Park, Hospital Facilities.........$ 21.41 8.18---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0925-005 06/01/2013 Rates FringesOPERATOR: Backhoe...............$ 29.61 11.50OPERATOR: Crane Crawler Cranes; Truck Cranes; Pile Driver Cranes; Rough Terrain Cranes; and Any Crane not otherwise described below...$ 29.61 11.50 Hydraulic Cranes Rated 100 Tons or Above but Less Than 250 Tons; and Lattice Boom Cranes Less Than 150 Tons if not described below.$ 30.61 11.50 Lattice Boom Cranes Rated at 150 Tons or Above; Friction Cranes of Any Size; Mobile Tower Cranes or Luffing Boom Cranes of Any Size; Electric Tower Cranes; Hydraulic Cranes Rated at 250 Tons or Above; and Any Crane Equipped with 300 Foot or More of Any Boom Combination.................$ 31.61 11.50OPERATOR: Mechanic..............$ 29.61 11.50OPERATOR: Oiler.................$ 22.91 11.50OPERATOR: Boom Truck.............$ 29.61 11.50---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0397-001 02/01/2015 Rates FringesIRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL, REINFORCING AND STRUCTURAL.......$ 28.25 13.49---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0078-001 07/01/2014 Rates FringesGLAZIER..........................$ 22.00 8.45---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0088-003 08/01/2014 Rates FringesPAINTER: Spray and Steel (Excludes Drywall Finishing/Taping)................$ 17.50 8.83---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0123-001 05/01/2015 Rates FringesPIPEFITTER (HVAC Pipe Installation)....................$ 23.90 13.24---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0015-002 07/01/2013 Rates FringesSHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only)...............$ 20.26 13.73---------------------------------------------------------------- SUFL2009-030 05/22/2009 Rates FringesACOUSTICAL CEILING MECHANIC......$ 13.00 0.00 BRICKLAYER.......................$ 18.59 0.00 CABINET INSTALLER................$ 17.75 0.00 CARPENTER (Form Work Only).......$ 17.93 3.36 CARPENTER, Including Drywall Hanging..........................$ 15.74 2.89 CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 12.50 1.78 DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER...........$ 15.50 0.00 FENCE ERECTOR....................$ 7.25 0.19 INSULATOR - PIPE & PIPEWRAPPER...$ 13.13 3.03 LABORER: Asphalt Shoveler.......$ 7.88 0.00 LABORER: Common or General......$ 10.92 0.00 LABORER: Concrete Saw (Hand Held/Walk Behind)................$ 12.63 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Brick...$ 12.50 0.00 LABORER: Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete..................$ 12.83 1.90 LABORER: Pipelayer..............$ 12.31 1.19 LABORER: Roof Tearoff...........$ 8.44 0.00 LABORER: Landscape and Irrigation.......................$ 9.80 0.00 OPERATOR: Asphalt Spreader......$ 11.41 0.00 OPERATOR: Bulldozer.............$ 15.01 0.00 OPERATOR: Distributor...........$ 12.37 0.00 OPERATOR: Excavator.............$ 11.00 0.00 OPERATOR: Forklift..............$ 14.00 0.00 OPERATOR: Grader/Blade..........$ 13.73 0.00 OPERATOR: Loader................$ 13.80 1.79 OPERATOR: Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, and Concrete).........$ 11.69 0.00 OPERATOR: Pump..................$ 19.00 0.00 OPERATOR: Roller................$ 10.68 0.00 OPERATOR: Screed................$ 11.34 0.00 OPERATOR: Tractor...............$ 9.91 0.00 OPERATOR: Trencher..............$ 11.75 0.00 PAINTER: Brush and Roller, Excludes Drywall Finishing/Taping.................$ 12.00 0.00 PIPEFITTER, Excludes HVAC Pipe Installation................$ 21.00 0.00 PLUMBER, Excludes HVAC Pipe Installation.....................$ 16.25 0.00 ROOFER (Installation of Metal Roofs Only)......................$ 14.26 0.59 ROOFER, Includes Built Up, Hot Tar, Modified Bitumen, Shake & Shingle, Single Ply, Slate, & Tile Roofs (Excludes Installation of Metal Roofs).....$ 14.61 0.00 SHEET METAL WORKER, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation...........$ 18.79 3.21 SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers)......................$ 16.58 2.05 TILE SETTER......................$ 15.63 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 10.00 0.00 TRUCK DRIVER: Lowboy Truck......$ 12.09 0.00----------------------------------------------------------------WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performingoperation to which welding is incidental.================================================================ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included withinthe scope of the classifications listed may be added afteraward only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses(29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classificationand wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for thecited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wagedetermination. The classifications are listed in alphabeticalorder of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particularrate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local),a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate(weighted union average rate).Union Rate IdentifiersA four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosedin dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or"UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate wereprevailing for that classification in the survey. Example:PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier ofthe union which prevailed in the survey for thisclassification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198indicates the local union number or district council numberwhere applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number,005 in the example, is an internal number used in processingthe wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of themost current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1,2014.Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all ratechanges in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governingthis classification and rate.Survey Rate IdentifiersClassifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate thatno one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey andthe published rate is derived by computing a weighted averagerate based on all the rates reported in the survey for thatclassification. As this weighted average rate includes allrates reported in the survey, it may include both union andnon-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicatesthe rates are survey rates based on a weighted averagecalculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicatesthe State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on whichthese classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007in the example, is an internal number used in producing thewage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completiondate for the classifications and rates under that identifier.Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until anew survey is conducted.Union Average Rate IdentifiersClassification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicatethat no single majority rate prevailed for thoseclassifications; however, 100% of the data reported for theclassifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-001008/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted unionaverage rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 inthe example, is an internal number used in producing the wagedetermination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion datefor the classifications and rates under that identifier.A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January ofeach year, to reflect a weighted average of the currentnegotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate isbased. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This canbe:* an existing published wage determination* a survey underlying a wage determination* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter* a conformance (additional classification and rate) rulingOn survey related matters, initial contact, including requestsfor summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and HourRegional Office for the area in which the survey was conductedbecause those Regional Offices have responsibility for theDavis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initialcontact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)and 3.) should be followed.With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formalprocess described here, initial contact should be with theBranch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 202102.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then aninterested party (those affected by the action) can requestreview and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210The request should be accompanied by a full statement of theinterested party's position and by any information (wagepayment data, project description, area practice material,etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, aninterested party may appeal directly to the AdministrativeReview Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 202104.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISIONSCOPE OF WORK & SPECIFICATIONSScope of Work5A/5B Shower RenovationProvide all parts, services, labor, materials, supervision, and specialty services to renovate the below mentioned rooms in Building 100 at the CW Bill Young VAMC:5A119, 5A121, 5A124, 5A132, 5A132A, 5A133, 5A134, 5A1445B123, 5B130, 5B130a, 5B131, 5B132, 5B140, 5B143DemolitionRemoval and clean-up and disposal of ACM flooring in an appropriately regulated area(s) in the following approximate quantities:1,450 square feet of asbestos-containing black mastic and asbestos-contaminated floor tile from the following areas of Building 100:5B corridor in the vicinity of Room 130 as identified in Apollo Environmental Inc.’s Limited NESHAP Renovation Asbestos Survey Report dated July of 2014.5A Room 121, including the adjacent corridor as identified in VRG’s Limited NESHAP Renovation Asbestos Survey Report dated November of 2015.Removal, clean-up and disposal of mold contaminated building materials, including wall, ceiling, and flooring systems (not previously addressed as ACM), in appropriately contained areas in the following areas of Building 100:5A: Ceiling, wall, and flooring systems, in rooms 119, 121, 124, 132, 132A, 133, 134, and 144. Dependent upon the extent to which mold is determined to be present once wall cavities have been exposed, the adjacent corridor wall and ceiling systems may also be impacted.5B: Ceiling, wall, and flooring systems in Rooms 123, 130, 130A, 131, 132, 140, and 143. Dependent upon the extent to which mold is determined to be present once wall cavities have been exposed, the adjacent corridor wall and ceiling systems may also be impacted.Removal, clean-up, and disposal of remaining building materials including wall, ceiling, floor systems, and plumbing systems (not previously addressed as ACM or mold-containing), in appropriately contained areas in the following areas of Building 100:5B123 – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containingDead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. (1) sink and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp(1) toilet and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp. 5B143 – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containingDead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. 5B140 – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, shower pans, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containing(1) mop sink and associated drainage piping to interstitial below up to the point of the no-hub clamp. Dead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. 5B130/5B131/5B132 - Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, shower pans, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containing(3) floor drains and associated drainage piping to interstitial below up to the point of the no-hub clamp. (3) shower valvesDead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. (1) sink and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp(1) toilet and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp. Accessibility bars and other accessories in shower area5B130A – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, shower pans, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containing(2) floor drain and associated drainage piping to interstitial below up to the point of the no-hub clamp. (1) shower valve Dead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. (1) sink and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp(1) toilet and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp. Accessibility bars and other accessories in shower area5A119 – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containingDead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. (1) sink and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp(2) toilets and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp. Toilet partitions5A121 – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containingDead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. 5A124 – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, shower pans, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containing(1) mop sink and associated drainage piping to interstitial below up to the point of the no-hub clamp. Dead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. 5A132/5A134 - Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, shower pans, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containing(3) floor drains and associated drainage piping to interstitial below up to the point of the no-hub clamp. (3) shower valvesDead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. (1) sink and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp(1) toilet and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp. Accessibility bars and other accessories in shower area5A132A – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, shower pans, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containing(2) floor drains and associated drainage piping to interstitial below up to the point of the no-hub clamp. (1) shower valve Dead leg water supply lines back to main which are identified by the COR once the walls are opened. (1) sink and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp(1) toilet and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp. Accessibility bars and other accessories in shower area5A144 – Demolition of:All flooring, wall & floor tile, shower pans, drywall, metal studs, and ceilings systems from interstitial deck to interstitial deck, not previously removed as ACM or mold containing (1) sink and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clamp(1) toilet and associated drainage piping below to the point of the no-hub clampParts & Finish SchedulesFinish ScheduleNameDescriptionColorSizeCommentsCT-1Dal Tile CY04District Gold12” x 12”Grout: Laticrete Epoxy Grout, #39 MushroomCT-2Dal-Tile CY03Downtown Night12” x 12”Grout: Laticrete Epoxy Grout, #34 SandstoneCT-3Dal Tile CY04District Gold2” x 2”Grout: Laticrete Epoxy Grout, #39 MushroomCT-4Dal-Tile CY03Downtown Night2” x 2”Grout: Laticrete Epoxy Grout, #34 SandstoneVCT-1AC-1Armstrong #770White2’ x 2’C-1Hard CeilingWhiteN/AHard ceiling, drywallTP-1Scranton Hiny HidersLinen55” highThick Mounting Style: FloorMounted Overhead Hinge Type: 8”Aluminum wrap around heat syncYes Fasteners: 1 ?” torxLatch/Strike: Aluminum EmerAccess Bracket Type: ContinuousPlastic Pilaster Shoe: PlasticP-1CoronadoDubai Sand, OW135N/AN/AGWB-1Standard Gypsum Wall BoardGWB-2Moisture Resistant Wall BoardGWB-3Cement BoardGeneral Construction– Contractor shall conform with attached VA Master Specification for all parts, materials, and installation. The demolition and construction on 5A & 5B shall be completed concurrently. Temporary barriers shall be of (1) hour rated construction with hard barriers.All HVAC flex duct shall be demolished and replaced with anti-microbial flex duct and new vent grills.Construction shall include installation of new drain lines and drains to no-hub clamp which are to be demolished.All safety rails will have metal backing installed behind wall board.Metal studs shall be 18ga. Any EMT conduit replacement will be a minimum of ?”.Phasing – The demolition and construction on 5A & 5B shall be completed concurrently. Demolition, abatement, and restoration of the hallway areas shall be completed first and the construction barrier moved in to allow resumed use of the hallways.Construction – 5B 5B123 – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(1) Wall Mounted Sink - Zurn 23” x 21” with T&S Brass B-0892 4” Centerset Mixing Faucet w/1/2” NPSM Male Shanks, Eterna Cartridges, 4” wrist action handles, rigid gooseneck w/2.2 GPM aerator, or approved equal.(1) Wall Mounted Toilet – Wall Hung Zurn Z5616-BWL , or approved equal.(1) Zurn 106 Gallon flush valve w/ battery sensor, or approved equal.Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall (48” + cap)CT-2Floor & Wet Wall (48” + cap)TP-1Toilet PartitionsAC-1CeilingP-1WallsGWB-2Walls5B130A – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(2) floor drains which meets attached VA Master Specifications(1) shower valve which meets attached VA Master Specifications(1) shower head fixture which meets attached VA Master SpecificationsOther Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall, floor to ceilingCT-4Floor C-1CeilingGWB-3Walls5B130/131/132 – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(3) floor drains which meets attached VA Master Specifications(3) shower valve which meets attached VA Master Specifications(3) shower head fixture which meets attached VA Master Specifications(1) Wall Mounted Sink - Zurn 23” x 21” with T&S Brass B-0892 4” Centerset Mixing Faucet w/1/2” NPSM Male Shanks, Eterna Cartridges, 4” wrist action handles, rigid gooseneck w/2.2 GPM aerator, or approved equal.(1) Wall Mounted Toilet – Wall Hung Zurn Z5616-BWL, or approved equal.(1) Zurn 1.6 Gallon flush valve w/ battery sensor, or approved equal.Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall, floor to ceilingCT-4Floor AC-1Ceiling outside showersC-1Ceiling in ShowersGWB-3Walls5B140 – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(1) Acorn Terrazo-Ware Mop Sink – Corner Series, or approved equal.(1) Acorn Utility Faucet with Chrome Finish (Hot & Cold) , or approved equal.(1) Acorn 36” Hose with Wall Hanger, or approved equal.Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall (48”+cap)CT-2FloorsAC-1CeilingGWB-2WallsGWB-3Walls5B143 – Install the following items in the same locations they currently exist:Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:1-1WallsAC-1CeilingGWB-1WallsHallway – Install VCT-1 wherever VCT is removed in the hallway as part of abatement or demolition.Construction – 5A5A144 – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(1) Wall Mounted Sink - Zurn 23” x 21” with T&S Brass B-0892 4” Centerset Mixing Faucet w/1/2” NPSM Male Shanks, Eterna Cartridges, 4” wrist action handles, rigid gooseneck w/2.2 GPM aerator, or approved equal.(1) Wall Mounted Toilet – Wall Hung Zurn Z5616-BWL, or approved equal.(1) Zurn 1.6 Gallon flush valve w/ battery sensor, or approved equal.Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall (48” + cap)CT-2Floor & Wet Wall (48” + cap)TP-1Toilet PartitionsAC-1CeilingP-1WallsGWB-2WallsGWB-3Walls5A132A – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(2) floor drains which meets attached VA Master Specifications(1) shower valve which meets attached VA Master Specifications(1) shower head fixture which meets attached VA Master SpecificationsOther Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall, floor to ceilingCT-4Floor C-1CeilingGWB-3Walls5A132/134/133 – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(3) floor drains which meets attached VA Master Specifications(3) shower valve which meets attached VA Master Specifications(3) shower head fixture which meets attached VA Master Specifications(1) Wall Mounted Sink - Zurn 23” x 21” with T&S Brass B-0892 4” Centerset Mixing Faucet w/1/2” NPSM Male Shanks, Eterna Cartridges, 4” wrist action handles, rigid gooseneck w/2.2 GPM aerator, or approved equal.(1) Wall Mounted Toilet – Wall Hung Zurn Z5616-BWL, or approved equal.(1) Zurn 1.6 Gallon flush valve w/ battery sensor, or approved equal.Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall, floor to ceilingCT-4Floor AC-1Ceiling outside showersC-1Ceiling in ShowersGWB-3Walls5A124 – Install the follow items in the rooms, in the same locations they currently exist:(1) Acorn Terrazo-Ware Mop Sink – Corner Series, or approved equal.(1) Acorn Utility Faucet with Chrome Finish (Hot & Cold) , or approved equal.(1) Acorn 36” Hose with Wall Hanger, or approved equal.Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall (48”+cap)CT-2FloorsAC-1CeilingGWB-2WallsGWB-3Walls5A121 – Install the following items in the same locations they currently exist:Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:1-1WallsAC-1CeilingGWB-1Walls5A119 – Install the following items in the same locations they currently exist:(1) Wall Mounted Sink - Zurn 23” x 21” with T&S Brass B-0892 4” Centerset Mixing Faucet w/1/2” NPSM Male Shanks, Eterna Cartridges, 4” wrist action handles, rigid gooseneck w/2.2 GPM aerator, or approved equal.(2) Wall Mounted Toilet – Wall Hung Zurn Z5616-BWL, or approved equal.(2) Zurn 1.6 Gallon flush valve w/ battery sensor, or approved equal.Other Finishes:Finish ScheduleNameLocation:CT-1Wall (48” + cap)CT-2Floor & Wet Wall (48” + cap)TP-1Toilet PartitionsAC-1CeilingP-1WallsGWB-2WallsGWB-3WallsHallway – Install VCT-1 wherever VCT is removed in the hallway as part of abatement or demolition.Submittals – Contractor is responsible for submitting all materials, equipment, shop drawings, etc. in accordance to the VA Master Specifications to the COR in a timely manner for approval prior to procurement and shall give the COR a minimum of 14 calendar days for review and approval.Period of Performance – The period of performance for this scope is 180 days from NTP.SECTION 01 33 23SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES1-1.Refer to Articles titled SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION (FAR 52.236-21) and, SPECIAL NOTES (VAAR 852.236-91), in GENERAL CONDITIONS.1-2.For the purposes of this contract, samples (including laboratory samples to be tested), test reports, certificates, and manufacturers' literature and data shall also be subject to the previously referenced requirements. The following text refers to all items collectively as SUBMITTALS.1-3.Submit for approval, all of the items specifically mentioned under the separate sections of the specification, with information sufficient to evidence full compliance with contract requirements. Materials, fabricated articles and the like to be installed in permanent work shall equal those of approved submittals. After an item has been approved, no change in brand or make will be permitted unless:A.Satisfactory written evidence is presented to, and approved by Contracting Officer, that manufacturer cannot make scheduled delivery of approved item or;B.Item delivered has been rejected and substitution of a suitable item is an urgent necessity or;C.Other conditions become apparent which indicates approval of such substitute item to be in best interest of the Government.1-4.Forward submittals in sufficient time to permit proper consideration and approval action by Government. Time submission to assure adequate lead time for procurement of contract required items. Delays attributable to untimely and rejected submittals (including any laboratory samples to be tested) will not serve as a basis for extending contract time for completion.1-5.Submittals will be reviewed for compliance with contract requirements by Architect-Engineer, and action thereon will be taken by Resident Engineer on behalf of the Contracting Officer.1-6.Upon receipt of submittals, Architect-Engineer will assign a file number thereto. Contractor, in any subsequent correspondence, shall refer to this file and identification number to expedite replies relative to previously approved or disapproved submittals.1-7.The Government reserves the right to require additional submittals, whether or not particularly mentioned in this contract. If additional submittals beyond those required by the contract are furnished pursuant to request therefor by Contracting Officer, adjustment in contract price and time will be made in accordance with Articles titled CHANGES (FAR 52.243-4) and CHANGES SUPPLEMENT (VAAR 852.236-88) of the GENERAL CONDITIONS.1-8.Schedules called for in specifications and shown on shop drawings shall be submitted for use and information of Department of Veterans Affairs and Architect-Engineer. However, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for coordinating and verifying schedules. The Contracting Officer and Architect- Engineer assumes no responsibility for checking schedules or layout drawings for exact sizes, exact numbers and detailed positioning of items.1-9.Submittals must be submitted by Contractor only and shipped prepaid. Contracting Officer assumes no responsibility for checking quantities or exact numbers included in such submittals. A.//Submit samples required by Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES, in duplicate. Submit other samples in single units unless otherwise specified. Submit shop drawings, schedules, manufacturers' literature and data, and certificates in quadruplicate, except where a greater number is specified.B.Submittals will receive consideration only when covered by a transmittal letter signed by Contractor. Letter shall be sent via first class mail and shall contain the list of items, name of Medical Center, name of Contractor, contract number, applicable specification paragraph numbers, applicable drawing numbers (and other information required for exact identification of location for each item), manufacturer and brand, ASTM or Federal Specification Number (if any) and such additional information as may be required by specifications for particular item being furnished. In addition, catalogs shall be marked to indicate specific items submitted for approval.1.A copy of letter must be enclosed with items, and any items received without identification letter will be considered "unclaimed goods" and held for a limited time only.2.Each sample, certificate, manufacturers' literature and data shall be labeled to indicate the name and location of the // Medical Center, name of Contractor, manufacturer, brand, contract number and ASTM or Federal Specification Number as applicable and location(s) on project.3.Required certificates shall be signed by an authorized representative of manufacturer or supplier of material, and by Contractor. C.In addition to complying with the applicable requirements specified in preceding Article 1.9, samples which are required to have Laboratory Tests (those preceded by symbol "LT" under the separate sections of the specification shall be tested, at the expense of Contractor, in a commercial laboratory approved by Contracting Officer.1.Laboratory shall furnish Contracting Officer with a certificate stating that it is fully equipped and qualified to perform intended work, is fully acquainted with specification requirements and intended use of materials and is an independent establishment in no way connected with organization of Contractor or with manufacturer or supplier of materials to be tested.2.Certificates shall also set forth a list of comparable projects upon which laboratory has performed similar functions during past five years.3.Samples and laboratory tests shall be sent directly to approved commercial testing laboratory. 4.Contractor shall forward a copy of transmittal letter to Resident Engineer simultaneously with submission to a commercial testing laboratory.5.Laboratory test reports shall be sent directly to Resident Engineer for appropriate action.6.Laboratory reports shall list contract specification test requirements and a comparative list of the laboratory test results. When tests show that the material meets specification requirements, the laboratory shall so certify on test report.7.Laboratory test reports shall also include a recommendation for approval or disapproval of tested item.D.If submittal samples have been disapproved, resubmit new samples as soon as possible after notification of disapproval. Such new samples shall be marked "Resubmitted Sample" in addition to containing other previously specified information required on label and in transmittal letter.E.Approved samples will be kept on file by the Resident Engineer at the site until completion of contract, at which time such samples will be delivered to Contractor as Contractor's property. Where noted in technical sections of specifications, approved samples in good condition may be used in their proper locations in contract work. At completion of contract, samples that are not approved will be returned to Contractor only upon request and at Contractor's expense. Such request should be made prior to completion of the contract. Disapproved samples that are not requested for return by Contractor will be discarded after completion of contract.F.Submittal drawings (shop, erection or setting drawings) and schedules, required for work of various trades, shall be checked before submission by technically qualified employees of Contractor for accuracy, completeness and compliance with contract requirements. These drawings and schedules shall be stamped and signed by Contractor certifying to such check.1.For each drawing required, submit one legible photographic paper or vellum reproducible.2.Reproducible shall be full size.3.Each drawing shall have marked thereon, proper descriptive title, including Medical Center, location, project number, manufacturer's number, reference to contract drawing number, detail Section Number, and Specification Section Number.4.A space 120 mm by 125 mm (4-3/4 by 5 inches) shall be reserved on each drawing to accommodate approval or disapproval stamp.5.Submit drawings, ROLLED WITHIN A MAILING TUBE, fully protected for shipment.6.One reproducible print of approved or disapproved shop drawings will be forwarded to Contractor.7.When work is directly related and involves more than one trade, shop drawings shall be submitted to Architect-Engineer under one cover.1-10.Samples (including laboratory samples), shop drawings, test reports, certificates and manufacturers' literature and data, shall be submitted for approval to Heather Brauer10000 Bay Pines BlvdBldg 24, Room 322Bay Pines, FL 33744 E N D SECTION 01 35 26Safety REQUIREMENTS 1.1 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:Latest publications listed below form part of this Article to extent referenced. Publications are referenced in text by basic designations only. American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE):A10.1-2011Pre-Project & Pre-Task Safety and Health PlanningA10.34-2012Protection of the Public on or Adjacent to Construction SitesA10.38-2013Basic Elements of an Employer’s Program to Provide a Safe and Healthful Work Environment American National Standard Construction and Demolition OperationsAmerican Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):E84-2013Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsThe Facilities Guidelines Institute (FGI):FGI Guidelines-2010Guidelines for Design and Construction of Healthcare FacilitiesNational Fire Protection Association (NFPA):10-2013Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers30-2012Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code51B-2014Standard for Fire Prevention During Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work70-2014National Electrical Code70B-2013Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance70E-2012 Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace99-2012Health Care Facilities Code241-2013Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition OperationsThe Joint Commission (TJC)TJC Manual Comprehensive Accreditation and Certification ManualU.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission10 CFR 20 Standards for Protection Against RadiationU.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA):29 CFR 1904 Reporting and Recording Injuries & Illnesses 29 CFR 1910 Safety and Health Regulations for General Industry29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for Construction IndustryCPL 2-0.124Multi-Employer Citation PolicyVHA Directive 2005-0071.2 DEFINITIONS:A.OSHA “Competent Person” (CP). One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings and working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous to employees, and who has the authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them (see 29 CFR 1926.32(f)). B."Qualified Person" means one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training and experience, has successfully demonstrated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project.C.High Visibility Accident. Any mishap which may generate publicity or high visibility.D.Medical Treatment. Treatment administered by a physician or by registered professional personnel under the standing orders of a physician. Medical treatment does not include first aid treatment even through provided by a physician or registered personnel.E.Recordable Injuries or Illnesses. Any work-related injury or illness that results in: 1.Death, regardless of the time between the injury and death, or the length of the illness;2.Days away from work (any time lost after day of injury/illness onset);3.Restricted work;4.Transfer to another job;5.Medical treatment beyond first aid;6.Loss of consciousness; or7.A significant injury or illness diagnosed by a physician or other licensed health care professional, even if it did not result in (1) through (6) above.1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:A.In addition to the detailed requirements included in the provisions of this contract, comply with 29 CFR 1926, comply with 29 CFR 1910 as incorporated by reference within 29 CFR 1926, comply with ASSE A10.34, and all applicable [federal, state, and local] laws, ordinances, criteria, rules and regulations. Submit matters of interpretation of standards for resolution before starting work. Where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws, criteria, ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary, the most stringent requirements govern except with specific approval and acceptance by the Contracting Officer Representative.1.4 ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN (APP): The APP (aka Construction Safety & Health Plan) shall interface with the Contractor's overall safety and health program. Include any portions of the Contractor's overall safety and health program referenced in the APP in the applicable APP element and ensure it is site-specific. The Government considers the Prime Contractor to be the "controlling authority" for all worksite safety and health of each subcontractor(s). Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractors of the safety provisions under the terms of the contract and the penalties for noncompliance, coordinating the work to prevent one craft from interfering with or creating hazardous working conditions for other crafts, and inspecting subcontractor operations to ensure that accident prevention responsibilities are being carried out.The APP shall be prepared as follows:Written in English by a qualified person who is employed by the Prime Contractor articulating the specific work and hazards pertaining to the contract (model language can be found in ASSE A10.33). Specifically articulating the safety requirements found within these VA contract safety specifications. Address both the Prime Contractors and the subcontractors work operations.State measures to be taken to control hazards associated with materials, services, or equipment provided by suppliers.Address all the elements/sub-elements and in order as follows:SIGNATURE SHEET. Title, signature, and phone number of the following:1)Plan preparer (Qualified Person such as corporate safety staff person or contracted Certified Safety Professional with construction safety experience);2)Plan approver (company/corporate officers authorized to obligate the company); 3)Plan concurrence (e.g., Chief of Operations, Corporate Chief of Safety, Corporate Industrial Hygienist, project manager or superintendent, project safety professional). Provide concurrence of other applicable corporate and project personnel (Contractor). b.BACKGROUND INFORMATION. List the following:1)Contractor; 2)Contract number; 3)Project name; 4)Brief project description, description of work to be performed, and location; phases of work anticipated (these will require an AHA). c.STATEMENT OF SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY. Provide a copy of current corporate/company Safety and Health Policy Statement, detailing commitment to providing a safe and healthful workplace for all employees. The Contractor’s written safety program goals, objectives, and accident experience goals for this contract should be provided. d.RESPONSIBILITIES AND LINES OF AUTHORITIES. Provide the following:1)A statement of the employer’s ultimate responsibility for the implementation of his SOH program;2)Identification and accountability of personnel responsible for safety at both corporate and project level. Contracts specifically requiring safety or industrial hygiene personnel shall include a copy of their resumes. 3)The names of Competent and/or Qualified Person(s) and proof of competency/qualification to meet specific OSHA Competent/Qualified Person(s) requirements must be attached.; 4)Requirements that no work shall be performed unless a designated competent person is present on the job site; 5)Requirements for pre-task Activity Hazard Analysis (AHAs);6)Lines of authority; 7)Policies and procedures regarding noncompliance with safety requirements (to include disciplinary actions for violation of safety requirements) should be identified;e.SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS. If applicable, provide procedures for coordinating SOH activities with other employers on the job site:1)Identification of subcontractors and suppliers (if known); 2)Safety responsibilities of subcontractors and suppliers. f.TRAINING.1)Site-specific SOH orientation training at the time of initial hire or assignment to the project for every employee before working on the project site is required. 2)Mandatory training and certifications that are applicable to this project (e.g., explosive actuated tools, crane operator, rigger, crane signal person, fall protection, electrical lockout/NFPA 70E, machine/equipment lockout, confined space, etc…) and any requirements for periodic retraining/recertification are required. 3)Procedures for ongoing safety and health training for supervisors and employees shall be established to address changes in site hazards/conditions.4)OSHA 10-hour training is required for all workers on site and the OSHA 30-hour training is required for Trade Competent Persons (CPs)g.SAFETY AND HEALTH INSPECTIONS.1)Specific assignment of responsibilities for a minimum daily job site safety and health inspection during periods of work activity: Who will conduct (e.g., “Site Safety and Health CP”), proof of inspector’s training/qualifications, when inspections will be conducted, procedures for documentation, deficiency tracking system, and follow-up procedures.2)Any external inspections/certifications that may be required (e.g., contracted CSP or CSHT)h.ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION & REPORTING. The Contractor shall conduct mishap investigations of all OSHA Recordable Incidents. The APP shall include accident/incident investigation procedure & identify person(s) responsible to provide the following to the // Resident Engineer // Project Manager // and Facility Safety // Manager // Officer // or Contracting Officer Representative // or Government Designated Authority: 1)Exposure data (man-hours worked); 2)Accident investigations, reports, and logs.i.PLANS (PROGRAMS, PROCEDURES) REQUIRED. Based on a risk assessment of contracted activities and on mandatory OSHA compliance programs, the Contractor shall address all applicable occupational risks in site-specific compliance and accident prevention plans. These Plans shall include but are not be limited to procedures for addressing the risks associates with the following:1)Emergency response ;2)Contingency for severe weather; 3)Fire Prevention ;4)Medical Support; 5)Posting of emergency telephone numbers; 6)Prevention of alcohol and drug abuse; 7)Site sanitation (housekeeping, drinking water, toilets); 8)Night operations and lighting ; 9)Hazard communication program;10)Welding/Cutting “Hot” work ;11)Electrical Safe Work Practices (Electrical LOTO/NFPA 70E);12)General Electrical Safety 13)Hazardous energy control (Machine LOTO);14)Site-Specific Fall Protection & Prevention; 15)Excavation/trenching; 16)Asbestos abatement;17)Lead abatement;18)Crane Critical lift; 19)Respiratory protection;20)Health hazard control program;21)Radiation Safety Program;22)Abrasive blasting; 23)Heat/Cold Stress Monitoring;24)Crystalline Silica Monitoring (Assessment); 25)Demolition plan (to include engineering survey); 26)Formwork and shoring erection and removal; 27)PreCast Concrete. C.Submit the APP to the Contracting Officer Representative for review for compliance with contract requirements in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 15 calendar days prior to the date of the preconstruction conference for acceptance. Work cannot proceed without an accepted APP.D.Once accepted by the Contracting Officer Representative, the APP and attachments will be enforced as part of the contract. Disregarding the provisions of this contract or the accepted APP will be cause for stopping of work, at the discretion of the Contracting Officer, until the matter has been rectified. E.Once work begins, changes to the accepted APP shall be made with the knowledge and concurrence of the Contracting Officer Representative. Should any severe hazard exposure, i.e. imminent danger, become evident, stop work in the area, secure the area, and develop a plan to remove the exposure and control the hazard. Notify the Contracting Officer within 24 hours of discovery. Eliminate/remove the hazard. In the interim, take all necessary action to restore and maintain safe working conditions in order to safeguard onsite personnel, visitors, the public (as defined by ASSE/SAFE A10.34) and the environment.1.5 ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSES (AHAs):AHAs are also known as Job Hazard Analyses, Job Safety Analyses, and Activity Safety Analyses. Before beginning each work activity involving a type of work presenting hazards not experienced in previous project operations or where a new work crew or sub-contractor is to perform the work, the Contractor(s) performing that work activity shall prepare an AHA (Example electronic AHA forms can be found on the US Army Corps of Engineers web site)AHAs shall define the activities being performed and identify the work sequences, the specific anticipated hazards, site conditions, equipment, materials, and the control measures to be implemented to eliminate or reduce each hazard to an acceptable level of risk. Work shall not begin until the AHA for the work activity has been accepted by the Contracting Officer Representative and discussed with all engaged in the activity, including the Contractor, subcontractor(s), and Government on-site representatives at preparatory and initial control phase meetings. 1.The names of the Competent/Qualified Person(s) required for a particular activity (for example, excavations, scaffolding, fall protection, other activities as specified by OSHA and/or other State and Local agencies) shall be identified and included in the AHA. Certification of their competency/qualification shall be submitted to the Government Designated Authority (GDA) for acceptance prior to the start of that work activity. 2.The AHA shall be reviewed and modified as necessary to address changing site conditions, operations, or change of competent/qualified person(s). a.If more than one Competent/Qualified Person is used on the AHA activity, a list of names shall be submitted as an attachment to the AHA. Those listed must be Competent/Qualified for the type of work involved in the AHA and familiar with current site safety issues.b.If a new Competent/Qualified Person (not on the original list) is added, the list shall be updated (an administrative action not requiring an updated AHA). The new person shall acknowledge in writing that he or she has reviewed the AHA and is familiar with current site safety issues.3.Submit AHAs to the Contracting Officer Representative for review for compliance with contract requirements in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES for review at least 15 calendar days prior to the start of each phase. Subsequent AHAs as shall be formatted as amendments to the APP. The analysis should be used during daily inspections to ensure the implementation and effectiveness of the activity's safety and health controls.4.The AHA list will be reviewed periodically (at least monthly) at the Contractor supervisory safety meeting and updated as necessary when procedures, scheduling, or hazards change.5.Develop the activity hazard analyses using the project schedule as the basis for the activities performed. All activities listed on the project schedule will require an AHA. The AHAs will be developed by the contractor, supplier, or subcontractor and provided to the prime contractor for review and approval and then submitted to the Contracting Officer Representative.1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: A.Contractor representatives who have a responsibility or significant role in implementation of the accident prevention program, as required by 29 CFR 1926.20(b)(1), on the project shall attend the preconstruction conference to gain a mutual understanding of its implementation. This includes the project superintendent, subcontractor superintendents, and any other assigned safety and health professionals.B.Discuss the details of the submitted APP to include incorporated plans, programs, procedures and a listing of anticipated AHAs that will be developed and implemented during the performance of the contract. This list of proposed AHAs will be reviewed at the conference and an agreement will be reached between the Contractor and the Contracting Officer's representative as to which phases will require an analysis. In addition, establish a schedule for the preparation, submittal, review, and acceptance of AHAs to preclude project delays.C.Deficiencies in the submitted APP will be brought to the attention of the Contractor within 14 days of submittal, and the Contractor shall revise the plan to correct deficiencies and re-submit it for acceptance. Do not begin work until there is an accepted APP.1.7 “SITE SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER” (SSHO) and “COMPETENT PERSON” (CP): The Prime Contractor shall designate a minimum of one SSHO at each project site that will be identified as the SSHO to administer the Contractor's safety program and government-accepted Accident Prevention Plan. Each subcontractor shall designate a minimum of one CP in compliance with 29 CFR 1926.20 (b)(2) that will be identified as a CP to administer their individual safety programs. Further, all specialized Competent Persons for the work crews will be supplied by the respective contractor as required by 29 CFR 1926 (i.e. Asbestos, Electrical, Cranes, & Derricks, Demolition, Fall Protection, Fire Safety/Life Safety, Ladder, Rigging, Scaffolds, and Trenches/Excavations).These Competent Persons can have collateral duties as the subcontractor’s superintendent and/or work crew lead persons as well as fill more than one specialized CP role (i.e. Asbestos, Electrical, Cranes, & Derricks, Demolition, Fall Protection, Fire Safety/Life Safety, Ladder, Rigging, Scaffolds, and Trenches/Excavations). The SSHO or an equally-qualified Designated Representative/alternate will maintain a presence on the site during construction operations in accordance with FAR Clause 52.236-6: Superintendence by the Contractor. CPs will maintain presence during their construction activities in accordance with above mentioned clause. A listing of the designated SSHO and all known CPs shall be submitted prior to the start of work as part of the APP with the training documentation and/or AHA as listed in Section 1.8 below.The repeated presence of uncontrolled hazards during a contractor’s work operations will result in the designated CP as being deemed incompetent and result in the required removal of the employee in accordance with FAR Clause 52.236-5: Material and Workmanship, Paragraph (c).1.8 TRAINING:A.The designated Prime Contractor SSHO must meet the requirements of all applicable OSHA standards and be capable (through training, experience, and qualifications) of ensuring that the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.16 and other appropriate Federal, State and local requirements are met for the project. As a minimum the SSHO must have completed the OSHA 30-hour Construction Safety class and have five (5) years of construction industry safety experience or three (3) years if he/she possesses a Certified Safety Professional (CSP) or certified Construction Safety and Health Technician (CSHT) certification or have a safety and health degree from an accredited university or college.B.All designated CPs shall have completed the OSHA 30-hour Construction Safety course within the past 5 years. C.In addition to the OSHA 30 Hour Construction Safety Course, all CPs with high hazard work operations such as operations involving asbestos, electrical, cranes, demolition, work at heights/fall protection, fire safety/life safety, ladder, rigging, scaffolds, and trenches/excavations shall have a specialized formal course in the hazard recognition & control associated with those high hazard work operations. Documented “repeat” deficiencies in the execution of safety requirements will require retaking the requisite formal course.D.All other construction workers shall have the OSHA 10-hour Construction Safety Outreach course and any necessary safety training to be able to identify hazards within their work environment. E.Submit training records associated with the above training requirements to the Contracting Officer Representative or Government Designated Authority for review for compliance with contract requirements in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 15 calendar days prior to the date of the preconstruction conference for acceptance.F.Prior to any worker for the contractor or subcontractors beginning work, they shall undergo a safety briefing provided by the SSHO or his/her designated representative. As a minimum, this briefing shall include information on the site-specific hazards, construction limits, VAMC safety guidelines, means of egress, break areas, work hours, locations of restrooms, use of VAMC equipment, emergency procedures, accident reporting etc... Documentation shall be provided to the Resident Engineer that individuals have undergone contractor’s safety briefing.G.Ongoing safety training will be accomplished in the form of weekly documented safety meeting.1.9 INSPECTIONS: A.The SSHO shall conduct frequent and regular safety inspections (daily) of the site and each of the subcontractors CPs shall conduct frequent and regular safety inspections (daily) of the their work operations as required by 29 CFR 1926.20(b)(2). Each week, the SSHO shall conduct a formal documented inspection of the entire construction areas with the subcontractors’ “Trade Safety and Health CPs” present in their work areas. Coordinate with, and report findings and corrective actions weekly to Contracting Officer Representative. 1.10 ACCIDENTS, OSHA 300 LOGS, AND MAN-HOURS: A.Notify the Contracting Officer Representative as soon as practical, but no more than four hours after any accident meeting the definition of OSHA Recordable Injuries or Illnesses or High Visibility Accidents, property damage equal to or greater than $5,000, or any weight handling equipment accident. Within notification include contractor name; contract title; type of contract; name of activity, installation or location where accident occurred; date and time of accident; names of personnel injured; extent of property damage, if any; extent of injury, if known, and brief description of accident (to include type of construction equipment used, PPE used, etc.). Preserve the conditions and evidence on the accident site until the Contracting Officer Representative determine whether a government investigation will be conducted. B.Conduct an accident investigation for recordable injuries and illnesses, for Medical Treatment defined in paragraph DEFINITIONS, and property damage accidents resulting in at least $20,000 in damages, to establish the root cause(s) of the accident. Complete the VA Form 2162, and provide the report to the Contracting Officer Representative within 5 calendar days of the accident. The Contracting Officer Representative will provide copies of any required or special forms.C.A summation of all man-hours worked by the contractor and associated sub-contractors for each month will be reported to the Contracting Officer Representative.D.A summation of all OSHA recordable accidents experienced on site by the contractor and associated sub-contractors for each month will be provided to the Contracting Officer Representative monthly. The contractor and associated sub-contractors’ OSHA 300 logs will be made available to the Contracting Officer Representative as requested.1.11 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE):PPE is governed in all areas by the nature of the work the employee is performing. For example, specific PPE required for performing work on electrical equipment is identified in NFPA 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.Mandatory PPE includes:1.Hard Hats – unless written authorization is given by the Contracting Officer Representative in circumstances of work operations that have limited potential for falling object hazards such as during finishing work or minor remodeling. With authorization to relax the requirement of hard hats, if a worker becomes exposed to an overhead falling object hazard, then hard hats would be required in accordance with the OSHA regulations. 2.Safety glasses - unless written authorization is given by the Contracting Officer Representative appropriate safety glasses meeting the ANSI Z.87.1 standard must be worn by each person on site.3.Appropriate Safety Shoes – based on the hazards present, safety shoes meeting the requirements of ASTM F2413-11 shall be worn by each person on site unless written authorization is given by the Contracting Officer.4.Hearing protection - Use personal hearing protection at all times in designated noise hazardous areas or when performing noise hazardous tasks.1.12 INFECTION CONTROLInfection Control is critical in all medical center facilities. Interior construction activities causing disturbance of existing dust, or creating new dust, must be conducted within ventilation-controlled areas that minimize the flow of airborne particles into patient areas. An AHA associated with infection control will be performed by VA personnel in accordance with FGI Guidelines (i.e. Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA)). The ICRA procedure found on the American Society for Healthcare Engineering (ASHE) website will be utilized. Risk classifications of Class II or lower will require approval by the Contracting Officer Representative before beginning any construction work. Risk classifications of Class III or higher will require a permit before beginning any construction work. Infection Control permits will be issued by the Project Engineer. The Infection Control Permits will be posted outside the appropriate construction area. More than one permit may be issued for a construction project if the work is located in separate areas requiring separate classes. The primary project scope area for this project is: Class [__TBD__}, however, work outside the primary project scope area may vary. The required infection control precautions with each class are as follow.1.Class I requirements:a.During Construction Work:1)Notify the Contracting Officer Representative2)Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.3)Ceiling tiles: Immediately replace a ceiling tiles displaced for visual inspection. b.Upon Completion:1)Clean work area upon completion of task2)Notify the Contracting Officer Representative2.Class II requirements:a.During Construction Work:1)Notify the or Contracting Officer Representative2)Provide active means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere such as wet methods or tool mounted dust collectors where possible.3)Water mist work surfaces to control dust while cutting.4)Seal unused doors with duct tape.5)Block off and seal air vents.6)Remove or isolate HVAC system in areas where work is being performed.b.Upon Completion:1)Wipe work surfaces with cleaner/disinfectant.2)Contain construction waste before transport in tightly covered containers.3)Wet mop and/or vacuum with HEPA filtered vacuum before leaving work area.4)Upon completion, restore HVAC system where work was performed5)Notify the Contracting Officer Representative3.Class III requirements:a.During Construction Work:1)Obtain permit from the Contracting Officer Representative.2)Remove or Isolate HVAC system in area where work is being done to prevent contamination of duct system.3)Complete all critical barriers i.e. sheetrock, plywood, plastic, to seal area from non work area or implement control cube method (cart with plastic covering and sealed connection to work site with HEPA vacuum for vacuuming prior to exit) before construction begins. Install construction barriers and ceiling protection carefully, outside of normal work hours.4)Maintain negative air pressure, 0.01 inches of water gauge, within work site utilizing HEPA equipped air filtration units and continuously monitored with a digital display, recording and alarm instrument, which must be calibrated on installation, maintained with periodic calibration and monitored by the contractor. 5)Contain construction waste before transport in tightly covered containers.6)Cover transport receptacles or carts. Tape covering unless solid lid.b.Upon Completion:1)Do not remove barriers from work area until completed project is inspected by the Contracting Officer Representative and thoroughly cleaned by the VA Environmental Services Department. 2)Remove construction barriers and ceiling protection carefully to minimize spreading of dirt and debris associated with construction, outside of normal work hours.3)Vacuum work area with HEPA filtered vacuums.4)Wet mop area with cleaner/disinfectant.5)Upon completion, restore HVAC system where work was performed.6)Return permit to the Contracting Officer Representative.4.Class IV requirements:a.During Construction Work:1)Obtain permit from the Contracting Officer Representative.2)Isolate HVAC system in area where work is being done to prevent contamination of duct system.3)Complete all critical barriers i.e. sheetrock, plywood, plastic, to seal area from non work area or implement control cube method (cart with plastic covering and sealed connection to work site with HEPA vacuum for vacuuming prior to exit) before construction begins. Install construction barriers and ceiling protection carefully, outside of normal work hours.4)Maintain negative air pressure within work site utilizing HEPA equipped air filtration units.5)Seal holes, pipes, conduits, and punctures.6)Construct anteroom and require all personnel to pass through this room so they can be vacuumed using a HEPA vacuum cleaner before leaving work site or they can wear cloth or paper coveralls that are removed each time they leave work site.7)All personnel entering work site are required to wear shoe covers. Shoe covers must be changed each time the worker exits the work area.b.Upon Completion:1)Do not remove barriers from work area until completed project is inspected by the Contracting Officer Representative with thorough cleaning by the VA Environmental Services Dept.2)Remove construction barriers and ceiling protection carefully to minimize spreading of dirt and debris associated with construction, outside of normal work hours.3)Contain construction waste before transport in tightly covered containers.4)Cover transport receptacles or carts. Tape covering unless solid lid. 5)Vacuum work area with HEPA filtered vacuums.6)Wet mop area with cleaner/disinfectant.7)Upon completion, restore HVAC system where work was performed.8)Return permit to the Contracting Officer Representative.Barriers shall be erected as required based upon classification (Class III & IV requires barriers) and shall be constructed as follows:1.Class III and IV - closed door with masking tape applied over the frame and door is acceptable for projects that can be contained in a single room.2.Construction, demolition or reconstruction not capable of containment within a single room must have the following barriers erected and made presentable on hospital occupied side:a.Class III & IV (where dust control is the only hazard, and an agreement is reached with the Resident Engineer and Medical Center) - Airtight plastic barrier that extends from the floor to ceiling. Seams must be sealed with duct tape to prevent dust and debris from escapingb.Class III & IV - Drywall barrier erected with joints covered or sealed to prevent dust and debris from escaping. c.Class III & IV - Seal all penetrations in existing barrier airtightd.Class III & IV - Barriers at penetration of ceiling envelopes, chases and ceiling spaces to stop movement air and debrise.Class IV only - Anteroom or double entrance openings that allow workers to remove protective clothing or vacuum off existing clothingf.Class III & IV - At elevators shafts or stairways within the field of construction, overlapping flap minimum of two feet wide of polyethylene enclosures for personnel access.Products and Materials:1.Sheet Plastic: Fire retardant polystyrene, 6-mil thickness meeting local fire codes2.Barrier Doors: Self Closing One-hour fire-rated solid core wood in steel frame, painted3.Dust proof one-hour fire-rated drywall 4.High Efficiency Particulate Air-Equipped filtration machine rated at 95% capture of 0.3 microns including pollen, mold spores and dust particles. HEPA filters should have ASHRAE 85 or other prefilter to extend the useful life of the HEPA. Provide both primary and secondary filtrations units. Maintenance of equipment and replacement of the HEPA filters and other filters will be in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.5.Exhaust Hoses: Heavy duty, flexible steel reinforced; Ventilation Blower Hose6.Adhesive Walk-off Mats: Provide minimum size mats of 24 inches x 36 inches7.Disinfectant: Hospital-approved disinfectant or equivalent product8.Portable Ceiling Access ModuleBefore any construction on site begins, all contractor personnel involved in the construction or renovation activity shall be educated and trained in infection prevention measures established by the medical center.A dust control program will be establish and maintained as part of the contractor’s infection preventive measures in accordance with the FGI Guidelines for Design and Construction of Healthcare Facilities. Prior to start of work, prepare a plan detailing project-specific dust protection measures with associated product data, including periodic status reports, and submit to Engineer for review for compliance with contract requirements in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES.Medical center Infection Control personnel will monitor for airborne disease (e.g. aspergillosis) during construction. A baseline of conditions will be established by the medical center prior to the start of work and periodically during the construction stage to determine impact of construction activities on indoor air quality with safe thresholds established. H.In general, the following preventive measures shall be adopted during construction to keep down dust and prevent mold. 1.Contractor shall verify that construction exhaust to exterior is not reintroduced to the medical center through intake vents, or building openings. HEPA filtration is required where the exhaust dust may reenter the medical center. Exhaust hoses shall be exhausted so that dust is not reintroduced to the medical center.Adhesive Walk-off/Carpet Walk-off Mats shall be used at all interior transitions from the construction area to occupied medical center area. These mats shall be changed as often as required to maintain clean work areas directly outside construction area at all times.Vacuum and wet mop all transition areas from construction to the occupied medical center at the end of each workday. Vacuum shall utilize HEPA filtration. Maintain surrounding area frequently. Remove debris as it is created. Transport these outside the construction area in containers with tightly fitting lids.The contractor shall not haul debris through patient-care areas without prior approval of the Resident Engineer and the Medical Center. When, approved, debris shall be hauled in enclosed dust proof containers or wrapped in plastic and sealed with duct tape. No sharp objects should be allowed to cut through the plastic. Wipe down the exterior of the containers with a damp rag to remove dust. All equipment, tools, material, etc. transported through occupied areas shall be made free from dust and moisture by vacuuming and wipe down. There shall be no standing water during construction. This includes water in equipment drip pans and open containers within the construction areas. All accidental spills must be cleaned up and dried within 12 hours. Remove and dispose of porous materials that remain damp for more than 72 hours.At completion, remove construction barriers and ceiling protection carefully, outside of normal work hours. Vacuum and clean all surfaces free of dust after the removal.Final Cleanup:1.Upon completion of project, or as work progresses, remove all construction debris from above ceiling, vertical shafts and utility chases that have been part of the construction.2.Perform HEPA vacuum cleaning of all surfaces in the construction area. This includes walls, ceilings, cabinets, furniture (built-in or free standing), partitions, flooring, etc.3.All new air ducts shall be cleaned prior to final inspection.Exterior Construction 1.Contractor shall verify that dust will not be introduced into the medical center through intake vents, or building openings. HEPA filtration on intake vents is required where dust may be introduced. 2.Dust created from disturbance of soil such as from vehicle movement will be wetted with use of a water truck as necessary3.All cutting, drilling, grinding, sanding, or disturbance of materials shall be accomplished with tools equipped with either local exhaust ventilation (i.e. vacuum systems) or wet suppression controls.1.13 TUBERCULOSIS SCREENINGA.Contractor shall provide written certification that all contract employees assigned to the work site have had a pre-placement tuberculin screening within 90 days prior to assignment to the worksite and been found have negative TB screening reactions. Contractors shall be required to show documentation of negative TB screening reactions for any additional workers who are added after the 90-day requirement before they will be allowed to work on the work site. NOTE:? This can be the Center for Disease Control (CDC) and Prevention and two-step skin testing or a Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved blood test.1.Contract employees manifesting positive screening reactions to the tuberculin shall be examined according to current CDC guidelines prior to working on VHA property.2.Subsequently, if the employee is found without evidence of active (infectious) pulmonary TB, a statement documenting examination by a physician shall be on file with the employer (construction contractor), noting that the employee with a positive tuberculin screening test is without evidence of active (infectious) pulmonary TB.3.If the employee is found with evidence of active (infectious) pulmonary TB, the employee shall require treatment with a subsequent statement to the fact on file with the employer before being allowed to return to work on VHA property.1.14 FIRE SAFETYFire Safety Plan: Establish and maintain a site-specific fire protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926. Prior to start of work, prepare a plan detailing project-specific fire safety measures, including periodic status reports, and submit to Contracting Officer Representative for review for compliance with contract requirements in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES. This plan may be an element of the Accident Prevention Plan.Site and Building Access: Maintain free and unobstructed access to facility emergency services and for fire, police and other emergency response forces in accordance with NFPA 241.C.Separate temporary facilities, such as trailers, storage sheds, and dumpsters, from existing buildings and new construction by distances in accordance with NFPA 241. For small facilities with less than 6 m (20 feet) exposing overall length, separate by 3m (10 feet).D.Temporary Construction Partitions: 1.Install and maintain temporary construction partitions to provide smoke-tight separations between construction areasthe areas that are described in phasing requirements and adjoining areas. Construct partitions of gypsum board or treated plywood (flame spread rating of 25 or less in accordance with ASTM E84) on both sides of fire retardant treated wood or metal steel studs. Extend the partitions through suspended ceilings to floor slab deck or roof. Seal joints and penetrations. At door openings, install Class C, ? hour fire/smoke rated doors with self-closing devices.2.Install one-hour fire-rated temporary construction partitions as shown on drawings to maintain integrity of existing exit stair enclosures, exit passageways, fire-rated enclosures of hazardous areas, horizontal exits, smoke barriers, vertical shafts and openings enclosures.3.Close openings in smoke barriers and fire-rated construction to maintain fire ratings. Seal penetrations with listed through-penetration firestop materials in accordance with Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.E.Temporary Heating and Electrical: Install, use and maintain installations in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, NFPA 241 and NFPA 70.F.Means of Egress: Do not block exiting for occupied buildings, including paths from exits to roads. Minimize disruptions and coordinate with Contracting Officer Representative.G.Egress Routes for Construction Workers: Maintain free and unobstructed egress. Inspect daily. Report findings and corrective actions weekly to Contracting Officer Representative.H.Fire Extinguishers: Provide and maintain extinguishers in construction areas and temporary storage areas in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, NFPA 241 and NFPA 10. I.Flammable and Combustible Liquids: Store, dispense and use liquids in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, NFPA 241 and NFPA 30. J.Standpipes: Install and extend standpipes up with each floor in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 and NFPA 241. K.Sprinklers: Install, test and activate new automatic sprinklers prior to removing existing sprinklers. L.Existing Fire Protection: Do not impair automatic sprinklers, smoke and heat detection, and fire alarm systems, except for portions immediately under construction, and temporarily for connections. Provide fire watch for impairments more than 4 hours in a 24-hour period. Request interruptions in accordance with Article, OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS, and coordinate with Contracting Officer Representative. All existing or temporary fire protection systems (fire alarms, sprinklers) located in construction areas shall be tested as coordinated with the medical center. Parameters for the testing and results of any tests performed shall be recorded by the medical center and copies provided to the Resident Engineer.M.Smoke Detectors: Prevent accidental operation. Remove temporary covers at end of work operations each day. Coordinate with Contracting Officer Representative.N.Hot Work: Perform and safeguard hot work operations in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 51B. Coordinate with Resident Engineer. Obtain permits from facility Safety Manager at least 1 hours in advance. O.Fire Hazard Prevention and Safety Inspections: Inspect entire construction areas weekly. Coordinate with, and report findings and corrective actions weekly to Contracting Officer Representative.P.Smoking: Smoking is prohibited in and adjacent to construction areas inside existing buildings and additions under construction. In separate and detached buildings under construction, smoking is prohibited except in designated smoking rest areas.Q.Dispose of waste and debris in accordance with NFPA 241. Remove from buildings daily.R.If required, submit documentation to the COR that personnel have been trained in the fire safety aspects of working in areas with impaired structural or compartmentalization features.1.15 ELECTRICALA.All electrical work shall comply with NFPA 70 (NEC), NFPA 70B, NFPA 70E, 29 CFR Part 1910 Subpart J – General Environmental Controls, 29 CFR Part 1910 Subpart S – Electrical, and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K in addition to other references required by contract.B.All qualified persons performing electrical work under this contract shall be licensed journeyman or master electricians. All apprentice electricians performing under this contract shall be deemed unqualified persons unless they are working under the immediate supervision of a licensed electrician or master electrician.C.All electrical work will be accomplished de-energized and in the Electrically Safe Work Condition ( refer to NFPA 70E for Work Involving Electrical Hazards, including Exemptions to Work Permit). Any Contractor, subcontractor or temporary worker who fails to fully comply with this requirement is subject to immediate termination in accordance with FAR clause 52.236-5(c). Only in rare circumstance where achieving an electrically safe work condition prior to beginning work would increase or cause additional hazards, or is infeasible due to equipment design or operational limitations is energized work permitted. The Contracting Officer Representative with approval of the Medical Center Director will make the determination if the circumstances would meet the exception outlined above. An AHA specific to energized work activities will be developed, reviewed, and accepted prior to the start of that work.1.Development of a Hazardous Electrical Energy Control Procedure is required prior to de-energization. A single Simple Lockout/Tagout Procedure for multiple work operations can only be used for work involving qualified person(s) de-energizing one set of conductors or circuit part source. Task specific Complex Lockout/Tagout Procedures are required at all other times.2.Verification of the absence of voltage after de-energization and lockout/tagout is considered “energized electrical work” (live work) under NFPA 70E, and shall only be performed by qualified persons wearing appropriate shock protective (voltage rated) gloves and arc rate personal protective clothing and equipment, using Underwriters Laboratories (UL) tested and appropriately rated contact electrical testing instruments or equipment appropriate for the environment in which they will be used. 3.Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and electrical testing instruments will be readily available for inspection by the The Contracting Officer Representative.Before beginning any electrical work, an Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) will be conducted to include Shock Hazard and Arc Flash Hazard analyses (NFPA Tables can be used only as a last alterative and it is strongly suggested a full Arc Flash Hazard Analyses be conducted). Work shall not begin until the AHA for the work activity has been accepted by the Contracting Officer Representative and discussed with all engaged in the activity, including the Contractor, subcontractor(s), and Government on-site representatives at preparatory and initial control phase meetings.Ground-fault circuit interrupters. All 120-volt, single-phase 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets on construction sites shall have approved ground-fault circuit interrupters for personnel protection. “Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program” only is not allowed.1.16 FALL PROTECTIONA.The fall protection (FP) threshold height requirement is 6 ft (1.8 m) for ALL WORK, unless specified differently or the OSHA 29 CFR 1926 requirements are more stringent, to include steel erection activities, systems-engineered activities (prefabricated) metal buildings, residential (wood) construction and scaffolding work.1.The use of a Safety Monitoring System (SMS) as a fall protection method is prohibited.2.The use of Controlled Access Zone (CAZ) as a fall protection method is prohibited.3.A Warning Line System (WLS) may ONLY be used on floors or flat or low-sloped roofs (between 0 - 18.4 degrees or 4:12 slope) and shall be erected around all sides of the work area (See 29 CFR 1926.502(f) for construction of WLS requirements). Working within the WLS does not require FP. No worker shall be allowed in the area between the roof or floor edge and the WLS without FP. FP is required when working outside the WLS.4.Fall protection while using a ladder will be governed by the OSHA requirements.1.17 SCAFFOLDS AND OTHER WORK PLATFORMSA.All scaffolds and other work platforms construction activities shall comply with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L.B.The fall protection (FP) threshold height requirement is 6 ft (1.8 m) as stated in Section 1.16.C.The following hierarchy and prohibitions shall be followed in selecting appropriate work platforms.1.Scaffolds, platforms, or temporary floors shall be provided for all work except that can be performed safely from the ground or similar footing.2.Ladders less than 20 feet may be used as work platforms only when use of small hand tools or handling of light material is involved.3.Ladder jacks, lean-to, and prop-scaffolds are prohibited. 4.Emergency descent devices shall not be used as working platforms.D.Contractors shall use a scaffold tagging system in which all scaffolds are tagged by the Competent Person. Tags shall be color-coded: green indicates the scaffold has been inspected and is safe to use; red indicates the scaffold is unsafe to use. Tags shall be readily visible, made of materials that will withstand the environment in which they are used, be legible and shall include:1.The Competent Person’s name and signature; 2.Dates of initial and last inspections.E.Mast Climbing work platforms: When access ladders, including masts designed as ladders, exceed 20 ft (6 m) in height, positive fall protection shall be used.1.20 CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY (LOCKOUT/TAGOUT)A.All installation, maintenance, and servicing of equipment or machinery shall comply with 29 CFR 1910.147 except for specifically referenced operations in 29 CFR 1926 such as concrete & masonry equipment [1926.702(j)], heavy machinery & equipment [1926.600(a)(3)(i)], and process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals (1926.64). Control of hazardous electrical energy during the installation, maintenance, or servicing of electrical equipment shall comply with Section 1.15 to include NFPA 70E and other VA specific requirements discussed in the section.1.21 CONFINED SPACE ENTRYA.All confined space entry shall comply with 29 CFR 1910.146 except for specifically referenced operations in 29 CFR 1926 such as excavations/trenches [1926.651(g)].B.A site-specific Confined Space Entry Plan (including permitting process) shall be developed and submitted to the COR.1.22 WELDING AND CUTTINGAs specified in section 1.14, Hot Work: Perform and safeguard hot work operations in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 51B. Coordinate with Project Manager and/or Facility Safety Manager. Obtain permits from Facility Safety Manager and/or other Government Designated Authority // at least __1__ hours in advance.1.23 LADDERSA.All Ladder use shall comply with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart X.B.All portable ladders shall be of sufficient length and shall be placed so that workers will not stretch or assume a hazardous position.C.Manufacturer safety labels shall be in place on laddersD.Step Ladders shall not be used in the closed steps or cap of step ladders shall not be used as a stepPortable ladders, used as temporary access, shall extend at least 3 ft (0.9 m) above the upper landing surface.1.When a 3 ft (0.9-m) extension is not possible, a grasping device (such as a grab rail) shall be provided to assist workers in mounting and dismounting the ladder. 2.In no case shall the length of the ladder be such that ladder deflection under a load would, by itself, cause the ladder to slip from its support. G.Ladders shall be inspected for visible defects on a daily basis and after any occurrence that could affect their safe use. Broken or damaged ladders shall be immediately tagged "DO NOT USE," or with similar wording, and withdrawn from service until restored to a condition meeting their original design.1.24 FLOOR & WALL OPENINGSA.All floor and wall openings shall comply with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M.B.Floor and roof holes/openings are any that measure over 2 in (51 mm) in any direction of a walking/working surface which persons may trip or fall into or where objects may fall to the level below. See 21.F for covering and labeling requirements. Skylights located in floors or roofs are considered floor or roof hole/openings.C.All floor, roof openings or hole into which a person can accidentally walk or fall through shall be guarded either by a railing system with toeboards along all exposed sides or a load-bearing cover. When the cover is not in place, the opening or hole shall be protected by a removable guardrail system or shall be attended when the guarding system has been removed, or other fall protection system.1.Covers shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least twice the weight of the worker, equipment and material combined.2.Covers shall be secured when installed, clearly marked with the word “HOLE”, “COVER” or “Danger, Roof Opening-Do Not Remove” or color-coded or equivalent methods (e.g., red or orange “X”). Workers must be made aware of the meaning for color coding and equivalent methods.3.Roofing material, such as roofing membrane, insulation or felts, covering or partly covering openings or holes, shall be immediately cut out. No hole or opening shall be left unattended unless covered.4.Non-load-bearing skylights shall be guarded by a load-bearing skylight screen, cover, or railing system along all exposed sides.5.Workers are prohibited from standing/walking on skylights.- E N D SECTION 01 74 19CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENTPART 1 – GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONA.This section specifies the requirements for the management of non-hazardous building construction and demolition waste.B.Waste disposal in landfills shall be minimized to the greatest extent possible. Of the inevitable waste that is generated, as much of the waste material as economically feasible shall be salvaged, recycled or reused.C.Contractor shall use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators, and facilitate their salvage and recycle not limited to the following:1.Waste Management Plan development and implementation.2.Techniques to minimize waste generation.3.Sorting and separating of waste materials.4.Salvage of existing materials and items for reuse or resale.5.Recycling of materials that cannot be reused or sold.D.At a minimum the following waste categories shall be diverted from landfills:1.Soil.2.Inerts (eg, concrete, masonry and asphalt).3.Clean dimensional wood and palette wood.4.Green waste (biodegradable landscaping materials).5.Engineered wood products (plywood, particle board and I-joists, etc).6.Metal products (eg, steel, wire, beverage containers, copper, etc).7.Cardboard, paper and packaging.8.Bitumen roofing materials.9.Plastics (eg, ABS, PVC).10.Carpet and/or pad.11.Gypsum board.12.Insulation.13.Paint.14.Fluorescent lamps.1.2 RELATED WORKA.Section 02 41 00, DEMOLITION.B.Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.C.Lead Paint: Section 02 83 33.13, LEAD BASED PAINT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Contractor shall practice efficient waste management when sizing, cutting and installing building products. Processes shall be employed to ensure the generation of as little waste as possible. Construction /Demolition waste includes products of the following:1.Excess or unusable construction materials.2.Packaging used for construction products.3.Poor planning and/or layout.4.Construction error.5.Over ordering.6.Weather damage.7.Contamination.8.Mishandling.9.Breakage.B.Establish and maintain the management of non-hazardous building construction and demolition waste set forth herein. Conduct a site assessment to estimate the types of materials that will be generated by demolition and construction.C.Contractor shall develop and implement procedures to recycle construction and demolition waste to a minimum of 50 percent.D.Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of any special programs involving rebates or similar incentives related to recycling. Any revenues or savings obtained from salvage or recycling shall accrue to the contractor.E.Contractor shall provide all demolition, removal and legal disposal of materials. Contractor shall ensure that facilities used for recycling, reuse and disposal shall be permitted for the intended use to the extent required by local, state, federal regulations. The Whole Building Design Guide website provides a Construction Waste Management Database that contains information on companies that haul, collect, and process recyclable debris from construction projects.F.Contractor shall assign a specific area to facilitate separation of materials for reuse, salvage, recycling, and return. Such areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination or mixing of materials.G.Contractor shall provide on-site instructions and supervision of separation, handling, salvaging, recycling, reuse and return methods to be used by all parties during waste generating stages.H.Record on daily reports any problems in complying with laws, regulations and ordinances with corrective action taken.1.4 TERMINOLOGY A.Class III Landfill: A landfill that accepts non-hazardous resources such as household, commercial and industrial waste resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations. B.Clean: Untreated and unpainted; uncontaminated with adhesives, oils, solvents, mastics and like products.C.Construction and Demolition Waste: Includes all non-hazardous resources resulting from construction, remodeling, alterations, repair and demolition operations.D.Dismantle: The process of parting out a building in such a way as to preserve the usefulness of its materials and components.E.Disposal: Acceptance of solid wastes at a legally operating facility for the purpose of land filling (includes Class III landfills and inert fills).F.Inert Backfill Site: A location, other than inert fill or other disposal facility, to which inert materials are taken for the purpose of filling an excavation, shoring or other soil engineering operation.G.Inert Fill: A facility that can legally accept inert waste, such as asphalt and concrete exclusively for the purpose of disposal.H.Inert Solids/Inert Waste: Non-liquid solid resources including, but not limited to, soil and concrete that does not contain hazardous waste or soluble pollutants at concentrations in excess of water-quality objectives established by a regional water board, and does not contain significant quantities of decomposable solid resources.I.Mixed Debris: Loads that include commingled recyclable and non-recyclable materials generated at the construction site.J.Mixed Debris Recycling Facility: A solid resource processing facility that accepts loads of mixed construction and demolition debris for the purpose of recovering re-usable and recyclable materials and disposing non-recyclable materials.K.Permitted Waste Hauler: A company that holds a valid permit to collect and transport solid wastes from individuals or businesses for the purpose of recycling or disposal.L.Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating, and reconstituting materials for the purpose of using the altered form in the manufacture of a new product. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating or thermally destroying solid waste.1.On-site Recycling – Materials that are sorted and processed on site for use in an altered state in the work, i.e. concrete crushed for use as a sub-base in paving.2.Off-site Recycling – Materials hauled to a location and used in an altered form in the manufacture of new products.M.Recycling Facility: An operation that can legally accept materials for the purpose of processing the materials into an altered form for the manufacture of new products. Depending on the types of materials accepted and operating procedures, a recycling facility may or may not be required to have a solid waste facilities permit or be regulated by the local enforcement agency.N.Reuse: Materials that are recovered for use in the same form, on-site or off-site.O.Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit.P.Salvage: To remove waste materials from the site for resale or re-use by a third party.Q.Source-Separated Materials: Materials that are sorted by type at the site for the purpose of reuse and recycling.R.Solid Waste: Materials that have been designated as non-recyclable and are discarded for the purposes of disposal.S.Transfer Station: A facility that can legally accept solid waste for the purpose of temporarily storing the materials for re-loading onto other trucks and transporting them to a landfill for disposal, or recovering some materials for re-use or recycling.1.5 SUBMITTALS A.In accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, and SAMPLES, furnish the following:B.Prepare and submit to the Resident Engineer a written demolition debris management plan. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following information:1.Procedures to be used for debris management.2.Techniques to be used to minimize waste generation.3.Analysis of the estimated job site waste to be generated:a.List of each material and quantity to be salvaged, reused, recycled.b.List of each material and quantity proposed to be taken to a landfill.4.Detailed description of the Means/Methods to be used for material handling. a.On site: Material separation, storage, protection where applicable.b.Off site: Transportation means and destination. Include list of materials.1)Description of materials to be site-separated and self-hauled to designated facilities.2)Description of mixed materials to be collected by designated waste haulers and removed from the site.c.The names and locations of mixed debris reuse and recycling facilities or sites.d.The names and locations of trash disposal landfill facilities or sites.e.Documentation that the facilities or sites are approved to receive the materials.C.Designated Manager responsible for instructing personnel, supervising, documenting and administer over meetings relevant to the Waste Management Plan.D.Monthly summary of construction and demolition debris diversion and disposal, quantifying all materials generated at the work site and disposed of or diverted from disposal through recycling.1.6 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSAPublications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced by the basic designation only. In the event that criteria requirements conflict, the most stringent requirements shall be met.B.U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC):LEED Green Building Rating System for New Construction1.7 RECORDSMaintain records to document the quantity of waste generated; the quantity of waste diverted through sale, reuse, or recycling; and the quantity of waste disposed by landfill or incineration. Records shall be kept in accordance with the LEED Reference Guide and LEED Template. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALSA.List of each material and quantity to be salvaged, recycled, reused.B.List of each material and quantity proposed to be taken to a landfill.C.Material tracking data: Receiving parties, dates removed, transportation costs, weight tickets, tipping fees, manifests, invoices, net total costs or savings.PART 3 EXECUTION3.1 COLLECTIONA.Provide all necessary containers, bins and storage areas to facilitate effective waste management.B.Clearly identify containers, bins and storage areas so that recyclable materials are separated from trash and can be transported to respective recycling facility for processing.C.Hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored, disposed of according to local, state, federal regulations.3.2 DISPOSAL A.Contractor shall be responsible for transporting and disposing of materials that cannot be delivered to a source-separated or mixed materials recycling facility to a transfer station or disposal facility that can accept the materials in accordance with state and federal regulations.B.Construction or demolition materials with no practical reuse or that cannot be salvaged or recycled shall be disposed of at a landfill or incinerator.3.3 REPORT A.With each application for progress payment, submit a summary of construction and demolition debris diversion and disposal including beginning and ending dates of period covered.B.Quantify all materials diverted from landfill disposal through salvage or recycling during the period with the receiving parties, dates removed, transportation costs, weight tickets, manifests, invoices. Include the net total costs or savings for each salvaged or recycled material.C.Quantify all materials disposed of during the period with the receiving parties, dates removed, transportation costs, weight tickets, tipping fees, manifests, invoices. Include the net total costs for each disposal.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 02 41 00DEMOLITIONPART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION:This section specifies demolition and removal of buildings, portions of buildings, utilities, other structures and debris from trash dumps shown. 1.2 RELATED WORK:A.Demolition and removal of roads, walks, curbs, and ongrade slabs outside buildings to be demolished: B.Safety Requirements: Section 01 35 26 Safety Requirements Article, ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN (APP).C.Disconnecting utility services prior to demolition: Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.D.Reserved items that are to remain the property of the Government: Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.E.Asbestos Removal: Section 02 82 11, TRADITIONAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT.F.Lead Paint: Section 02 83 33.13, LEAD-BASED PAINT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL.G.Environmental Protection: Section 01 57 19, TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.H.Construction Waste Management: Section 017419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.I.Infectious Control: Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article 1.7, INFECTION PREVENTION MEASURES.1.3 PROTECTION:A.Perform demolition in such manner as to eliminate hazards to persons and property; to minimize interference with use of adjacent areas, utilities and structures or interruption of use of such utilities; and to provide free passage to and from such adjacent areas of structures. Comply with requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS Article, ACCIDENT PREVENTION.B.Provide safeguards, including warning signs, barricades, temporary fences, warning lights, and other similar items that are required for protection of all personnel during demolition and removal operations. Comply with requirements of Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article PROTECTION OF EXISTING VEGETATION, STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS. C.Maintain fences, barricades, lights, and other similar items around exposed excavations until such excavations have been completely filled.D.Provide enclosed dust chutes with control gates from each floor to carry debris to truck beds and govern flow of material into truck. Provide overhead bridges of tight board or prefabricated metal construction at dust chutes to protect persons and property from falling debris.E.Prevent spread of flying particles and dust. Sprinkle rubbish and debris with water to keep dust to a minimum. Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable condition such as, but not limited to; ice, flooding, or pollution. Vacuum and dust the work area daily.F.In addition to previously listed fire and safety rules to be observed in performance of work, include following:1.No wall or part of wall shall be permitted to fall outwardly from structures.3.Wherever a cutting torch or other equipment that might cause a fire is used, provide and maintain fire extinguishers nearby ready for immediate use. Instruct all possible users in use of fire extinguishers.4.Keep hydrants clear and accessible at all times. Prohibit debris from accumulating within a radius of 4500 mm (15 feet) of fire hydrants.G.Before beginning any demolition work, the Contractor shall survey the site and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the work. The contractor shall take necessary precautions to avoid damages to existing items to remain in place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the Medical Center, any damaged items shall be repaired or replaced as approved by the Resident Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of this section with all other work and shall construct and maintain shoring, bracing, and supports as required. The Contractor shall ensure that structural elements are not overloaded and shall be responsible for increasing structural supports or adding new supports as may be required as a result of any cutting, removal, or demolition work performed under this contract. Do not overload structural elements. Provide new supports and reinforcement for existing construction weakened by demolition or removal works. Repairs, reinforcement, or structural replacement must have Resident Engineer’s approval. H.The work shall comply with the requirements of Section 01 57 19, TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.I.The work shall comply with the requirements of Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article 1.7 INFECTION PREVENTION MEASURES.1.4 UTILITY SERVICES:A.Demolish and remove outside utility service lines shown to be removed.B.Remove abandoned outside utility lines that would interfere with installation of new utility lines and new construction.PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)PART 3 – EXECUTION3.1 DEMOLITION:pletely demolish and remove buildings and structures, including all appurtenances related or connected thereto, as noted below:1.As required for installation of new utility service lines.2.To full depth within an area defined by hypothetical lines located 1500 mm (5 feet) outside building lines of new structures.B.Debris, including brick, concrete, stone, metals and similar materials shall become property of Contractor and shall be disposed of by him daily, off the Medical Center to avoid accumulation at the demolition site. Materials that cannot be removed daily shall be stored in areas specified by the Resident Engineer. Break up concrete slabs below grade that do not require removal from present location into pieces not exceeding 600 mm (24 inches) square to permit drainage. Contractor shall dispose debris in compliance with applicable federal, state or local permits, rules and/or regulations.C.In removing buildings and structures of more than two stories, demolish work story by story starting at highest level and progressing down to third floor level. Demolition of first and second stories may proceed simultaneously.D.Remove and legally dispose of all materials, other than earth to remain as part of project work, from any trash dumps shown. Materials removed shall become property of contractor and shall be disposed of in compliance with applicable federal, state or local permits, rules and/or regulations. All materials in the indicated trash dump areas, including above surrounding grade and extending to a depth of 1500mm (5feet) below surrounding grade, shall be included as part of the lump sum compensation for the work of this section. Materials that are located beneath the surface of the surrounding ground more than 1500 mm (5 feet), or materials that are discovered to be hazardous, shall be handled as unforeseen. The removal of hazardous material shall be referred to Hazardous Materials specifications.E.Remove existing utilities as indicated or uncovered by work and terminate in a manner conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility and approved by the Resident Engineer. When Utility lines are encountered that are not indicated on the drawings, the Resident Engineer shall be notified prior to further work in that area. 3.2 CLEANUP:On completion of work of this section and after removal of all debris, leave site in clean condition satisfactory to Resident Engineer. Cleanup shall include off the Medical Center disposal of all items and materials not required to remain property of the Government as well as all debris and rubbish resulting from demolition operations. E N D SECTION 06 10 00ROUGH CARPENTRYPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTION:A. This section specifies wood blocking, framing, sheathing, furring, nailers, sub-flooring, rough hardware, and light wood construction.1.2 RELATED WORK:B.Milled woodwork: Section 06 20 00, FINISH CARPENTRY.C.Gypsum sheathing: Section 09 29 00, GYPSUM BOARD.D.Cement board sheathing: Section 06 16 63, CEMENTITIOUS SHEATHING.1.3 SUBMITTALS:A.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.C.Shop Drawings showing framing connection details, fasteners, connections and dimensions.D. Manufacturer’s Literature and Data: 1. Submit data for lumber, panels, hardware and adhesives. 2. Submit data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification from treating plants that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained.3. Submit data for fire retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency.4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, submit statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to project site.E. Manufacturer’s certificate for unmarked lumber.1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:A.Protect lumber and other products from dampness both during and after delivery at site.B.Pile lumber in stacks in such manner as to provide air circulation around surfaces of each piece.C.Stack plywood and other board products so as to prevent warping.D.Locate stacks on well drained areas, supported at least 152 mm (6?inches) above grade and cover with well-ventilated sheds having firmly constructed over hanging roof with sufficient end wall to protect lumber from driving rain. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:A. Installer: A firm with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience in the type of work required by this section.1.6 grading and markings:A. Any unmarked lumber or plywood panel for its grade and species will not be allowed on VA Construction sites for lumber and material not normally grade marked, provide manufacturer’s certificates (approved by an American Lumber Standards approved agency) attesting that lumber and material meet the specified the specified requirements.1.7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:A.Publications listed below form a part of this specification to extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only.B.American Forest and Paper Association (AFPA):NDS-15National Design Specification for Wood ConstructionWCD1-01Details for Conventional Wood Frame ConstructionC.American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC):A190.1-07Structural Glued Laminated TimberD.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):B18.2.1-12(R2013)Square and Hex Bolts and ScrewsB18.2.2-10Square and Hex NutsB18.6.1-81(R2008)Wood ScrewsE.American Plywood Association (APA):E30-11Engineered Wood Construction GuideF.ASTM International (ASTM):A653/A653M-13Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip ProcessC954-11Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 inch (2.24 mm) to 0.112-inch (2.84 mm) in thicknessC1002-14Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Metal StudsD198-14Test Methods of Static Tests of Lumber in Structural SizesD2344/D2344M-13Test Method for Short-Beam Strength of Polymer Matrix Composite Materials and Their LaminatesD2559-12aAdhesives for Structural Laminated Wood Products for Use Under Exterior (Wet Use) Exposure ConditionsD3498-03(R2011)Adhesives for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor SystemsD6108-13Test Method for Compressive Properties of Plastic Lumber and ShapesD6109-13Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastic Lumber and Related ProductsD6111-13aTest Method for Bulk Density and Specific Gravity of Plastic Lumber and Shapes by DisplacementD6112-13Test Methods for Compressive and Flexural Creep and Creep-Rupture of Plastic Lumber and ShapesF844-07a(R2013)Washers, Steel, Plan (Flat) Unhardened for General UseF1667-13Nails, Spikes, and StaplesG. American Wood Protection Association (AWPA):AWPA Book of StandardsH. Commercial Item Description (CID):A-A-55615Shield, Expansion (Wood Screw and Lag Bolt Self Threading Anchors)I. Forest Stewardship Council (FSC):FSC-STD-01-001(Ver. 4-0)FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest StewardshipJ.Military Specification (Mil. Spec.):MIL-L-19140ELumber and Plywood, Fire-Retardant TreatedK. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):40 CFR 59(2014)National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Consumer and Commercial ProductsL.Truss Plate Institute (TPI):TPI-85Metal Plate Connected Wood TrussesM.U.S. Department of Commerce Product Standard (PS)PS 1-95Construction and Industrial PlywoodPS 20-10American Softwood Lumber StandardN. ICC Evaluation Service (ICC ES):AC09Quality Control of Wood Shakes and ShinglesAC174Deck Board Span Ratings and Guardrail Systems (Guards and Handrails)PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 LUMBER:A.Unless otherwise specified, each piece of lumber must bear grade mark, stamp, or other identifying marks indicating grades of material, and rules or standards under which produced. 1.Identifying marks are to be in accordance with rule or standard under which material is produced, including requirements for qualifications and authority of the inspection organization, usage of authorized identification, and information included in the identification. 2.Inspection agency for lumber approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee, to grade species used.B.Structural Members: Species and grade as listed in the AFPA NDS having design stresses as shown.C.Lumber Other Than Structural:1.Unless otherwise specified, species graded under the grading rules of an inspection agency approved by Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee.2.Framing lumber: Minimum extreme fiber stress in bending of 7584?kPa (1100 PSI).3.Furring, blocking, nailers and similar items 101 mm (4 inches) and narrower Standard Grade; and, members 152 mm (6 inches) and wider, Number 2 Grade.4.Board Sub-flooring: Shiplap edge, 25 mm (1 inch) thick, not less than 203 mm (8 inches) wide. D.Sizes:1.Conforming to PS 20.2.Size references are nominal sizes, unless otherwise specified, actual sizes within manufacturing tolerances allowed by standard under which produced.E.Moisture Content:1.Maximum moisture content of wood products is to be as follows at the time of delivery to site.a.Boards and lumber 50 mm (2 inches) and less in thickness: 19 percent or less.b.Lumber over 50 mm (2 inches) thick: 25 percent or less.F.Fire Retardant Treatment:ply with Mil Spec. MIL-L-19140.2.Treatment and performance inspection, by an independent and qualified testing agency that establishes performance ratings.G.Preservative Treatment:1.Do not treat Heart Redwood and Western Red Cedar.2.Treat wood members and plywood exposed to weather or in contact with plaster, masonry or concrete, including framing of open roofed structures; sills, sole plates, furring, and sleepers that are less than 610 mm (24 inches) from ground; nailers, edge strips, blocking, crickets, curbs, cant, vent strips and other members provided in connection with roofing and flashing materials.3.Treat other members specified as preservative treated (PT).4.Preservative treat by the pressure method complying with AWPA Book use category system standards U1 and T1, except any process involving the use of Chromated Copper Arsenate (CCA) or other agents classified as carcinogenic for pressure treating wood is not permitted.2.2 pLASTIC LUMBER:A. General:1. Allowable loads and spans, as documented in evaluation reports or in information referenced in evaluation reports, are not to be less than design loads and spans indicated on contract documents.2. Restricted to exterior use only.B. Composite Plastic Lumber: Shapes made from a mixture of cellulose fiber and polyethylene or polypropylene. 1. Provide lumber with a minimum of 75 percent recycled content with a minimum of 25 percent post-consumer recycled content. 2. Decking Standard: ICC-ES AC109 or ICC-ES AC174.3. Shear Parallel to Length: Maximum 6894 kPa (1,000?psi) in accordance with ASTM D2344/D2344M.4. Density: ASTM D6111.5. Compressive Strength: a. Secant Modulus: Minimum 482,633 kPa (70,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6108.b. Stress at 3 percent strain: Minimum 10,342 kPa (1,500 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6108.c. Compression Parallel to Grain: Minimum 20,684 kPa (3,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6112.d. Compression Perpendicular to Grain: Minimum 6,894 kPa (1,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6112.6. Flexural Strength: Minimum 13,789 kPa (2,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6109.7. Tensile Strength: Minimum 8618 kPa (1,250 psi) in accordance with ASTM D198.8. Surface Texture: Woodgrain.9. Color: As indicated in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.C. All-Plastic Lumber: Shapes made from high-density polyethylene (HDPE), PVC, polystyrene, or cellular PVC with no cellulose fiber.2. Decking Standard: ICC-ES AC174.3. Shear Parallel to Length: Maximum 6,894 kPa (1,000?psi) in accordance with ASTM D2344/D2344M.4. Density: ASTM D6111.5. Compressive Strength: a. Secant Modulus: Minimum 482,633 kPa (70,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6108.b. Stress at 3 percent strain: Minimum 10,342 kPa (1,500 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6108.c. Compression Parallel to Grain: Minimum 20,684 kPa (3,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6112.d. Compression Perpendicular to Grain: Minimum 6,894 kPa (1,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6112.6. Flexural Strength: Minimum 13,789 kPa (2,000 psi) in accordance with ASTM D6109.7. Tensile Strength: Minimum 8618 kPa (1,250 psi) in accordance with ASTM D198.8. Surface Texture: Woodgrain Smooth.9. Color: As indicated in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.2.3 PLYWOOD:ply with PS 1.B.Bear the mark of a recognized association or independent inspection agency that maintains continuing control over quality of plywood which identifies compliance by veneer grade, group number, span rating where applicable, and glue type.C.Sheathing:1.APA rated Exposure 1 or Exterior; panel grade CD or better.2.Wall sheathing:a.Minimum 9 mm (11/32 inch) thick with supports 406 mm (16 inches) on center and 12 mm (15/32 inch) thick with supports 610 mm (24?inches) on center unless specified otherwise.b.Minimum 1200 mm (48 inches) wide at corners without corner bracing of framing.3.Roof sheathing:a.Minimum 9 mm (11/32 inch) thick with span rating 24/0 or 12 mm (15/32 inch) thick with span rating for supports 406 mm (16?inches) on center unless specified otherwise.b.Minimum 15 mm (19/32 inch) thick or span rating of 40/20 or 18 mm (23/32 inch) thick or span rating of 48/24 for supports 610 mm (24 inches) on center.D.Subflooring:1.Under finish wood flooring or underlayment:a.APA Rated sheathing, Exposure 1. panel grade CD.b.Minimum 15 mm (19/32 inch) thick with span rating 32/16 or greater for supports at 406 mm (16 inches) on center and 18.25 mm (23/32 inch) thick with span rating 48/24 for supports at 610 mm (24 inches) on center.bination subflooring-underlayment under resilient flooring or carpet:a.APA Rated Stud-I-Floor Exterior or Exposure 1, T and G.b.Minimum 15 mm (19/32 inch) thick or greater, span rating 16, for supports at 406 mm (16 inches) on center; 18 mm (23/32 inch) thick or greater, span rating 24, for supports at 610 mm (24?inches) on center.E.Underlayment:1.APA rated Exposure 1 or Exterior, panel grade C-C Plugged.2.Minimum 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick or greater over plywood subflooring // and 9 mm (3/8 inch) thick or greater over board subflooring, // unless otherwise shown.2.4 STRUCTURAL-USE PANELS:ply with APA E30.B.Bearing the mark of a recognized association or independent agency that maintains continuing control over quality of panel which identifies compliance by end use, Span Rating, and exposure durability classification.C.Wall and Roof Sheathing:1.APA Rated sheathing panels, durability classification of Exposure 1 or Exterior Span Rating of 16/0 or greater for supports 406 mm (16?inches) on center and 24/0 or greater for supports 610 mm (24?inches) on center.D.Subflooring:1.Under finish wood flooring or underlayment:a.APA rated sheathing panels, durability classification of Exposure 1 or Exterior.b.Span Rating of 24/16 or greater for supports 406 mm (16 inches).2.Under resilient floor or carpet.a.APA rated combination subfloor-underlayment grade panels, durability classification of Exposure 1 or Exterior T and G.b.Span Rating of 16 or greater for supports 406 mm (16 inches) on center and 24 or greater for supports 610 mm (24 inches) on center.E.Underlayment:1.APA rated Exposure l.2.Minimum 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick or greater over subfloor.F.Wood "I" Beam Members:1.Size and Shape as indicated in contract documents.2.Cambered and marked "TOP UP".3.Plywood webs: PS-1, minimum 9 mm (3/8 inch) thick, unless shown otherwise.4.Flanges: Kiln dried stress rated dense lumber minimum 38 mm (11/2?inch) thick, width as indicated on contract documents.5.Plywood web fitted into flanges and joined with ASTM D2559 adhesive to form "I" beam section unless shown otherwise.G.Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL):1.Bonded jointed wood veneers with ASTM D2559 adhesive.2.Scarf jointed wood veneers with grain of wood parallel.3.Size as indicated on contract documents.2.5 ROUGH HARDWARE AND ADHESIVES:A.Anchor Bolts:1.ASME B18.2.1 and ASME B18.2.2 galvanized, 13 mm (1/2 inch) unless shown otherwise.2.Extend at least 203 mm (8 inches) into masonry or concrete with ends bent 50 mm (2 inches).B.Miscellaneous Bolts: Expansion Bolts: C1D A-A-55615; lag bolt, long enough to extend at least 65 mm (2-1/2 inches) into masonry or concrete. Provide 13 mm (1/2 inch) bolt unless shown otherwise.C.Washers1.ASTM F844.2.Provide zinc or cadmium coated steel or cast iron for washers exposed to weather.D.Screws:1.Wood to Wood: ASME B18.6.1 or ASTM C1002.2.Wood to Steel: ASTM C954, or ASTM C1002.E.Nails:1.Size and type best suited for purpose unless noted otherwise. Provide aluminum-alloy nails, plated nails, or zinc-coated nails, for nailing wood work exposed to weather and on roof blocking.2.ASTM F1667:mon: Type I, Style 10.b.Concrete: Type I, Style 11.c.Barbed: Type I, Style 26.d.Underlayment: Type I, Style 25.e.Masonry: Type I, Style 27.f.Provide special nails designed for use with ties, strap anchors, framing connectors, joists hangers, and similar items. Nails not less than 32 mm (1-1/4 inches) long, 8d and deformed or annular ring shank.F.Framing and Timber Connectors:1.Fabricate of ASTM A653/A653M, Grade A; steel sheet not less than 1.3?mm (0.052 inch) thick unless specified otherwise. Apply standard plating to steel timber connectors after punching, forming and assembly of parts.2.Framing Angles: Angle designed with bendable legs to provide three?(3) way anchors.3.Straps:a.Designed to provide wind and seismic ties with sizes as shown or specified.b.Strap ties not less than 32 mm (1-1/4 inches) wide.c.Punched for fastener. 5.Joist Hangers:a.Fabricated of 1.6 mm (0.063 inch) minimum thick sheet, U design unless shown otherwise.b.Heavy duty hangers fabricated of minimum 2.7 mm (0.108 inch) thick sheet, U design with bent top flange to lap over beam.6.Timber Connectors: Fabricated of steel to shapes indicated on contract drawings.7.Joist Ties: Mild steel flats, 5 mm by 32 mm (3/16?inch?by?11/4?inch) size with ends bent about 30 degrees from horizontal, and extending at least 406 mm (16 inches) onto framing. Punch each end for three?(3) spikes.8.Wall Anchors for Joists and Rafters:a.Mild steel strap, 5 mm by 32 mm (3/16 inch by 1-1/4 inch) with wall ends bent 50 mm (2 inches), or provide 9?mm by 130 mm (3/8?inch?by 5 inch) pin through strap end built into masonry.b.Strap long enough to extend onto three joists or rafters, and punched for spiking at each bearing.c.Strap not less than 101 mm (4 inches) embedded end.9.Joint Plates:a.Steel plate punched for nails.b.Steel plates formed with teeth or prongs for mechanically clamping plates to wood.c.Size for axial eccentricity, and fastener loads.G.Adhesives:1.For field-gluing plywood to lumber framing floor or roof systems: ASTM D3498.2.For structural laminated Wood: ASTM D2559.//3. Adhesives to have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, (EPA Method 24).PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATION OF FRAMING AND MISCELLANEOUS WOOD MEMBERS:A.Conform to applicable requirements of the following:1.AFPA NDS for timber connectors.2.AITC A190.1 Timber Construction Manual for heavy timber construction.3.AFPA WCD1 for nailing and framing unless specified otherwise.4.APA for installation of plywood or structural use panels.5.TPI for metal plate connected wood trusses.B.Fasteners:1.Nails.a.Nail in accordance with the Recommended Nailing Schedule as specified in AFPA WCD1 where detailed nailing requirements are not specified in nailing schedule. Select nail size and nail spacing sufficient to develop adequate strength for the connection without splitting the members.b.Use special nails with framing connectors.c.For sheathing and subflooring, select length of nails sufficient to extend 25 mm (1 inch) into supports.d.Use 8d or larger nails for nailing through 25 mm (1 inch) thick lumber and for toe nailing 50 mm (2 inch) thick lumber.e.Use 16d or larger nails for nailing through 50 mm (2 inch) thick lumber.f.Select the size and number of nails in accordance with the Nailing Schedule except for special nails with framing anchors.g.Nailing Schedule; Using Common Nails:1)Joist bearing on sill or girder, toe nail three (3) 8d nails or framing anchor.2)Bridging to joist, toe nail each end two (2) 8d nails.3)Ledger strip to beam or girder three (3) 16d nails under each joint.4)Subflooring or Sheathing:a)152 mm (6 inch) wide or less to each joist face nail two?(2) 8d nails.b)Subflooring, more than 152 mm (6 inches) wide, to each stud or joint, face nail three (3) 8d nails.c)Plywood or structural use panel to each stud or joist face nail 8d, at supported edges 152 mm (6 inches) on center and at intermediate supports 254 mm (10 inches) on center. When gluing plywood to joint framing increase nail spacing to 305 mm (12 inches) at supported edges and 508 mm (20?inches) o.c. at intermediate supports.5)Sole plate to joist or blocking, through sub floor face nail 20d nails, 406 mm (16 inches) on center.6)Top plate to stud, end nail two (2) 16d nails.7)Stud to sole plate, toe nail or framing anchor. Four (4) 8d nails. 8)Doubled studs, face nail 16d at 610 mm (24 inches) on center.9)Built-up corner studs 16d at 610 mm (24 inches) (24 inches) on center.10)Doubled top plates, face nails 16d at 406 mm (16 inches) on center.11)Top plates, laps, and intersections, face nail two (2) 16d.12)Continuous header, two pieces 16d at 406 mm (16 inches) on center along each edge.13)Ceiling joists to plate, toenail three (3) 8d or framing anchor.14)Continuous header to stud, four (4) 16d.15)Ceiling joists, laps over partitions, face nail three (3) 16d or framing anchor. 16)Ceiling joists, to parallel rafters, face nail three (3) 16d.17)Rafter to plate, toe nail three (3) 8d or framing anchor. Brace 25 mm (1 inch) thick board to each stud and plate, face nail three (3) 8d.18)Built-up girders and beams 20d at 812 mm (32 inches) on center along each edge.2.Bolts:a.Fit bolt heads and nuts bearing on wood with washers.b.Countersink bolt heads flush with the surface of nailers.c.Embed in concrete and solid masonry or provide expansion bolts. Special bolts or screws designed for anchor to solid masonry or concrete in drilled holes may be used.d.Provide toggle bolts to hollow masonry or sheet metal.e.Provide bolts to steel over 2.84 mm (0.112 inch, 11 gage) in thickness. Secure wood nailers to vertical structural steel members with bolts, placed one at ends of nailer and 610 mm (24?inch) intervals between end bolts. Provide clips to beam flanges.3.Drill Screws to steel less than 2.84 mm (0.112 inch) thick.a.ASTM C1002 for steel less than 0.84 mm (0.033 inch) thick.b.ASTM C954 for steel over 0.84 mm (0.033 inch) thick.4.Power actuated drive pins may be provided where practical to anchor to solid masonry, concrete, or steel.5.Do not anchor to wood plugs or nailing blocks in masonry or concrete. Provide metal plugs, inserts or similar fastening.6.Screws to Join Wood:a.Where shown or option to nails.b.ASTM C1002, sized to provide not less than 25 mm (1 inch) penetration into anchorage member.c.Spaced same as nails.7.Installation of Timber Connectors:a.Conform to applicable requirements of the AFPA NDS.b.Fit wood to connectors and drill holes for fasteners so wood is not split.C.Set sills or plates level in full bed of mortar on masonry or concrete walls. 1.Space anchor bolts 1219 mm (4 feet) on centers between ends and within 152 mm (6 inches) of end. Stagger bolts from side to side on plates over 178 mm (7 inches) in width.2.Provide shims of slate, tile or similar approved material to level wood members resting on concrete or masonry. Do not use wood shims or wedges.3.Closely fit, and set to required lines.D.Cut notch, or bore in accordance with AFPA WCD1 passage of ducts wires, bolts, pipes, conduits and to accommodate other work. Repair or replace miscut, misfit or damaged work.E.Blocking Nailers, and Furring:1.Install furring, blocking, nailers, and grounds where shown.2.Provide longest lengths practicable.3.Provide fire retardant treated wood blocking where shown at openings and where shown or specified.4.Layers of Blocking or Plates:a.Stagger end joints between upper and lower pieces.b.Nail at ends and not over 610 mm (24 inches) between ends.c.Stagger nails from side to side of wood member over 127 mm (5?inches) in width.F.Floor and Ceiling Framing:1.Set with crown edge up.2.Keep framing at least 50 mm (2 inches) away from chimneys.3.Bear on not less than 101 mm (4 inches) on concrete and masonry, and 38 mm (1-1/2 inches) on wood and metal unless shown otherwise.4.Support joist, trimmer joists, headers, and beams framing into carrying members at same relative levels on joist hangers unless shown otherwise.5.Lap and spike wood joists together at bearing, or butt end-to-end with scab ties at joint and spike to plates. Scab tie lengths not less than 203 mm (8 inches) lap on joist ends. Install wood I beam joists as indicated in contract documents.6.Frame openings with headers and trimmer joist. Double headers carrying more than two tail joists and trimmer joists supporting headers carrying more than one tail joist unless otherwise indicated in contract documents.7.Drive nails through headers into joists using two (2) nails for 50?mm by 152 mm (2 inch by 6 inch); three (3) nails for 50 mm by 203?mm (2 inch by 8 inch) and four (4) nails for 50 mm by 254 mm (2?inch by 10 inch) and over in size.8.Install nearest joist to double headers and spike joist to both header members before trimmer joist is installed and secured together.9.Doubled joists under partitions parallel with floor joists. // Fire cut joists built into masonry or concrete. //10.Where joists run perpendicular to masonry or concrete, anchor every third joist to masonry or concrete with one (1) metal wall anchor. Securely spike anchors with three (3) nails to side of joist near its bottom.11.Anchor joists running parallel with masonry or concrete walls to walls with steel flats spaced not over 1828 mm (6 feet) apart. Extend steel flats over at least three (3) joists and into masonry 101?mm (4 inches) with ends turned 50 mm (2 inches); bolt to concrete. Set top of flats flush with top of joists, and securely nail steel flats to each joist.12.Hook ties at steel framing over top flange of steel members. 13.Nonbearing partitions running parallel with ceiling joists, install solid 50 mm (2 inch) thick bridging same depth as ceiling joists cut to fit snug between joists for securing top plate of partitions. Securely spike bridging to joists. Space 1219 mm (4 feet) on center.J.Partition and Wall Framing:1.Provide 50 mm by 101 mm (2 inch by 4 inch) studs spaced 406?mm (16?inches) on centers; unless otherwise indicated on contract documents.2.Install double studs at openings and triple studs at corners.3.Installation of sole plate:a.Anchor plates of walls or partitions resting on concrete floors in place with expansion bolts, one (1) near ends of piece and at intermediate intervals of not more than 1219 mm (4 feet) or with power actuated drive pins with threaded ends of suitable type and size, spaced 610 mm (2 feet) on center unless shown otherwise.b.Nail plates to wood framing through subfloor as specified in nailing schedule.4.Headers or Lintels:a.Make headers for openings of two (2) pieces of 50 mm (2 inch) thick lumber of size shown with plywood filler to finish flush with face of studs or solid lumber of equivalent size.b.Support ends of headers on top of stud cut for height of opening. Spike cut stud to adjacent stud. Spike adjacent stud to header.5.Provide double top plates, with members lapped at least 610 mm (2-feet) spiked together.6.Install intermediate cut studs over headers and under sills to maintain uniformity of stud spacing.7.Provide single sill plates at bottom of opening unless otherwise indicated in contract documents. Toe nail to end stud, face nail to intermediate studs.8.Install 50 mm (2 inch) blocking for firestopping so that maximum dimension of any concealed space is not over 2438?mm (8 feet) in accordance with AFPA WCD1.9.Install corner bracing when plywood or structured use panel sheathing is not used.a.Let corner bracing into exterior surfaces of studs at an angle of approximately 45 degrees, extended completely over walls plates, and secured at bearing with two (2) nails.b.Provide 25 mm by 101 mm (1 inch by 4 inch) corner bracing.K.Rough Bucks:1.Install rough wood bucks at opening in masonry or concrete where wood frames or trim occur.2.Brace and maintain bucks plumb and true until masonry has been built around them or concrete cast in place.3.Cut rough bucks from 50 mm (2 inch) thick stock, of same width as partitions in which they occur and of width shown in exterior walls.4.Extend bucks full height of openings and across head of openings; fasten securely with anchors specified.L.Subflooring:1.Subflooring may be either boards, structural-use panels, or plywood.2.Lay board subflooring diagonally, with close joints. Stagger end joints and make joints over supports. Bear each board on at least three supports.3.Provide a clearance of approximately 13 mm (1/2 inch) at masonry or concrete at walls.4.Apply plywood and structural-use panel subflooring with face grain or long dimension at right angles to the supports, with edges 6 mm (1/4 inch) apart at side joints, and 3 mm (1/8 inch) apart at end joints.bination subfloor-underlayment: a.Space edges 3 mm (1/8 inch) apart.b.Provide a clearance of 6 mm (1/4 inch) at masonry on concrete at walls.6.Stagger panel end joints and make over support.M.Underlayment:1.Where finish flooring of different thickness is used in adjoining areas, provide underlayment of thickness required to bring finishflooring surfaces into same plane.2.Apply to dry, level, securely nailed, clean, wood subfloor without any projections.3.Plywood and particle underlayment are to be glue-nailed to subfloor.4.Butt underlayment panels to a light contact with a 1 mm (1/32 inch) space between plywood or hardboard underlayment panels and walls, and approximately 9 mm (3/8 inch) between particleboard underlayment panels and walls.5.Stagger underlayment panel end joints with respect to each other and offset joints with respect to joints in the subfloor at least 50 mm (2 inches).6.After installation, avoid traffic on underlayment and damage to the finish surface.N.Sheathing:1.Provide plywood or structural-use panels for sheathing.2.Lay panels with joints staggered, with edge and ends 3 mm (1/8 inch) apart and nailed over bearings as specified.3.Set nails not less than 9 mm (3/8 inch) from edges.4.Install 50 mm by 101 mm (2 inch by 4 inch) blocking spiked between joists, rafters and studs to support edge or end joints of panels.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 06 20 00FINISH CARPENTRYPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONA.This section specifies exterior and interior millwork.1.2 RELATED WORKA.Fabricated Metal brackets, bench supports and countertop legs: Section 05 50 00, METAL FABRICATIONS.B.Framing, furring and blocking: Section 06 10 00, ROUGH CARPENTRY.C.Wood doors: Section 08 14 00, WOOD DOORS.D.Color and texture of finish: Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.E.Stock Casework: Section 12 32 00, MANUFACTURED WOOD CASEWORK.F.Other Countertops: Division 11, EQUIPMENT and Division 12, FURNISHINGS.G.Electrical light fixtures and duplex outlets: Division 26, ELECTRICAL.1.3 SUBMITTALSA.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.B.Shop Drawings:1.Millwork items – Half full size scale for sections and details 1:50 (1/4-inch) for elevations and plans.2.Show construction and installation.C.Samples:Plastic laminate finished plywood or particleboard, 150 mm by 300 mm (six by twelve inches).D.Certificates:1.Indicating fire retardant treatment of materials meet the requirements specified.2.Indicating moisture content of materials meet the requirements specified.E.List of acceptable sealers for fire retardant and preservative treated materials.F.Manufacturer's literature and data:1.Finish hardware2.Sinks with fittings3.Electrical components1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA.Protect lumber and millwork from dampness, maintaining moisture content specified both during and after delivery at site.B.Store finishing lumber and millwork in weathertight well ventilated structures or in space in existing buildings designated by Resident Engineer. Store at a minimum temperature of 210C (700F) for not less than 10 days before installation.C.Pile lumber in stacks in such manner as to provide air circulation around surfaces of each piece.1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.B.American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM):A36/A36M-08Structural SteelA53-12Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated, Welded and SeamlessA167-99 (R2009)Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and StripB26/B26M-09Aluminum-Alloy Sand CastingsB221-08Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and TubesE84-10Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsC.American Hardboard Association (AHA):A135.4-04Basic HardboardD.Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA):A156.9-03Cabinet HardwareA156.11-10Cabinet LocksA156.16-08Auxiliary HardwareE.Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association (HPVA):HP1-09Hardwood and Decorative PlywoodF.National Particleboard Association (NPA):A208.1-09Wood ParticleboardG.American Wood-Preservers’ Association (AWPA):AWPA C1-03All Timber Products – Preservative Treatment by Pressure ProcessesH.Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI):AWI-09Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards and Quality Certification ProgramI.National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):LD 3-05High-Pressure Decorative LaminatesJ.U.S. Department of Commerce, Product Standard (PS):PS20-10American Softwood Lumber StandardK.Military Specification (Mil. Spec):MIL-L-19140ELumber and Plywood, Fire-Retardant TreatedL.Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):A-A-1922AShield ExpansionA-A-1936Contact AdhesiveFF-N-836DNut, Square, Hexagon Cap, Slotted, CastleFF-S-111D(1)Screw, WoodMM-L-736(C)Lumber, HardwoodPART 2 – PRODUCTS2.1 BIO-BASED MATERIAL:Bio-based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-Preferred program, provide products that meet or exceed USDA recommendations for bio-based content, so long as products meet all performance requirements in this specification section. For more information regarding the product categories covered by the Bio-Preferred program, visit LUMBERA.Grading and Marking:1.Lumber shall bear the grade mark, stamp, or other identifying marks indicating grades of material.2.Such identifying marks on a material shall be in accordance with the rule or standard under which the material is produced, including requirements for qualifications and authority of the inspection organization, usage of authorized identification, and information included in the identification.3.The inspection agency for lumber shall be approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee, to grade species used.B.Sizes:1.Lumber Size references, unless otherwise specified, are nominal sizes, and actual sizes shall be within manufacturing tolerances allowed by the standard under which product is produced.2.Millwork, standing and running trim, and rails: Actual size as shown or specified.C.Hardwood: MM-L-736, species as specified for each item.D.Softwood: PS-20, exposed to view appearance grades:1.Use C select or D select, vertical grain for transparent finish including stain transparent finish.2.Use Prime for painted or opaque finish.E.Use edge grain Wood members exposed to weather.2.3 PLYWOODA.Softwood Plywood:1.Prod. Std.2.Grading and Marking:a.Each sheet of plywood shall bear the mark of a recognized association or independent inspection agency that maintains continuing control over the quality of the plywood.b.The mark shall identify the plywood by species group or identification index, and shall show glue type, grade, and compliance with PS1.3.Plywood, 13 mm (1/2 inch) and thicker; not less than five ply construction, except 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) thick plywood not less than seven ply.4.Plastic Laminate Plywood Cores:a.Exterior Type, and species group.b.Veneer Grade: A-C.5.Shelving Plywood:a.Interior Type, any species group.b.Veneer Grade: A-B or B-C.6.Other: As specified for item.B.Hardwood Plywood:1.HPVA: HP.12.Species of face veneer shall be as shown or as specified in connection with each particular item.3.Inside of Building:a.Use Type II (interior) A grade veneer for transparent finish.b.Use Type II (interior) Sound Grade veneer for paint finish.4.On Outside of Building:a.Use Type I, (exterior) A Grade veneer for natural or stained and varnish finish.b.Use Type I, (exterior) Sound Grade veneer for paint finish.5.Use plain rotary cut white birch unless specified otherwise.2.4 PARTICLEBOARDA.NPA A208.1B.Plastic Laminate Particleboard Cores:1.Use Type 1, Grade 1-M-3, or Type 2, Grade 2-M-2, unless otherwise specified.2.Use Type 2, Grade 2-M-2, exterior bond, for tops with sinks.C.General Use: Type 1, Grade 1-M-3 or Type 2, Grade 2-M-2.2.5 PLASTIC LAMINATEA.NEMA LD-3.B.Exposed decorative surfaces including countertops, both sides of cabinet doors, and for items having plastic laminate finish. General Purpose, Type HGL.C.Cabinet Interiors including Shelving: Both of following options to comply with NEMA, CLS as a minimum.1.Plastic laminate clad plywood or particle board.2.Resin impregnated decorative paper thermally fused to particle board.D.Backing sheet on bottom of plastic laminate covered wood tops: Backer, Type HGP.E.Post Forming Fabrication, Decorative Surfaces: Post forming, Type HGP.2.6 BUILDING BOARD (HARDBOARD)A.ANSI/AHA A135.4, 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick unless specified otherwise.B.Perforated hardboard (Pegboard): Type 1, Tempered perforated 6 mm (1/4 inch) diameter holes, on 25 mm (1 inch) centers each way, smooth surface one side.C.Wall paneling at gas chain rack: Type 1, tempered, Fire Retardant treated, smooth surface on side.2.7 ADHESIVEA.For Plastic Laminate: Fed. Spec. A-A-1936.B.For Interior Millwork: Unextended urea resin, unextended melamine resin, phenol resin, or resorcinol resin.C.For Exterior Millwork: Unextended melamine resin, phenol resin, or resorcinol resin.2.8 STAINLESS STEELASTM A167, Type 302 or 304.2.9 ALUMINUM CASTASTM B262.10 ALUMINUM EXTRUDEDASTM B2212.11 HARDWAREA.Rough Hardware:1.Furnish rough hardware with a standard plating, applied after punching, forming and assembly of parts; galvanized, cadmium plated, or zinc-coated by electric-galvanizing process. Galvanized where specified.2.Use galvanized coating on ferrous metal for exterior work unless non-ferrous metals or stainless is used.3.Fasteners:a.Bolts with Nuts: FF-N-836.b.Expansion Bolts: A-A-1922A.c.Screws: Fed. Spec. FF-S-111.B.Finish Hardware1.Cabinet Hardware: ANSI A156.9.a.Door/Drawer Pulls: B02011. Door in seismic zones: B03182.b.Drawer Slides: B05051 for drawers over 150 mm (6 inches) deep, B05052 for drawers 75 mm to 150 mm 3 to 6 inches) deep, and B05053 for drawers less than 75 mm (3 inches) deep.c.Sliding Door Tracks: B07063.d.Adjustable Shelf Standards: B4061 with shelf rest B04083.e.Concealed Hinges: B1601, minimum 110 degree opening.f.Butt Hinges: B01361, for flush doors, B01381 for inset lipped doors, and B01521 for overlay doors.g.Cabinet Door Catch: B0371 or B03172.h.Vertical Slotted Shelf Standard: B04103 with shelf brackets B04113, sized for shelf depth.2.Cabinet Locks: ANSI A156.11.a.Drawers and Hinged Door: E07262.b.Sliding Door: E07162.3.Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI A156.16.a.Shelf Bracket: B04041, japanned or enameled finish.bination Garment rod and Shelf Support: B04051 japanned or enamel finish.c.Closet Bar: L03131 chrome finish of required length.d.Handrail Brackets: L03081 or L03101.1)Cast Aluminum, satin polished finish.2)Cast Malleable Iron, japanned or enamel finish.4.Steel Channel Frame and Leg supports for Counter top. Fabricated under Section 05 50 00, METAL FABRICATIONS.5.Pipe Bench Supports:a.Pipe: ASTM A53.6.Fabricated Wall Bench Supports:a.Steel Angles: ASTM A36 steel with chrome finish, or ASTM A167, stainless steel with countersunk wood screws, holes at 64 mm (2-1/2 inches) on center on horizontal member.b.Use 38 mm by 38 mm by 5 mm (1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 3/16 inch) angle thick drilled for screw and bolt holes unless shown otherwise. Drill 6 mm (1/4 inch) holes for anchors on vertical member, not more than 200 mm (8 inches) on center between ends or corners.c.Stainless steel bars brackets: ASTM A167, fabricated to shapes shown, Number 4 finish. Use 50 mm by 5 mm (2 inch by 3/16 inch) bars unless shown otherwise. Drill for anchors and screws. Drill countersunk wood screw holes at 64 mm (2-1/2 inches) on center on horizontal members and not less than two 13 mm (1/4 inch) hole for anchors on vertical member.7.Thru-Wall Counter Brackets:a.Steel angles drilled for fasteners on 100 mm (4 inches) centers.b.Baked enamel prime coat finish.8.Folding Shelf Bracket:a.Steel Shelf bracket, approximately 400 mm by 400 mm (16 by 16 inches), folding type with baked gray enamel finish or chrome plated finish.b.Bracket legs shall be approximately 28 mm (1-1/8 inches) wide.c.Distance from center line of hinge pin to back of vertical leg shall be 44 mm (1-3/4 inches) or provide for wood spacer if hinge line is at joint of vertical and horizontal leg.d.Distance from face to face of bracket when closed shall be 50 mm (2 inches).e.Brackets shall automatically lock when counter is raised parallel to floor and shall unlock manually.f.Each bracket shall support not less than 68 Kg (150 pounds) evenly distributed.9.Edge Strips Moldings:a.Driven type "T" shape with serrated retaining stem; vinyl plastic to match plastic laminate color, stainless steel, or 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick extruded aluminum.b.Stainless steel or extruded aluminum channels.c.Stainless steel, number 4 finish; aluminum, mechanical applied medium satin finish, clear anodized 0.1 mm (0.4 mils) thick.10.Rubber or Vinyl moldinga.Rubber or vinyl standard stock and in longest lengths practicable.b.Design for closures at joints with walls and adhesive anchorage.c.Adhesive as recommended by molding manufacturer.11.Primers: Manufacturer's standard primer for steel providing baked enamel finish.2.12 MOISTURE CONTENTA.Moisture content of lumber and millwork at time of delivery to site.1.Interior finish lumber, trim, and millwork 32 mm (1-1/4 inches) or less in nominal thickness: 12 percent on 85 percent of the pieces and 15 percent on the remainder.2.Exterior treated or untreated finish lumber and trim 100 mm (4 inches) or less in nominal thickness: 15 percent.3.Moisture content of other materials shall be in accordance with the standards under which the products are produced.2.13 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENTA.Where wood members and plywood are specified to be fire retardant treated, the treatment shall be in accordance with Mil. Spec. MIL-L19140.B.Treatment and performance inspection shall be by an independent and qualified testing agency that establishes performance ratings.C.Each piece of treated material shall bear identification of the testing agency and shall indicate performance in accordance with such rating of flame spread and smoke developed.D.Treat wood for maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 25.E.Fire Resistant Softwood Plywood:1.Use Grade A, Exterior, plywood for treatment.2.Meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.a.Flame spread: 0 to 25.b.Smoke developed: 100 maximumF.Fire Resistant Hardwood Plywood:1.Core: Fire retardant treated softwood plywood.2.Hardwood face and back veneers untreated,3.Factory seal panel edges, to prevent loss of fire retardant salts.2.14 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENTWood members and plywood exposed to weather or in contact with plaster, masonry or concrete, including wood members used for rough framing of millwork items except heart-wood Redwood and Western Red Cedar shall be preservative treated in accordance with AWPA Standards.B.Use Grade A, exterior plywood for treatment.2.15 ACOUSTICAL PANELA.Performance criteria:1.NRC 19 mm (3/4 inch) adhesive mounting direct to substrate.posite flame spread: ASTM E84, 25 or less.3.Smoke developed: ASTM E84, 140 or less.B.Glass fiber panel covered with fabric.1.Glass fiber panel one inch thick minimum, self supporting of density required for minimum NRC.2.Fabric covering treated to resist stains and soil, bonded directly to the glass fiber panel face, flat bonded directly to the glass fiber panel face, flat wrinkle-free surface.C.Adhesive: As recommended by panel manufacturers.2.16 FABRICATIONA.General:1.Except as otherwise specified, use AWI Custom Grade for architectural woodwork and interior millwork.2.Finish woodwork shall be free from pitch pockets.3.Except where special profiles are shown, trim shall be standard stock molding and members of the same species.4.Plywood shall be not less than 13 mm (1/2 inch), unless otherwise shown or specified.5.Edges of members in contact with concrete or masonry shall have a square corner caulking rebate.6.Fabricate members less than 4 m (14 feet) in length from one piece of lumber, back channeled and molded a shown.7.Interior trim and items of millwork to be painted may be fabricated from jointed, built-up, or laminated members, unless otherwise shown on drawings or specified.8.Plastic Laminate Work:a.Factory glued to either a plywood or a particle board core, thickness as shown or specified.b.Cover exposed edges with plastic laminate, except where aluminum, stainless steel, or plastic molded edge strips are shown or specified. Use plastic molded edge strips on 19 mm (3/4-inch) molded thick or thinner core material.c.Provide plastic backing sheet on underside of countertops, vanity tops, thru-wall counter and sills including back splashes and end splashes of countertops.d.Use backing sheet on concealed large panel surface when decorative face does not occur.B.Seats and Benches:1.Fabricate from 50 mm (2 inch) stock strips of plain-sawed White Oak, or Maple. 2.Solid seats securely glued together of spliced, doweled, or double tongued and grooved wood pieces. Where open joints are indicated, work each wood piece from solid stock.3.Round top edges and corners where exposed.C.Mounting Strips, Shelves and Rods:1.Cut mounting strips from 25 mm by 100 mm (1 by 4 inches) softwood stock, with exposed edge slightly rounded.2.Cut wood shelf from softwood 1 inch stock, of width shown, exposed edge slightly rounded. Option: Use 19 mm (3/4 inch) thick plywood with 19 mm (3/4 inch) softwood edge nosing on exposed edge, slightly rounded.3.Plastic laminate covered, 19 mm (3/4 inch) thick plywood or particle board core with edges and ends having plastic molded edge strips. Size, finish and number as shown.4.Rod or Closet Bar: L03131. Combination Garment and Shelf Support, intermediate support for closet bar: B04051 for rods over 1800 mm (6 feet) long.D.Pegboard:1.Perforated hardboard sheet size as shown.2.Spacing strip: 13 mm by 13 mm (1/2 by 1/2 inch); glued to hardboard sheet.a.Locate at perimeter of sheet edge.b.Locate material intermediate spacing strips at 800 mm (32 inches) o.c.3.Use 19 mm (3/4 inch) one quarter round edge trim to cover exposed edge and finish flush with hardboard surface. Glue to spacing strip and hard board.munications Center Counter:1.Fabricate to AWI premium grade construction in conformance with AWI Section 400, CASEWORK.2.Use softwood for structural framing member's standard sizes, space not over 400 mm (16 inches) on center.3.Use red oak for exposed hardwood trim and edging.4.Use drawer guides on drawers with pulls.5.Use pulls and concealed hinges on doors.6.Use adjustable shelf standards with shelf rests.7.Use decorative plastic laminate on exposed surfaces including interior of cupboard cabinet.8.Overlay frame of apron with drawer and door face.9.Provide cut outs for electrical devices and outlets.F.Interview Booth:1.Fabricate to AWI premium grade construction.2.Use softwood for framing, space members not over 600 mm (24 inches) on center. Use softwood for counter concealed members and mounting strip for writing surface.3.Use red oak for exposed hardwood trim.4.Use red oak veneer plywood for exposed wood finish.5.Acoustical panel glued to plywood substrate.6.Use decorative plastic laminate writing surface pattern on counter.7.Secure writing surfaces to divided panels with screws and to center support with mounting strips screwed to panel and top at underside.G.Folding Shelves: Dressing (Make-Up) Type B Counter and Counter Shelf Type A.1.Use red oak back stop and mounting strips.2.Fabricate fold down shelf with plastic laminate finish over core.3.Use hardwood mounting strip at wall behind folding shelf bracket in thickness to permit shelf to fold down without interfering with back stop. Secure to back stop.H.Thru-Wall Counter or Pass Thru Counter.1.Fabricate counter as shown. Return hardwood edge to metal frame at ends. Fabricate to join other counters where shown.2.Cut to fit metal frame profile.4.Use angle and fabricated shelf bracket supports.I.Receiving shelf in Agent Cashier:1.Fabricate shelf as shown over 19 mm (3/4 inch) thick core.2.Use B04041 shelf bracket.J.Wall Paneling in Rehabilitation Medicine Corrective Therapy Main Clinic:1.Fire Retardant Treated2.Hardwood plywooda.Vertical V-grooved planked flush ungrooved.b.Thickness: 19 mm (3/4 inch) unless shown otherwise.c.Prefinished, type of finish is specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.d.Use full height panels where possible without end joints.3.Solid hardwood.a.White oak or red oak, number one common grade.b.Tongue and groove, including end matched.c.Thickness: Not less than 19 mm (3/4 inch).d.Random Lengths not less than 600 mm (24 inches), 57 mm (2-1/4 inches) wide.4.Trim and base:a.Quarter round at ceiling and vertical edge.b.Two-member base as shown.5.Use nominal one by 100 mm (4 inches) softwood furring strips.K.Desk in Credit Union:1.Fabricate to AWI premium grade construction top with compartment as shown.2.Assemble compartment to counter top with one screw in each compartment.L.Counter or Work Tops:1.Fabrication with plastic laminate over 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) thick core unless shown otherwise.a.Use decorative laminate for exposed edges of tops 38 mm (1-1/2 inches) wide and on back splash and end splash. Use plastic or metal edges for top edges less than 38 mm (1-1/2 inches) wide.b.Assemble back splash and end splash to counter top.c.Use one piece counters for straight runs.d.Miter corners for field joints with overlapping blocking on underside of joint.2.Fabricate wood counter for work benches as shown.M.Wood handrails:1.Fabricate from Maple or Birch.2.AWI Premium Grade.3.Fabricate in one piece and one length when practical.4.Fabricate curved sections for ends of rails to return to wall and where rails change slope or direction.5.Joints are permitted only where rail changes direction or slope, or where necessary for field erection or shipping.6.Scarf or dowel all joints to provide a smooth and rigid connection. Glue all joints.7.Fit joints, to produce a hair-line crack.pletely shop fabricated in accordance with approved shop drawings.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTSA.Maintain work areas and storage areas to a minimum temperature of 210C (700F) for not less than 10 days before and during installation of interior millwork.B.Do not install finish lumber or millwork in any room or space where wet process systems such as concrete, masonry, or plaster work is not complete and dry.3.2 INSTALLATIONA.General:1.Millwork receiving transparent finish shall be primed and back-painted on concealed surfaces. Set no millwork until primed and back-painted.2.Secure trim with fine finishing nails, screws, or glue as required.3.Set nails for putty stopping. Use washers under bolt heads where no other bearing plate occurs.4.Seal cut edges of preservative and fire retardant treated wood materials with a certified acceptable sealer.5.Coordinate with plumbing and electrical work for installation of fixtures and service connections in millwork items.6.Plumb and level items unless shown otherwise.7.Nail finish at each blocking, lookout, or other nailer and intermediate points; toggle or expansion bolt in place where nails are not suitable.8.Exterior Work: Joints shall be close fitted, metered, tongue and grooved, rebated, or lapped to exclude water and made up in thick white lead paste in oil.B.Seats and Benches:1.Use stainless steel countersunk screws to secure wood seats to brackets, angle, or pipe supports.2.Use stainless steel or chrome plated steel bolts for anchorage to walls. Use 6 mm (1/4 inch) toggle bolts in steel stud walls and hollow masonry. Use 6 mm (1/4 inch) expansion bolts in solid masonry or concrete.3.Wall Benches: Support within 150 mm (6 inches) near ends and not over 900 mm (3 feet) on centers with stainless steel bar brackets under bench secured to seat and wall.4.Corner Seats: Support on continuous angles secured to seat and walls.5.Freestanding Benches: Support within 200 mm (8 inches) of ends and not over 900 mm (3 feet) on centers with pipe bench supports.munication Center Counters and Interview Booths:1.Secure framing to floor with expansion bolts.2.Secure counter top to support with wood cleats or metal angles screwed on 150 mm (6 inch) centers.3.Conceal fasteners on corridor side. Exposed fasteners permitted under counter top and in knee spaces on staff side.D.Pegboard or Perforated Hardboard:1.Install board with chromium plated steel round-head toggle bolts or other fasteners capable of supporting board when loaded at 122 kg/m2 (25 psf) of board.2.Install board with spacers to allow hooks and accessories to be inserted and removed.3.Install 6 mm (1/4 inch) round trim at perimeter to finish flush with face of board and close space between wall and hardboard.E.Wall Paneling:1.Solid hardwood boardsa.Install 25 by 75 mm (1 by 3 inch) furring strips on 400 mm (16 inch) centers horizontally between top and bottom strips. Secure to each stud with two screws.b.Install paneling laid vertically with end joints staggered between adjacent boards.c.Tightly butt joints and blind nail each board at each furring strip.2.Install edge trim and base as shown, use solid wood members of same species as wall paneling.3.Plywood paneling:a.Install 25 by 75 mm (1 by 3 inch) furring strips horizontally, under end joints of plywood and 300 mm (16 inches) on center between end strips. Install cross furring strips centered vertically at side joints of plywood paneling less than 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick. Secure to each stud with two screws.b.Install panels with long edge vertically and end joints aligned where exposed to view.c.Align V-grooves where end joints meet and maintain continuity of pattern.d.Apply adhesive to each furring strip so that panel is bonded to furring strip in continuous bead of adhesive in accordance with adhesive manufacturers specifications.e.Nailing:1)Nail in V-grooves to horizontal furring strips and at panel edges and within 25 mm (1 inch) of ends except within 50 mm (2 inches) of end when panel end abutts other surfaces. Do not space nails in V-groves over 150 mm (6 inches), on center.2)Nail ungrooved panels at 400 mm (16 inches) centers to horizontal furring strips between end or edge nails. Set nails and fill hole with filler to match wood panel for panels thicker than 13 mm (1/2 inch). // Set nails flush with surface of panel thinner than 13 mm (1/2 inch). //3)Use colored nails matching panel finish for prefinished panels or panels less than 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick.F.Shelves:1.Install mounting strip at back wall and end wall for shelves in closets where shown secured with toggle bolts at each end and not over 600 mm (24 inch) centers between ends.a.Nail Shelf to mounting strip at ends and to back wall strip at not over 900 mm (36 inches) on center.b.Install metal bracket, ANSI A156.16, B04041, not over 1200 mm (4 feet) centers when shelves exceed 1800 mm (6 feet) in length.c.Install metal bracket, ANSI A156.16, B04051, not over 1200 mm (4 feet) on centers where shelf length exceeds 1800 mm (6 feet) in length with metal rods, clothes hanger bars ANSI A156.16, L03131, of required length, full length of shelf.2.Install vertical slotted shelf standards, ANSI A156.9, B04103 to studs with toggle bolts through each fastener opening. Double slotted shelf standards may be used where adjacent shelves terminate.a.Install brackets ANSI A156.9, B04113, providing supports for shelf not over 900 mm (36 inches) on center and within 13 mm (1/2 inch) of shelf end unless shown otherwise.b.Install shelves on brackets so front edge is restrained by bracket.G.Interview Booths:1.Anchor divider panel floor plates to floor with expansion bolts at ends and not over 900 mm (36 inch) centers.2.Install both writing surface on mounting strips secured to divider panels and center support with screws if not shop assembled. Field assemble in accordance with shop drawings.H.Handrails:1.Install in one piece and one length when practical.2.Where rails change slope or direction, install special curved sections and ends of rails to return to wall, glue all field joints.4.Install brackets within 300 mm (12 inches) of ends of handrails and at every spaced intervals between not exceeding 1500 mm (5 feet) on centers at intervals between as shown. Anchor brackets as detailed and rails to brackets with screws.SECTION 07 13 00SHEET WATERPROOFINGPART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION: This section specifies sheet waterproofing materials used for shower pan waterproofing in personnel showers. 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL:Approval by the Resident Engineer is required of products of proposed manufacturers.1.3 SUBMITTALS:A.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.B.Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1.Sheet waterproofing.2.Printed installation instructions.C.Certificates: 1.Sheet waterproofing manufacturer's approval of adhesive used. 2.Waterproofing tests report indicating that water test as specified has been made for each shower area and that each area was found to be watertight.D.Samples: 1.Sheet waterproofing, 150 mm (6 inches) square. 2.Waterproofed building paper, 150 mm2 (6 inches square). 3.Adhesive, 0.24 L (1/2 pint). 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:A.Deliver materials to job in manufacturer's original unopened containers with brand name marked thereon. B.Unload and store so as to prevent injury to materials.C.Do not store material in areas where temperature is lower than 10oC (50oF), or where prolonged temperature is above 32oC (90oF). 1.5 warrantyShower pan waterproofing is subject to the terms of Article titled "Warranty of Construction”, FAR clause 52.246-21, except that warranty period is extended to two years. 1.6 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:A.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced by basic designation only. B.Federal Specification (Fed. Spec.): UUB790A INT AMDBuilding Paper, Vegetable Fiber: (Kraft, Waterproof, Water Repellent ad Fire Resistant) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SHOWER PAN WATERPROOFING SHEET:A.Rubber type sheet formed of non-reinforced, homogeneous, impermeable, sheeting compound reduced to thermoplastic state, resistant to fungus, mildew and bacteria, not less than 1.5 mm (60 mils) thick.B.Asphaltic sheet formed with a laminated asphalt construction consisting of eight plies of Kraft paper bonded and saturated by seven layers of asphalt, reinforced with three layers of glass fibers and faced with polyethylene sheet; total weight 1.9 kg/m2 (0.40 pounds per square foot).2.2 ADHESIVES:A.As furnished by the manufacturer of the sheet waterproofing.patible with adjacent materials where contact occurs. 2.3 WATERPROOFED BUILDING PAPER:Fed. Spec. UUB790, Type I, Grade C. 2.4 CONCRETE PATCHING COMPOUND:A.Portland cement base, acrylic polymer compound, manufactured specifically for resurfacing and leveling concrete floors.B.Have not less than the following physical properties:pressive strength - 25 mPa (3500 psi).2.Tensile strength - 7 mPa (1000 psi).3.Flexural strength - 7 mPa (1000 psi).4.Density - 1.9.C.Capable of being applied in layers up to 50 mm (two inches) thick, being brought to a feather edge, and being troweled to a smooth finish.D.Ready for use in 48 hours after application.PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION:A.Before installing shower pan waterproofing, adjoining surfaces shall be clean, smooth, firm and dry. B.Concrete surfaces shall be cured a minimum of seven days and be free from release agents, concrete curing agents, and other contaminates. C.Remove all high spots and loose and foreign particles and fill all voids, depressions joints and cracks with concrete patching compound.D.Ensure vertical surfaces have a continuous supportive back substrate for waterproofing. 3.2 INSTALLATION:A.Coat entire surfaces to receive shower pan waterproofing with adhesive spread at rate of 1 L/m2 (one gallon per 40 square feet). B.Butt joints and cover with a strip of the waterproofing sheeting material eight inches in width and seal with adhesive.C.Carry sheeting up vertical surfaces not less than 4 inches above surface of shower floor. Carry over tops of curbs. D.Roll entire horizontal surfaces with 23 to 45 kg (50 to 100 pounds) roller and roll corners and vertical sections with a rubber roller to insure solid anchorage. E.Make cut out for floor drains and fit to drain for watertight assembly, coordinating with drain installation. 3.3 PROTECTION:A.When finish floor will not be immediately installed, protect waterproofing pan.B.Cover with 2 inches of sand or waterproofed building paper.C.Maintain protection until finished floor is placed. 3.4 WATER TEST:A.Test in presence of Resident Engineer for leaks before permanent finish is applied over shower pan waterproofing. B.Seal floor drain watertight and fill waterproofing pan with water to within approximately 25 mm (1 inch) of top of its vertical surfaces. C.When leakage occurs, repair waterproofing and repeat testing until no leakage occurs. D.Submit certificate to Resident Engineer of test results. E N D SECTION 07 84 00FIRESTOPPINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTION:A.Provide UL or equivalent approved firestopping system for the closures of openings in walls, floors, and roof decks against penetration of flame, heat, and smoke or gases in fire resistant rated construction.B.Provide UL or equivalent approved firestopping system for the closure of openings in walls against penetration of gases or smoke in smoke partitions.1.2 RELATED WORK:B.Expansion and seismic joint firestopping: Section 07 95 13, EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES.C.Spray applied fireproofing: Section 07 81 00, APPLIED FIREPROOFING D.Sealants and application: Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.E.Fire and smoke damper assemblies in ductwork: Section 23 31 00, HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 1.3 SUBMITTALS:A.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.C.Installer qualifications.D. Inspector qualifications.E. Manufacturers literature, data, and installation instructions for types of firestopping and smoke stopping used.F.List of FM, UL, or WH classification number of systems installed.G.Certified laboratory test reports for ASTM E814 tests for systems not listed by FM, UL, or WH proposed for use.H. Submit certificates from manufacturer attesting that firestopping materials comply with the specified requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:A.Deliver materials in their original unopened containers with manufacturer’s name and product identification. B.Store in a location providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements.1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:A.FM, UL, or WH or other approved laboratory tested products will be acceptable.B. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991 or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with UL’s “Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements.” Submit qualification data.C. Inspector Qualifications: Contractor to engage a qualified inspector to perform inspections and final reports. The inspector to meet the criteria contained in ASTM E699 for agencies involved in quality assurance and to have a minimum of two years’ experience in construction field inspections of firestopping systems, products, and assemblies. The inspector to be completely independent of, and divested from, the Contractor, the installer, the manufacturer, and the supplier of material or item being inspected. Submit inspector qualifications.1.6 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.B.ASTM International (ASTM):E84-14Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsE699-09Standard Practice for Evaluation of Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating of Building ComponentsE814-13aFire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire StopsE2174-14Standard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed FirestopsE2393-10aStandard Practice for On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Resistive Joint Systems and Perimeter Fire BarriersC.FM Global (FM):Annual Issue Approval Guide Building Materials4991-13Approval of Firestop ContractorsD.Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):Annual Issue Building Materials DirectoryAnnual Issue Fire Resistance Directory723-10(2008)Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials1479-04(R2014)Fire Tests of Through-Penetration FirestopsE.Intertek Testing Services - Warnock Hersey (ITS-WH):Annual Issue Certification ListingsF. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):40 CFR 59(2014)National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Consumer and Commercial ProductsPART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS:A.Provide either factory built (Firestop Devices) or field erected (through-Penetration Firestop Systems) to form a specific building system maintaining required integrity of the fire barrier and stop the passage of gases or smoke. Firestop systems to accommodate building movements without impairing their integrity.B.Through-penetration firestop systems and firestop devices tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479 using the "F" or "T" rating to maintain the same rating and integrity as the fire barrier being sealed. "T" ratings are not required for penetrations smaller than or equal to 101 mm (4 in.) nominal pipe or 0.01 sq. m (16 sq. in.) in overall cross sectional area.C.Firestop sealants used for firestopping or smoke sealing to have the following properties:1.Contain no flammable or toxic solvents.2.Release no dangerous or flammable out gassing during the drying or curing of products.3.Water-resistant after drying or curing and unaffected by high humidity, condensation or transient water exposure.4.When installed in exposed areas, capable of being sanded and finished with similar surface treatments as used on the surrounding wall or floor surface. 5. VOC Content: Firestopping sealants and sealant primers to comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, (EPA Method 24):a. Sealants: 250 g/L.b. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.c. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. D.Firestopping system or devices used for penetrations by glass pipe, plastic pipe or conduits, unenclosed cables, or other non-metallic materials to have following properties:1.Classified for use with the particular type of penetrating material used.2.Penetrations containing loose electrical cables, computer data cables, and communications cables protected using firestopping systems that allow unrestricted cable changes without damage to the seal.E.Maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke development of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Material to be an approved firestopping material as listed in UL Fire Resistance Directory or by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. F.FM, UL, or WH rated or tested by an approved laboratory in accordance with ASTM E814.G. Materials to be nontoxic and noncarcinogen at all stages of application or during fire conditions and to not contain hazardous chemicals. Provide firestop material that is free from Ethylene Glycol, PCB, MEK, and asbestos.H. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions.1.For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems.2.For floor penetrations with annular spaces exceeding 101 mm (4?in.) or more in width and exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting the floor loads involved either by installing floor plates or by other means acceptable to the firestop manufacturer.3. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation.2.2 SMOKE STOPPING IN SMOKE PARTITIONS:A.Provide silicone sealant in smoke partitions as specified in Section 07?92?00, JOINT SEALANTS. B.Provide mineral fiber filler and bond breaker behind sealant.C.Sealants to have a maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke developed of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.D.When used in exposed areas capable of being sanded and finished with similar surface treatments as used on the surrounding wall or floor surface.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATION:A.Submit product data and installation instructions, as required by article, submittals, after an on-site examination of areas to receive firestopping.B. Examine substrates and conditions with installer present for compliance with requirements for opening configuration, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of firestopping. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 PREPARATION:A.Remove dirt, grease, oil, laitance and form-release agents from concrete, loose materials, or other substances that prevent adherence and bonding or application of the firestopping or smoke stopping materials.B.Remove insulation on insulated pipe for a distance of 150 mm (6?inches) on each side of the fire rated assembly prior to applying the firestopping materials unless the firestopping materials are tested and approved for use on insulated pipes.C. Prime substrates where required by joint firestopping system manufacturer using that manufacturer’s recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.D. Masking Tape: Apply masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing seal of firestopping with substrates.3.3 INSTALLATION:A.Do not begin firestopping work until the specified material data and installation instructions of the proposed firestopping systems have been submitted and approved.B.Install firestopping systems with smoke stopping in accordance with FM, UL, WH, or other approved system details and installation instructions.C.Install smoke stopping seals in smoke partitions.3.4 CLEAN-UP:A.As work on each floor is completed, remove materials, litter, and debris.B.Clean up spills of liquid type materials.C. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur.D. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to provide firestopping complying with specified requirements.3.5 INSPECTIONS AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK:A. Do not conceal or enclose firestop assemblies until inspection is complete and approved by the Contracting Officer Representative (COR).B. Furnish service of approved inspector to inspect firestopping in accordance with ASTM E2393 and ASTM E2174 for firestop inspection, and document inspection results. Submit written reports indicating locations of and types of penetrations and type of firestopping used at each location; type is to be recorded by UL listed printed numbers.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 09 29 00GYPSUM BOARDPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONThis section specifies installation and finishing of gypsum board.1.2 RELATED WORKA.Installation of steel framing members for walls, partitions, furring, soffits, and ceilings: Section 05 40 00, COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING, and Section 09 22 16, NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING.B.Sound deadening board: Section 07 21 13, THERMAL INSULATION.C.Acoustical Sealants: Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.D.Gypsum base for veneer plaster: Section 09 26 00, VENEER PLASTERING.E.Lead lined wallboard: Section 13 49 00, RADIATION PROTECTION.F.Lay in gypsum board ceiling panels: Section 09 51 00, ACOUSTICAL CEILING.1.3 TERMINOLOGYA.Definitions and description of terms shall be in accordance with ASTM C11, C840, and as specified.B.Underside of Structure Overhead: In spaces where steel trusses or bar joists are shown, the underside of structure overhead shall be the underside of the floor or roof construction supported by the trusses or bar joists.C."Yoked": Gypsum board cut out for opening with no joint at the opening (along door jamb or above the door).1.4 SUBMITTALSA.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.B.Manufacturer's Literature and Data:1.Cornerbead and edge trim.2.Finishing materials.3.Laminating adhesive.4.Gypsum board, each type.C.Shop Drawings:1.Typical gypsum board installation, showing corner details, edge trim details and the like.2.Typical sound rated assembly, showing treatment at perimeter of partitions and penetrations at gypsum board.3.Typical shaft wall assembly.4.Typical fire rated assembly and column fireproofing, indicating details of construction same as that used in fire rating test.D.Samples:1.Cornerbead.2.Edge trim.3.Control joints.E.Test Results:1.Fire rating test, each fire rating required for each assembly.2.Sound rating test.F.Certificates: Certify that gypsum board types, gypsum backing board types, cementitious backer units, and joint treating materials do not contain asbestos material.1.5 DELIVERY, IDENTIFICATION, HANDLING AND STORAGEIn accordance with the requirements of ASTM C840.1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONSIn accordance with the requirements of ASTM C840.1.7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.B.American Society for Testing And Materials (ASTM):C11-08Terminology Relating to Gypsum and Related Building Materials and SystemsC475-02Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum BoardC840-08Application and Finishing of Gypsum BoardC919-08Sealants in Acoustical ApplicationsC954-07Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Stud from 0.033 in. (0.84mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84mm) in thicknessC1002-07Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel StudsC1047-05Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer BaseC1177-06Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as SheathingC1658-06Glass Mat Gypsum PanelsC1396-06Gypsum BoardE84-08Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsC.Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):Latest EditionFire Resistance DirectoryD.Inchcape Testing Services (ITS):Latest EditionsCertification ListingsPART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 GYPSUM BOARDA.Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396, Type X, 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick unless shown otherwise. Shall contain a minimum of 20 percent recycled gypsum.B.Coreboard or Shaft Wall Liner Panels.1.ASTM C1396, Type X.2.ASTM C1658: Glass Mat Gypsum Panels, 3. Coreboard for shaft walls 300, 400, 600 mm (12, 16, or 24 inches) wide by required lengths 25 mm (one inch) thick with paper faces treated to resist moisture.C.Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C620, Type X, 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick.D.Gypsum cores shall contain maximum percentage of post industrial recycled gypsum content available in the area (a minimum of 95 percent post industrial recycled gypsum content). Paper facings shall contain 100 percent post-consumer recycled paper content.2.2 GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARDA.ASTM C1396, Type X, water-resistant core, 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick.B.ASTM C1177, Type X.2.3 ACCESSORIESA.ASTM C1047, except form of 0.39 mm (0.015 inch) thick zinc coated steel sheet or rigid PVC plastic.B.Flanges not less than 22 mm (7/8 inch) wide with punchouts or deformations as required to provide compound bond.2.4 FASTENERSA.ASTM C1002 and ASTM C840, except as otherwise specified.B.ASTM C954, for steel studs thicker than 0.04 mm (0.33 inch).C.Select screws of size and type recommended by the manufacturer of the material being fastened.D.For fire rated construction, type and size same as used in fire rating test.E.Clips: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; gypsum board manufacturer's standard items.2.5 FINISHING MATERIALS AND LAMINATING ADHESIVEASTM C475 and ASTM C840. Free of antifreeze, vinyl adhesives, preservatives, biocides and other VOC. Adhesive shall contain a maximum VOC content of 50 g/l.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 GYPSUM BOARD HEIGHTSA.Extend all layers of gypsum board from floor to underside of structure overhead on following partitions and furring:1.Two sides of partitions:a.Fire rated partitions.b.Smoke partitions.c.Sound rated partitions.d.Full height partitions shown (FHP).e.Corridor partitions.2.One side of partitions or furring:a.Inside of exterior wall furring or stud construction.b.Room side of room without suspended ceilings.c.Furring for pipes and duct shafts, except where fire rated shaft wall construction is shown.3.Extend all layers of gypsum board construction used for fireproofing of columns from floor to underside of structure overhead, unless shown otherwise.B.In locations other than those specified, extend gypsum board from floor to heights as follows:1.Not less than 100 mm (4 inches) above suspended acoustical ceilings.2.At ceiling of suspended gypsum board ceilings.3.At existing ceilings.3.2 INSTALLING GYPSUM BOARDA.Coordinate installation of gypsum board with other trades and related work.B.Install gypsum board in accordance with ASTM C840, except as otherwise specified.C.Moisture and Mold–Resistant Assemblies: Provide and install moisture and mold-resistant glass mat gypsum wallboard products with moisture-resistant surfaces complying with ASTM C1658 where shown and in locations which might be subject to moisture exposure during construction. D.Use gypsum boards in maximum practical lengths to minimize number of end joints.E.Bring gypsum board into contact, but do not force into place.F.Ceilings:1.For single-ply construction, use perpendicular application.2.For two-ply assembles:a.Use perpendicular application.b.Apply face ply of gypsum board so that joints of face ply do not occur at joints of base ply with joints over framing members.G.Walls (Except Shaft Walls):1.When gypsum board is installed parallel to framing members, space fasteners 300 mm (12 inches) on center in field of the board, and 200 mm (8 inches) on center along edges.2.When gypsum board is installed perpendicular to framing members, space fasteners 300 mm (12 inches) on center in field and along edges.3.Stagger screws on abutting edges or ends.4.For single-ply construction, apply gypsum board with long dimension either parallel or perpendicular to framing members as required to minimize number of joints except gypsum board shall be applied vertically over "Z" furring channels.5.For two-ply gypsum board assemblies, apply base ply of gypsum board to assure minimum number of joints in face layer. Apply face ply of wallboard to base ply so that joints of face ply do not occur at joints of base ply with joints over framing members.6.For three-ply gypsum board assemblies, apply plies in same manner as for two-ply assemblies, except that heads of fasteners need only be driven flush with surface for first and second plies. Apply third ply of wallboard in same manner as second ply of two-ply assembly, except use fasteners of sufficient length enough to have the same penetration into framing members as required for two-ply assemblies.7.No offset in exposed face of walls and partitions will be permitted because of single-ply and two-ply or three-ply application requirements.8.Installing Two Layer Assembly Over Sound Deadening Board:a.Apply face layer of wallboard vertically with joints staggered from joints in sound deadening board over framing members.b.Fasten face layer with screw, of sufficient length to secure to framing, spaced 300 mm (12 inches) on center around perimeter, and 400 mm (16 inches) on center in the field.9.Control Joints ASTM C840 and as follows:a.Locate at both side jambs of openings if gypsum board is not "yoked". Use one system throughout.b.Not required for wall lengths less than 9000 mm (30 feet).c.Extend control joints the full height of the wall or length of soffit/ceiling membrane.H.Acoustical or Sound Rated Partitions, Fire and Smoke Partitions:1.Cut gypsum board for a space approximately 3 mm to 6 mm (1/8 to 1/4 inch) wide around partition perimeter.2.Coordinate for application of caulking or sealants to space prior to taping and finishing.3.For sound rated partitions, use sealing compound (ASTM C919) to fill the annular spaces between all receptacle boxes and the partition finish material through which the boxes protrude to seal all holes and/or openings on the back and sides of the boxes. STC minimum values as shown.I. Electrical and Telecommunications Boxes:1. Seal annular spaces between electrical and telecommunications receptacle boxes and gypsum board partitions.J.Accessories:1.Set accessories plumb, level and true to line, neatly mitered at corners and intersections, and securely attach to supporting surfaces as specified.2.Install in one piece, without the limits of the longest commercially available lengths.3.Corner Beads:a.Install at all vertical and horizontal external corners and where shown.b.Use screws only. Do not use crimping tool.4.Edge Trim (casings Beads):a.At both sides of expansion and control joints unless shown otherwise.b.Where gypsum board terminates against dissimilar materials and at perimeter of openings, except where covered by flanges, casings or permanently built-in equipment.c.Where gypsum board surfaces of non-load bearing assemblies abut load bearing members.d.Where shown.3.3 INSTALLING GYPSUM SHEATHINGA.Install in accordance with ASTM C840, except as otherwise specified or shown.B.Use screws of sufficient length to secure sheathing to framing.C.Space screws 9 mm (3/8 inch) from ends and edges of sheathing and 200 mm (8 inches) on center. Space screws a maximum of 200 mm (8 inches) on center on intermediate framing members.D.Apply 600 mm by 2400 mm (2 foot by 8 foot) sheathing boards horizontally with tongue edge up.E.Apply 1200 mm by 2400 mm or 2700 mm (4 ft. by 8 ft. or 9 foot) gypsum sheathing boards vertically with edges over framing.3.4 CAVITY SHAFT WALLA.Coordinate assembly with Section 09 22 16, NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING, for erection of framing and gypsum board.B.Conform to UL Design No. U438 or FM WALL CONSTRUCTION 12-2/HR (Nonbearing for two-hour fire rating. Conform to FM WALL CONSTRUCTION 25-1/HR (Non-loadbearing) for one-hour fire rating where shown. C.Cut coreboard (liner) panels 25 mm (one inch) less than floor-to-ceiling height, and erect vertically between J-runners on shaft side.1.Where shaft walls exceed 4300 mm (14 feet) in height, position panel end joints within upper and lower third points of wall.2.Stagger joints top and bottom in adjacent panels.D.Gypsum Board:1.Two hour wall:a.Erect base layer (backing board) vertically on finish side of wall with end joints staggered. Fasten base layer panels to studs with 25 mm (one inch) long screws, spaced 600 mm (24 inches) on center.b.Use laminating adhesive between plies in accordance with UL or FM if required by fire test.c.Apply face layer of gypsum board required by fire test vertically over base layer with joints staggered and attach with screws of sufficient length to secure to framing staggered from those in base, spaced 300 mm (12 inches) on center.2.One hour wall with one layer on finish side of wall: Apply face layer of gypsum board vertically. Attach to studs with screws of sufficient length to secure to framing, spaced 300 mm (12 inches) on center in field and along edges.3.Where coreboard is covered with face layer of gypsum board, stagger joints of face layer from those in the coreboard base.E.Treat joints, corners, and fasteners in face layer as specified for finishing of gypsum board.F.Elevator Shafts:1.Protrusions including fasteners other than flange of shaft wall framing system or offsets from vertical alignments more than 3 mm (1/8-inch) are not permitted unless shown.2.Align shaft walls for plumb vertical flush alignment from top to bottom of shaft.3.5 FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARDA.Finish joints, edges, corners, and fastener heads in accordance with ASTM C840. Use Level 4 finish for al finished areas open to public view.B.Before proceeding with installation of finishing materials, assure the following:1.Gypsum board is fastened and held close to framing or furring.2.Fastening heads in gypsum board are slightly below surface in dimple formed by driving tool.C.Finish joints, fasteners, and all openings, including openings around penetrations, on that part of the gypsum board extending above suspended ceilings to seal surface of non decorated smoke barrier, fire rated and sound rated and sound rated gypsum board construction. After the installation of hanger rods, hanger wires, supports, equipment, conduits, piping and similar work, seal remaining openings and maintain the integrity of the smoke barrier, fire rated and sound rated construction. Sanding is not required of non decorated surfaces.3.6 REPAIRSA.After taping and finishing has been completed, and before decoration, repair all damaged and defective work, including nondecorated surfaces.B.Patch holes or openings 13 mm (1/2 inch) or less in diameter, or equivalent size, with a setting type finishing compound or patching plaster.C.Repair holes or openings over 13 mm (1/2 inch) diameter, or equivalent size, with 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick gypsum board secured in such a manner as to provide solid substrate equivalent to undamaged surface.D.Tape and refinish scratched, abraded or damaged finish surfaces including cracks and joints in non decorated surface to provide smoke tight construction fire protection equivalent to the fire rated construction and STC equivalent to the sound rated construction 3.7 unaccessible ceilingsAt Mental Health and Behavioral Nursing Units, areas accessible to patients and not continuously observable by staff (e.g., patient bedrooms, day rooms), ceilings should be a solid material such as gypsum board. This will limit patient access. Access doors are needed to access electrical and mechanical equipment above the ceiling. These doors should be locked to prevent unauthorized access and secured to ceiling using tamper resistant fasteners.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 09 30 13CERAMIC/PORCELAIN TILINGPART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION: A. This section specifies interior ceramic, porcelain and quarry tile, marble thresholds and window stools, terrazzo divider strips, waterproofing membranes for thin-set applications, crack isolation membranes, and tile backer board. 1.2 RELATED WORK: //A. Sustainable Design Requirements: Section 01 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. //B. Preformed expansion joints in tile flooring: Section 07 95 13, EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES.C.Sealing of Joints: Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.D.Color, Texture, Pattern, and Size of Field Tile and Trim Shapes, and Color of Grout Specified: Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.E.Metal and Gypsum Lathing and Gypsum Plaster: Section 09 23 00, GYPSUM PLASTERING. F. Lathing and Portland Cement Based Plaster: Section 09 24 00, PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING. G.Metal and Resilient Edge Strips at Joints with New Resilient Flooring, and Carpeting: Section 09 65 19, RESILIENT TILE FLOORING and Section 09 68 00, CARPETING.1.3 SUBMITTALS: A.Submit in accordance with Section?01?33?23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.C.Samples:1.Base tile, each type, each color, each size.2.Mosaic floor tile panels, 228 by 228 mm (9 by 9 inches), each type, color, size and pattern.3.Paver tile, each size, type, color and pattern.4.Quarry tile, each type, color, and size.5.Porcelain tile, each type, color, patterns and size.6.Wall (or wainscot) tile, each color, size and pattern.7.Trim shapes, bullnose cap and cove including bullnose cap and base pieces at internal and external corners of vertical surfaces, each type, color, and size.8.Therapeutic pool tile, panels 305 mm (12 inches) square, each type, size, color, typical lettering and special shapes.D.Product Data:1.Ceramic and porcelain tile, marked to show each type, size, and shape required.2.Chemical resistant mortar and grout (epoxy and furan).3.Cementitious backer unit.4.Dryset portland cement mortar and grout.5.Divider strip.6.Elastomeric membrane and bond coat.7.Reinforcing tape.8.Leveling compound.9.Latexportland cement mortar and grout.mercial portland cement grout.anic adhesive.12.Slip resistant tile.13.Waterproofing isolation membrane.14.Fasteners.E.Certification:1.Master grade certificate, ANSI A137.1.2.Manufacturer's certificates indicating that the following materials comply with specification requirements:a.Chemical resistant mortar and grout (epoxy and furan).b.Modified epoxy emulsion.mercial portland cement grout.d.Cementitious backer unit.e.Dry-set portland cement mortar and grout.f.Elastomeric membrane and bond coat.g.Reinforcing tape.h.Latexportland cement mortar and grout.i.Leveling compound.anic adhesive.k.Waterproof isolation membrane.l.Factory back mounted tile documentation for suitability for application in wet area.F. Installer Qualifications: 1. Submit letter stating installer’s experience.1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A.Deliver materials in containers with labels legible and intact and gradeseals unbroken.B.Store material to prevent damage or contamination.1.5 quality assurance:A.Installers to be from a company specializing in performing installation of products specified and have a minimum of three (3) years’ experience. B. Each type and color of tile to be provided from a single source. C. Each type and color of mortar, adhesive, and grout to be provided from the same source.1.6 warranty:A. Construction Warranty: Comply with FAR clause 52.246-21, “Warranty of Construction”.1.7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: A.Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in text by basic designation only.B.American National Standards Institute (ANSI):A10.20-06(R2011)Safe Operating Practices for Tile, Terrazzo and Marble WorkA108/A118/A136-14Installation of Ceramic TileA108.01-13Subsurfaces and Preparations by Other TradesA108.02-13Materials, Environmental, and WorkmanshipA108.1A-14Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement MortarA108.1B-10Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement MortarA108.1C-10Contractors Option; Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement MortarA108.4-09Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy AdhesiveA108.6-10Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy A108.8-10Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant Furan Resin Mortar and GroutA108.10-10Grout in TileworkA108.13-10Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension StoneA118.1-12Dry-Set Portland Cement MortarA118.3-13Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and –Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy AdhesiveA118.4-12Latex-Portland Cement MortarA118.5-10Chemical Resistant Furan Mortars and GroutsA118.6-10Cement Grouts for Tile Installation A118.7-10High Performance Cement Grouts for Tile InstallationA118.9-10Cementitious Backer UnitsA118.10-14Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone InstallationA136.1-13Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic TileA137.1-12American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic TileC. ASTM International (ASTM): A666-10Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate and Flat BarA1064/A1064M-14Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for ConcreteC109/C109M-13Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2 inch. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens)C241/C241M-13Abrasion Resistance of Stone Subjected to Foot TrafficC348-14Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic-Cement MortarsC627-10Evaluating Ceramic Floor Tile Installation Systems Using the Robinson-Type Floor TesterC954-11Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board on Metal Plaster Base to Steel Studs from 0.033 in (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in (2.84 mm) in thicknessC979/C979M-10Pigments for Integrally Colored ConcreteC1002-14Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Panel ProductsC1027-09Test Method for Determining Visible Abrasion Resistance of Glazed Ceramic TileC1127-01(R2009)Standard Guide for Use of High Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane with an Integral Wearing SurfaceC1178/C1178M-13Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing PanelC1325-14Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cementitious Backer UnitsC1353/C1353M-09(R2013)Abrasion Resistance of Dimension Stone Subjected to Foot Traffic Using a Rotary Platform, Double-Head AbraserD1204-14Test Method for Linear Dimensional Changes of Nonrigid Thermoplastic Sheeting or Film at Elevated TemperatureD2240-05(R2010)Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness D2497-07(R2012)Tolerances for Manufactured Organic-Base Filament Single YarnsD3045-92(R2010)Heat Aging of Plastics Without LoadD4397-10Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial and Agricultural ApplicationsD5109-12Standard Test Methods for Copper-Clad Thermosetting Laminates for Printed Wiring BoardsD.Code of Federal Regulation (CFR):40 CFR 59Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content, Density Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface CoatingE.Marble Institute of America (MIA): Design Manual III-2007 F.Tile Council of North America, Inc. (TCNA):Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation (2014)DCOF AcuTest-2012Dynamic Coefficient of Friction TestPART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE: ply with ANSI A137.1, Standard Grade, except as modified:1.Inspection procedures listed under the Appendix of ANSI A137.1.2.Abrasion Resistance Classification:a.Tested in accordance with values listed in Table 1, ASTM C1027.b.Class V, 12000 revolutions for floors in Corridors, Kitchens, Storage including Refrigerated Rooms c.Class IV, 6000 revolutions for remaining areas.3.Slip Resistant Tile for Floors:a.Coefficient of friction, when tested in accordance with ANSI?A137.1 and measured per the TCNA DCOF AcuTest.1)Equal to or greater than .42 for level interior tile floors that will be walked on when wet.b.Tile Having Abrasive Grains:1)Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Abrasive grains throughout body of the tile.2)Quarry Tile: Abrasive grains uniformly embedded in face at rate of approximately 7.5 percent of surface area.c.Porcelain Paver Tile: Matte surface finish // with raised ridges spaced uniformly over tile surface //. 4.Mosaic tile may be mounted or joined together by a resinous bonding material along tile edges.5.Back mounted tiles in showers, // therapeutic pools, // //?natatorium,?// // hydrotherapy, // // whirlpool baths, // // and congregate baths //. Provide certification that the factory mounted tile has been used successfully in service at three (3) projects and is suitable for wet locations.6.Factory Blending: For tile with color variations, within the ranges selected during sample submittals blend tile in the factory and package so tile units taken from one (1) package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples.7.Factory-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: a.Protect exposed face surfaces (top surface) of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by pre-coating with a continuous film of hot applied petroleum paraffin wax.b.Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces.c.Pre-wax tiles set or grouted with furan or epoxy or latex modified mortars. B.Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Nominal 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick with cushion edges. C.Unglazed Quarry Tile: Nominal 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick, square edges.D.Glazed Wall Tile: Cushion edges, glazing.E.Porcelain Paver Tile: Nominal 8 mm (5/16 inch) thick, with cushion edges. Porcelain tile produced by the dust pressed method are to be made of approximately 50% feldspar; the remaining 50% is to be made up of various high-quality light firing ball clays yielding a tile with a water absorption rate of 0.5% or less and a breaking strength of between 176 to 181 kg (390 to 400 lbs.). F.Trim Shapes:1.Conform to applicable requirements of adjoining floor and wall tile.2.Use slip resistant trim shapes for horizontal surfaces of showers congregate baths, overflow ledges, recessed steps, shower curbs, drying area curbs, and seats. 3.Use trim shapes sizes conforming to size of adjoining field wall tile including existing spaces unless detailed on construction documents or specified otherwise.4.Internal and External Corners:a.Square internal and external corner joints are not acceptable.b.External corners including edges: Use bullnose shapes.c.Internal corners: Use cove shapes.d.Base to floor internal corners: Use special shapes providing integral cove vertical and horizontal joint.e.Base to floor external corners: Use special shapes providing bullnose vertical edge with integral cove horizontal joint. Use stop at bottom of openings having bullnose return to wall.f.Wall top edge internal corners: Use special shapes providing integral cove vertical joint with bullnose top edge.g.Wall top edge external corners: Use special shapes providing bullnose vertical and horizontal joint edge.h.For unglazed ceramic mosaic and glazed wall tile installed in portland cement mortar setting bed, use cove and bullnose shapes as applicable. When ceramic mosaic wall and base tile is required, use C Series cove and bullnose shapes.i.For unglazed ceramic mosaic and glazed wall tile installed in dryset portland cement mortar, latexportland cement mortar, and organic adhesive (thin set methods), use cove and surface bullnose shapes as applicable.j.For quarry tile work, use cove and bullnose shapes as applicable.k.Provide cove and bullnose shapes where required to complete tile work.2.2 BACKER UNITS:A. Cementitious Backer Units:1. Use in showers or wet areas.2. Conform to ASTM?C1325; Type A.3. Use in maximum lengths available to minimize end to end butt joints.2.3 JOINT MATERIALS FOR CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS:A.Reinforcing Tape: Vinyl coated woven glass fiber mesh tape, open weave, 50 mm (2 inches) wide. Tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing will not be permitted.B.Tape Embedding Material: Latex-portland cement mortar complying with ANSI?A108.01.C.Joint material, including reinforcing tape, and tape embedding material, are to be as specifically recommended by the backer unit manufacturer.2.4 FASTENERS: A.Screws for Cementitious Backer Units.1.Standard screws for gypsum board are not acceptable.2.Minimum 11 mm (7/16 inch) diameter head, corrosion resistant coated, with washers.3.ASTM?C954 for steel 1 mm (0.033 inch) thick.4.ASTM?C1002 for steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick. B.Washers: Galvanized steel, 13 mm (1/2 inch) minimum diameter.2.5 SETTING MATERIALS OR BOND COATS: A.Conform to TCNA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation.B.Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI?A108.02.C.LatexPortland Cement Mortar:?ANSI A118.4. 1.For wall applications, provide non-sagging, latex-portland cement mortar complying with ANSI?A118.4.2.Prepackaged Dry-Mortar Mix: Factory-prepared mixture of portland cement; dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to which only water needs to be added at Project site.D.DrySet Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI?A118.1. For wall applications, provide non-sagging, latex-portland cement mortar complying with ANSI?A118.1.anic Adhesives: ANSI?A136.1, Type 1.F.ChemicalResistant Bond Coat:1.Epoxy Resin Type: ANSI A118.3.2.Furan Resin Type: ANSI?A118.5.G.Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane and Bond Coat: 1.TCNA?F122-14 (on ground concrete) and TCNA?F112A-14 (above ground concrete).2.ANSI?A118.10.3.One component polyurethane, liquid applied material having the following additional physical properties: a.Hardness: Shore "A" between 4060. b.Elongation: Between 300600 percent. c.Tensile strength: Between .27 - .41 Newton per square millimeter (4060 pounds per square inch gauge).d. No volatile compounds (VOC). 4.Coal tar modified urethanes are not acceptable.H.Waterproofing Isolation Membrane:1.Sheet System TCNA?F122-14 (on-ground concrete) and TCNA?F122A-14 (above-ground concrete).posite sheet consisting of ASTM?D5109, Type II, Grade I Chlorinated Polyethylene (CM) sheet reinforced on both sides with a non-woven polyester fiber.3.Designed for use in wet areas as an isolation and positive waterproofing membranes for thin-set bonding of sheet to substrate and thin-set bonding of ceramic and porcelain tile or marble to sheet. Suited for both horizontal and vertical applications.4.Conform to the following additional physical properties:PropertyUnitsResultsTest MethodHardness Shore APoints70-80ASTM?D2240 (10 Second Reading)ShrinkagePercent5 maximumASTM?D1204BrittlenessNo crack remains flexible at temperature -37 degrees C (-35 degrees F)ASTM?D2497 13 mm (1/2-inch) Mandrel BendRetention of Properties after Heat AgingPercent of original80 Tensile80 Breaking80 ElongationASTM?D3045, 90 degrees C (194 degrees F) for 168 hours5.Manufacturer’s standard sheet size with prefabricated or preformed inside and outside corners.6.Sheet manufacturer’s solvent welding liquid or xylene and edge sealant.2.6 GROUTING MATERIALS: A.Coloring Pigments: 1.Pure mineral pigments, lime proof and nonfading, complying with ASTM?C979/C979M.2.Coloring pigments may only be added to grout by the manufacturer. 3.Job colored grout is not acceptable.4.Use is required in Commercial Portland Cement Grout, DrySet Grout, and LatexPortland Cement Grout.B.Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI?A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required to produce color indicated. Zero VOC content. C.Standard Cement Grout: ANSI?A118.6. D.High Performance Tile Grout: ANSI?A118.7 with a VOC content of 65?g/L or less when calculated according to 40?CFR 59 (EPA?Method?24). 1. Polymer Type: Ethylene vinyl acetate or acrylic additive, in dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients.2. Polymer Type: Acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene rubber in liquid-latex form for addition to prepackaged dry-grout mix.E.Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI?A118.3, with a VOC content of 65?g/L or less when calculated according to 40?CFR 59 (EPA?Method?24).1.Provide product capable of withstanding continuous and intermittent exposure to temperatures of up to 60 and 100 degrees C (140 and 212?degrees F), respectively, and certified by manufacturer for intended use.2.7 PATCHING AND LEVELING COMPOUND: A.Portland cement base, polymer-modified, self-leveling compound, manufactured specifically for resurfacing and leveling concrete floors. Products containing gypsum are not acceptable.B.Provide a patching and leveling compound with the following minimum physical properties: pressive strength 25 MPa (3500 psig) per ASTM?C109/C109M.2.Flexural strength 7 MPa (1000 psig) per ASTM?C348 (28 day value).3.Tensile strength – 4.1 MPa (600 psi) per ANSI?118.7.4.Density – 1.9. C.Capable of being applied in layers up to 38 mm (1-1/2 inches) thick without fillers and up to 101 mm (4 inches) thick with fillers, being brought to a feather edge, and being trowelled to a smooth finish.D.Primers, fillers, and reinforcement as required by manufacturer for application and substrate condition.E.Ready for use in 48 hours after application.2.9 METAL DIVIDER STRIPS:A.Terrazzo type divider strips.B.Heavy top type strip with 5 mm (3/16 inch) wide top and 38 mm (1?1/2?inch) long leg. Height to match tile and setting-bed thickness.C.Embedded leg perforated and deformed for keying to mortar.D.Stainless-steel, ASTM?A666, 300 Series exposed-edge material. 2.10 WATER: A. Clean, potable and free from salts and other injurious elements to mortar and grout materials.2.11 CLEANING COMPOUNDS: A.Specifically designed for cleaning masonry and concrete and which will not prevent bond of subsequent tile setting materials including patching and leveling compounds and elastomeric waterproofing membrane and coat.B.Materials containing acid or caustic Material are not acceptable.2.12 FLOOR MORTAR BED REINFORCING: A.ASTM?A1064/A1064M welded wire fabric without backing, MW3 x MW3 (2?x?2W0.5 x W0.5).2.13 POLYETHYLENE SHEET: A.Polyethylene sheet conforming to ASTM?D4397.B.Nominal thickness: 0.15 mm (6 mils).PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: A.Maintain ambient temperature of work areas at not less than 16?degrees?C (60 degrees F), without interruption, for not less than 24 hours before installation and not less than three (3) days after installation.B.Maintain higher temperatures for a longer period of time where required by manufacturer's recommendation and ANSI Specifications for installation.C.Do not install tile when the temperature is above 38 degrees C (100?degrees F).D.Do not install materials when the temperature of the substrate is below 16 degrees C (60 degrees F).E.Do not allow temperature to fall below 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) after third day of completion of tile work.3.2 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCE: A.Variation in plane of subfloor, including concrete fills leveling compounds and mortar beds:1.Not more than 6 mm in 3048 mm (1/4 inch in 10 feet) from required elevation where portland cement mortar setting bed is used.2.Not more than 3 mm in 3048 mm (1/8 inch in 10 feet) where dry-set portland cement, and latex-portland cement mortar setting beds and chemical-resistant bond coats are used.B.Variation in Plane of Wall Surfaces:1.Not more than 6 mm in 2438 mm (1/4 inch in 8 feet) from required plane where portland cement mortar setting bed is used.2.Not more than 3 mm in 2438 mm (1/8 inch in 8 feet) where dryset or latexportland cement mortar or organic adhesive setting materials is used.3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION: A.Cleaning New Concrete or Masonry:1.Chip out loose material, clean off all oil, grease dirt, adhesives, curing compounds, and other deterrents to bonding by mechanical method, or by using products specifically designed for cleaning concrete and masonry.2.Use selfcontained power blast cleaning systems to remove curing compounds and steel trowel finish from concrete slabs where ceramic tile will be installed directly on concrete surface with thinset materials.3.Steam cleaning or the use of acids and solvents for cleaning will not be permitted.B.Patching and Leveling: 1.Mix and apply patching and leveling compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.2.Fill holes and cracks and align concrete floors that are out of required plane with patching and leveling compound.a.Thickness of compound as required to bring finish tile system to elevation shown on construction documents.b.Float finish except finish smooth for elastomeric waterproofing. c.At substrate expansion, isolation, and other moving joints, allow joint of same width to continue through underlayment.3.Apply patching and leveling compound to concrete and masonry wall surfaces that are out of required plane.4.Apply leveling coats of material compatible with wall surface and tile setting material to wall surfaces, other than concrete and masonry that are out of required plane.C.Mortar Bed for Slopes to Drains:1.Slope compound to drain where drains are shown on construction documents.2.Install mortar bed in depressed slab sloped to drains not less than 3.2 mm in 305 mm (1/8 inch per foot).3.Allow not less than 50 mm (2 inch) depression at edge of depressed slab.4.Screed for slope to drain and float finish.5.Cure mortar bed for not less than seven (7) days. Do not use curing compounds or coatings.6. Perform flood test to verify mortar bed slopes to drain before installing tile. Contracting Officer Representative (COR) to be present during flood test.D.Additional preparation of concrete floors for tile set with epoxy, or furanresin is to be in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.E.Cleavage Membrane:1.Install polythene sheet as cleavage membrane in depressed slab when waterproof membrane is not scheduled or indicated.2.Turn up at edge of depressed floor slab to top of floor.F.Walls: 1.In showers or other wet areas cover studs with polyethylene sheet.2.Apply patching and leveling compound to concrete and masonry surfaces that are out of required plane.3.Apply leveling coats of material compatible with wall surface and tile setting material to wall surfaces, other than concrete and masonry that are out of required plane.4.Apply metal lath to framing in accordance with ANSI A108.1:a.Use fasteners specified in paragraph "Fasteners." Use washers when lath opening is larger than screw head.b.Apply scratch and leveling coats to metal lath in accordance with ANSI A108.1C.c.Total thickness of scratch and leveling coats: 1)Apply 9 mm to 16 mm (3/8 inch to 5/8 inch) thick over solid backing.2)16 mm to 19 mm (5/8 to 3/4 inch) thick on metal lath over studs.3)Where wainscots are required to finish flush with wall surface above, adjust thickness required for flush finish.d.Apply scratch and leveling coats more than 19 mm (3/4 inch) thick in two (2) coats.G.Existing Floors and Walls:1.Remove existing composition floor finishes and adhesive. Prepare surface by grinding, chipping, self-contained power blast cleaning or other suitable mechanical methods to completely expose uncontaminated concrete or masonry surfaces. Follow safety requirements of ANSI?A10.20.2.Remove existing concrete fill or topping to structural slab. Clean and level the substrate for new setting bed and waterproof membrane or cleavage membrane.3.Where new tile bases are required to finish flush with plaster above or where they are extensions of similar bases in conjunction with existing floor tiles, cut channel in floor slab and expose rough wall construction sufficiently to accommodate new tile base and setting material.3.4 CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: A.Remove polyethylene wrapping from cementitious backer units and separate to allow for air circulation. Allow moisture content of backer units to dry down to a maximum of 35 percent before applying joint treatment and tile.B.Install in accordance with ANSI?A118.9 except as specified otherwise.C.Install units horizontally or vertically to minimize joints with end joints over framing members. Units with rounded edges; face rounded edge away from studs to form a “V” joint for joint treatment.D.Secure cementitious backer units to each framing member with screws spaced not more than 203 mm (8 inches) on center and not closer than 13?mm (1/2 inch) from the edge of the backer unit or as recommended by backer unit manufacturer. Install screws so that the screw heads are flush with the surface of the backer unit.E.Where backer unit joins shower pans or waterproofing, lap backer unit over turned up waterproof system. Install fasteners only through top one-inch of turned up waterproof systems.F.Do not install joint treatment for seven (7) days after installation of cementitious backer unit.G.Joint Treatment: 1.Fill horizontal and vertical joints and corners with latexportland cement mortar. Apply fiberglass tape over joints and corners and embed with same mortar.2.Leave 6 mm (1/4 inch) space for sealant at lips of tubs, sinks, or other plumbing receptors.3.7 METAL DIVIDER STRIPS: A.Install metal divider strips in floor joints between ceramic and quarry tile floors and between tile floors and adjacent flooring of other materials where the finish floors are flush unless shown otherwise on construction documents.B.Set divider strip in mortar bed to line and level centered under doors or in openings. C.At preformed sealant joint: Refer to Section?07?95?13, EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES.ply with recommendations in TCNA for Vertical and Horizontal Joint Design Essentials. TCNA?Systems?EJ?171.a.Locate joint in tile surfaces directly above joint in sub-floor or where indicated when used with isolation membranes to allow off-setting of joint location from sub-floor joint. b.Fasten full length to sub-floor using a construction adhesive. c.Trowel setting material with full coverage over the entire leg. 2.Set tile up against the joint ensuring that the top edge of the joint is flush or slightly below the top of the tile. //3.8 CERAMIC TILE – GENERAL: ply with ANSI?A108/A118/A136 series of tile installation standards applicable to methods of installation and TCNA Installation Guidelines.B.Installing Mortar Beds for Floors:1.Install mortar bed in a manner that does not damage cleavage or waterproof membrane; 32?mm (1-1/2 inch) minimum thickness.2.Install floor mortar bed reinforcing centered in mortar fill.3.Screed finish to level plane or slope to drains shown on construction documents, float finish.4.For thin set systems cure mortar bed not less than seven (7) days. Do not use curing compounds or coatings.5.For tile set with portland cement paste over plastic mortar bed coordinate to set tile before mortar bed sets.C.Setting Beds or Bond Coats:1.Where recessed or depressed floor slabs are filled with portland cement mortar bed, set ceramic mosaic floor tile in either portland cement paste over plastic mortar bed or latexportland cement mortar over cured mortar bed except as specified otherwise, ANSI?A108-1C, TCNA?System?F121-14 or F111-14.2.Use quarry tile in chemicalresistant bond coat //, except in floor of walkin refrigerator rooms use: TCNA?System R612-11 //. a.Portland cement paste over plastic mortar bed. ANSI?A108.1A.b.Dryset portland cement mortar over cured mortar bed. ANSI?A108.1B.3.Pools Holding Water: ANSI?A108.1C. Do not use latex portland cement mortar.4.Set floor tile in elastomeric bond coat over elastomeric membrane per ANSI 108.13, TCNA System F122-14 where indicated on construction documents.5.Set wall tile installed over concrete or masonry in dryset portland cement mortar, or latexportland cement mortar, ANSI?108.1B and TCNA?System W211-14, W221-14 or W222-14.6.Set wall tile installed over concrete backer board in latexportland cement mortar, ANSI?A108.1B.7.Set wall tile installed over portland cement mortar bed on metal lath base in portland cement paste over plastic mortar bed, or dryset portland cement mortar or latexportland cement mortar over a cured mortar bed, ANSI?A108.1C, TCNA?System?W231-14, W241-14.8.Set tile over concrete in therapeutic pools in portland cement paste or dry set portland cement mortar, ANSI?A108.1C, TCNA System?P601MB-14.9.Set tile installed over gypsum board and gypsum plaster in organic adhesive, ANSI?A108.1, TCNA?System?W242-14.10.Set trim shapes in same material specified for setting adjoining tile.D.Workmanship: 1.Lay out tile work so that no tile less than onehalf full size is used. Make all cuts on the outer edge of the field. Align new tile work scheduled for existing spaces to the existing tile work unless specified otherwise.2.Set tile firmly in place with finish surfaces in true planes. Align tile flush with adjacent tile unless shown otherwise on construction documents.3.Form intersections and returns accurately.4.Cut and drill tile neatly without marring surface.5.Cut edges of tile abutting penetrations, finish, or builtin items: a.Fit tile closely around electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and fittings, so that plates, escutcheons, collars and flanges will overlap cut edge of tile.b.Seal tile joints water tight as specified in Section?07?92?00, JOINT SEALANTS, around electrical outlets, piping fixtures and fittings before cover plates and escutcheons are set in place.pleted work is to be free from hollow sounding areas and loose, cracked or defective tile.7.Remove and reset tiles that are out of plane or misaligned.8.Floors:a.Extend floor tile beneath casework and equipment, except those units mounted in wall recesses.b.Align finish surface of new tile work flush with other and existing adjoining floor finish where indicated in construction documents.c.In areas where floor drains occur, slope tile to drains.d.Push and vibrate tiles over 203 mm (8 inches) square to achieve full support of bond coat.9.Walls:a.Cover walls and partitions, including pilasters, furred areas, and freestanding columns from floor to ceiling, or from floor to nominal wainscot heights as indicated in construction documents with tile.b.Finish reveals of openings with tile, except where other finish materials are indicated in construction documents.d.Finish wall surfaces behind and at sides of casework and equipment, except those units mounted in wall recesses, with same tile as scheduled for room proper.10.Joints:a.Keep all joints in line, straight, level, perpendicular and of even width unless shown otherwise on construction documents.b.Make joints 2 mm (1/16 inch) wide for glazed wall tile and mosaic tile work.c.Make joints in quarry tile work not less than 6 mm (1/4 inch) nor more than 9 mm (3/8 inch) wide. Finish joints flush with surface of tile.d.Make joints in paver tile, porcelain type; maximum 3 mm (1/8?inch) wide.11.Back Buttering: For installations indicated below, obtain 100 percent mortar coverage by complying with applicable special requirements for back buttering of tile in referenced ANSI?A108/A118/A136 series of tile installation standards:a.Tile wall installations in wet areas, including showers, tub enclosures, laundries and swimming pools.b.Tile installed with chemical-resistant mortars and grouts.c.Tile wall installations composed of tiles 203 by 203 mm (8?by?8?inches) or larger.d.Exterior tile wall installations.3.9 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLED WITH PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: A.Mortar Mixes for Floor, Wall and Base Tile including Showers ANSI?A108.1A. except specified otherwise.B.Installing Wall and Base Tile: ANSI?A108.1A, except specified otherwise.C.Installing Floor Tile: ANSI?A108.1A, except as specified otherwise. Slope mortar beds to floor drains at a minimum of 3 mm in 305 mm (1/8?inch per foot).3.10 porcelain tile installed with latex portland cement BONDING mortar:A. Due to the denseness of porcelain tile use latex portland cement bonding mortar that meets the requirements of ANSI?A108.01. Mix bonding mortars in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Provide liquid ratios and comply with dwell times during the placement of bonding mortar and tile.3.11 THIN SET CERAMIC and porcelain TILE INSTALLED WITH DRYSET PORTLAND CEMENT AND LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: A.Installation of Tile: ANSI A108.1B, except as specified otherwise. B.Slope tile work to drains at not less than 3 mm in 305 mm (1/8?inch per foot). 3.12 THIN SET CERAMIC and porcelain TILE INSTALLED WITH ORGANIC ADHESIVE A. Installation of Tile: ANSI?A108.4. 3.13 THIN SET CERAMIC and porcelain TILE INSTALLED WITH CHEMICALRESISTANT BOND COAT: A.Epoxy Resin Type: Install tile in accordance with Installation of Tile with Epoxy Mortar; ANSI?A108.6.B.Furan Resin Type: Proportion, mix and place in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Set tile in accordance with ANSI?A108.8.3.14 CERAMIC and porcelain TILE INSTALLED WITH ELASTOMERIC BOND COAT: A.Surface Preparation: Prepare surfaces as specified. B.Installation of Elastomeric Membrane: ANSI?A108.10 and TCNA?F12214 (on ground concrete) and F122A-14 (above-ground concrete).1.Prime surfaces, where required, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.2.Install first coat of membrane material in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in thickness of 0.76 to 1.3 mm (30?to 50 mils).3.Extend material over flashing rings of drains and turn up vertical surfaces not less than 101 mm (4 inches) above finish floor surface.4.When material has set, recoat areas with a second coat of elastomeric membrane material for a total thickness of 1.3 to 1.9 mm (50 to 75 mils).5.After curing test for leaks with 25 mm (1 inch) of water for 24 hours.C.Installation of Tile in Elastomeric Membrane: 1.Spread no more material than can be covered with tile before material starts to set.2.Apply tile in second coat of elastomeric membrane material in accordance with the coating manufacturer's instructions in lieu at aggregate surfacing specified in ASTM?C1127. Do not install top coat over tile.3.15 GROUTING:A.Grout Type and Location:1.Grout for glazed wall and base tile, paver tile and unglazed mosaic tile portland cement grout, latex-portland cement grout, dry-set grout, or commercial portland cement grout.2.Grout for quarry tile floor and base:a.Grout for floors of walk-in refrigerated rooms: Epoxy grout.b.Therapeutic pool areas: Portland cement grout.c.Grout for Kitchens:1)Chemical-resistant grout as specified and recommended by manufacturer of bond coat.2)Use only furan resin grout within 609 mm (2 feet) of ovens, steam kettles, water heaters, steam pipes, and in rooms.3)Epoxy grout designed for equivalent heat resistance to furan resin grout may be used for furan resin grout.3.Grout for tile of therapeutic pools: Portland cement grout.B.Workmanship: 1.Install and cure grout in accordance with the applicable standard.2.Sand Portland Cement Grout: ANSI?A108.10.3.Standard Cement Grout: ANSI?A118.6.4. High Performance Grout: ANSI?A118.7.5. Epoxy Grout: ANSI?A108.6.6.Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI?A118.3.7.Furan and Commercial Portland Cement Grout: ANSI?A118.5 and in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.3.16 MOVEMENT JOINTS:A.Prepare tile expansion, isolation, construction and contraction joints for installation of sealant. Refer to Section?07?92?00, JOINT SEALANTS.B.TCNA details EJ 171-14.C.At expansion joints, rake out joint full depth of tile and setting bed and mortar bed. Do not cut waterproof or isolation membrane. D.Rake out grout at joints between tile, tub, service sink, at toe of base, and where indicated in construction documents not less than 6 mm (1/4 inch) deep. 3.17 CLEANING: A.Thoroughly sponge and wash tile. Polish glazed surfaces with clean dry cloths.B.Methods and materials used are not permitted to damage or impair appearance of tile surfaces.C.The use of acid or acid cleaners on glazed tile surfaces is prohibited.D.Clean tile grouted with epoxy, furan and commercial portland cement grout and tile set in elastomeric bond coat as recommended by the manufacturer of the grout and bond coat.3.18 PROTECTION: A.Keep traffic off tile floor, until grout and setting material is fully set and cured.B.Where traffic occurs over tile floor is unavoidable, cover tile floor with not less than 9 mm (3/8 inch) thick plywood, wood particle board, or hardboard securely taped in place. Do not remove protective cover until time for final inspection. Clean tile of any tape, adhesive and stains.3.19 testing finish floor:A.Test floors in accordance with ASTM?C627 to show compliance with codes 1 through 10.B. Test kitchen and storage rooms. E N D SECTION 09 51 00ACOUSTICAL CEILINGSPART 1- GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONA.Metal ceiling suspension system for acoustical ceilings.B.Acoustical units.C.Adhesive application.1.2 RELATED WORKA.Color, pattern, and location of each type of acoustical unit:Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.1.3 SUBMITTALA.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.B.Samples:1.Acoustical units, each type, with label indicating conformance to specification requirements, including units specified to match existing. 2.Colored markers for units providing access.C.Manufacturer's Literature and Data:1.Ceiling suspension system, each type, showing complete details of installation, including suspension system specified to match existing and upward access system details for concealed grid systems.2.Acoustical units, each typeD.Manufacturer's Certificates: Acoustical units, each type, in accordance with specification requirements.1.4 DEFINITIONSA.Standard definitions as defined in ASTM C634.B.Terminology as defined in ASTM E1264.1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.Publications listed below form a part of this specification to extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only.B.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):A641/A641M-09Zinc-coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire A653/A653M-11Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip ProcessC423-09Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room MethodC634-11Standard Terminology Relating to Environmental AcousticsC635-13Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel CeilingsC636-13Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in PanelsE84-13Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsE119-12Fire Tests of Building Construction and MaterialsE413-10Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.E580-11Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic RestraintE1264-08e1Classification for Acoustical Ceiling ProductsC.International Organization for Standardization (ISO)ISO 14644-1Classification of Air CleanlinessPART 2- PRODUCTS2.1 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMA.ASTM C635, heavy-duty system, except as otherwise specified.1.Ceiling suspension system members may be fabricated from either of the following unless specified otherwise.a.Galvanized cold-rolled steel, bonderized.b.Extruded aluminum.c.Fire resistant plastic (glass fiber) having a flame spread and smoke developed rating of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.2.Use same construction for cross runners as main runners. Use of lighter-duty sections for cross runners is not acceptable.3.Use aluminum suspension in kitchens and aluminum or fire resistant plastic in toilets adjacent to shower areas, hydrotherapy, and swimming pools.B.Exposed grid suspension system for support of lay-in panels:1.Exposed grid width not less than 22 mm (7/8 inch) with not less than 8 mm (5/16 inch) panel bearing surface.2.Fabricate wall molding and other special molding from the same material with same exposed width and finish as the exposed grid members.3.On exposed metal surfaces apply baked-on enamel flat texture finish in color to match adjacent acoustical units unless specified otherwise in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.C.Concealed grid suspension system for support of mineral base acoustical tile:1.Concealed grid upward access suspension system to provide an initial opening of 300 mm by 600 mm (12 by 24 inches) and for removal of adjacent runners and tile without the use of special tools, and without damage to suspension system and acoustical tile.2.Minimum flange width of 22 mm (7/8 inch) except for access hook and angle.3.Minimum flange width of 11 mm (7/16 inch) for access hook and angle.D.Suspension system for support of Metal Type V, VI, and VII tiles: Concealed grid type having runners designed for the snap-in attachment of metal tile (pans).2.2 PERIMETER SEALA.Vinyl, polyethylene or polyurethane open cell sponge material having density of 1.3 plus or minus 10 percent, compression set less than 10 percent with pressure sensitive adhesive coating on one side.B.Thickness as required to fill voids between back of wall molding and finish wall.C.Not less than 9 mm (3/8 inch) wide strip.2.3 WIREA.ASTM A641.B.For wire hangers: Minimum diameter 2.68 mm (0.1055 inch).C.For bracing wires: Minimum diameter 3.43 mm (0.1350 inch).2.4 ANCHORS AND INSERTSA.Use anchors or inserts to support twice the loads imposed by hangers attached thereto.B.Hanger Inserts:1.Fabricate inserts from steel, zinc-coated (galvanized after fabrication).2.Nailing type option for wood forms:a.Upper portion designed for anchorage in concrete and positioning lower portion below surface of concrete approximately 25 mm (one inch).b.Lower portion provided with not less than 8 mm (5/16 inch) hole to permit attachment of hangers.3.Flush ceiling insert type:a.Designed to provide a shell covered opening over a wire loop to permit attachment of hangers and keep concrete out of insert recess.b.Insert opening inside shell approximately 16 mm (5/8 inch) wide by 9 mm (3/8 inch) high over top of wire.c.Wire 5 mm (3/16 inch) diameter with length to provide positive hooked anchorage in concrete.C.Clips:1.Galvanized steel.2.Designed to clamp to steel beam or bar joists, or secure framing member together.3.Designed to rigidly secure framing members together.4.Designed to sustain twice the loads imposed by hangers or items supported.D.Tile Splines: ASTM C635.2.5 CARRYING CHANNELS FOR SECONDARY FRAMINGA.Fabricate from cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel, black asphaltic paint finish, free of rust.B.Weighing not less than the following, per 300 m (per thousand linear feet):Size mmSizeInchesCold-rolledKgPoundHot-rolledKgPound381 1/2215.44755081120502267.6590571.512602.6 ADHESIVEA.ASTM D1779, having flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.B.Developing minimum strength of 7 kg/m2 (one psi) of contact surface 48 hours after installation in temperature of 21 C (70 F).2.7 ACOUSTICAL UNITSA.General:1.Ceiling Tile shall meet minimum 37% bio-based content in accordance with USDA Bio-Preferred Product requirements.2.ASTM E1264, weighing 3.6 kg/m2 (3/4 psf) minimum for mineral fiber panels or tile.3.Class A Flame Spread: ASTM 844.Minimum NRC (Noise Reduction Coefficient): 0.55 unless specified otherwise: ASTM C423.5.Minimum CAC (Ceiling Attenuation Class): 40-44 range unless specified otherwise: ASTM E413.6.Manufacturers standard finish, minimum Light Reflectance (LR) coefficient of 0.75 on the exposed surfaces, except as specified otherwise in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.7.Lay-in panels: Sizes as shown, with square edges.8.Tile for concealed grid upward access system: Optional 300 by 300 or?300 by 600 mm (12 by 12 or 12 by 24 inch) size.a.Cross score 300 by 600 mm (12 by 24 inch) tile to simulate 300 by 300 mm (12 by 12 inch) tile edges.b.Provide tile with square edges and joints as required to suit suspension and access system.9.Perforated metal facing (pan); tile or panels:a.Tiles: Size of units optional, 300 by 300, 300 by 600, 300 by ?900, and 300 by 1200 mm (12 by 12, 12 by 24, 12 by 36, and 12 by 48 inches). Cross score units larger than 300 by 300 mm (12 by 12 inches) to simulate 300 by 300 mm (12 by 12 inch) units. Use beveled edge units. Design joints for snap-in attachment to suspension system.b.Panels: Sizes as shown with flat panel with square edges to finish flush with exposed grid suspension system. c.Sound absorbent element; either non-sifting mineral wool or glass fiber (free of formaldehyde)of density and thickness to provide specified noise reduction coefficient. Enclosure sound absorbent elements within plastic envelopes.d.Support sound absorbent elements on wire spacer about 6 mm (1/4 inch) high. Fit both the sound absorbent element and the spacer into the unit.10.Adhesive applied tile: 300 by 300 mm (12 by 12 inch) size, having edges.B.Special faced acoustical tile units AT(SP)shall be used for surgery/clean areas, kitchens, SPD and wet areas as per referenced in PG-18-14, Room Finishes, Door, & Hardware Schedule. AT(SP) Special faced acoustical tile units shall provide anti-microbial coated surfaces suitable for use in Class 5 Clean Rooms per ISO 14644-1. Special faced acoustical tile units shall meet all general requirements stated in this specification.C.Type III Units - Mineral base with water-based painted finish less than 10 g/l VOC, Form 2 - Water felted, minimum 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick. Mineral base to contain minimum 65 percent recycled content.D.Type IV Units - Mineral base with membrane-faced overlay, Form 2 - Water felted, minimum 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick. Apply over the paint coat on the face of the unit a poly (vinyl) chloride overspray having a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.E.Type V Units - Perforated steel facing (pan) with mineral or glass fiber base backing.1.Steel ASTM A653, not less than 0.38 mm (0.015 inch) thick, minimum G30 galvanizing.2.Bonderize both sides of sheet and apply two coats of baked-on enamel finish, free from gloss or sheen, on surfaces exposed to view and at least one coat on concealed surfaces.F.Type VI Units - Perforated stainless steel facing (pan) with mineral or glass fiber base backing.G.Type VII Units - Perforated aluminum facing (pan) with mineral or glass fiber base backing.1.Fabricated from aluminum sheets not less than 0.635 mm (0.025 inch) thick.2.Apply two coats of baked-on enamel finish, free from gloss or sheen, on face and flangesH.Type XX-A Units - Perforated Ceramic Units for Wet Service.1.Conform to requirements of Part 2 - Article "ACOUSTICAL UNITS," subparagraphs Paragraph A, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.2.Formulated of mineral wool material and fired in a kiln to produce a stable panel which is totally unaffected by moisture even when submerged in water.3.No damage when subjected to 10 cycles of steam at 135 C (275 F) and cooling to 10 C (50 F).4.Minimum of 16 mm (5/8 inch) thick.5.Not affected when immersed in five percent chlorine solution, except for paint finish.I.Type III-A Units - Mineral base with painted finish.1.Form 1, modular, cast or molded.2.Minimum NRC of 0.75.3.Minimum thickness of 19 mm (3/4 inch) and weight of 4.9 Kg/sq m (one pound per square foot).J.Type XX-B Units - Combination mineral base and glass fiber with fabric finish.1.Back half of panel: Perforated water felted mineral fiber.2.Face half of panel: Glass fiber with glass cloth face.3.Minimum NRC of 0.75.4.Minimum thickness of 28 mm (1 1/8 inches).2.8 Acoustical Ceiling Products shall comply with following standards for biobased materials:Material Type Percent by WeightAcoustical Ceiling37 percent biobased materialThe minimum-content standards are based on the weight (not the volume)of the material.2.9 ACCESS IDENTIFICATIONA.Markers:1.Use colored markers with pressure sensitive adhesive on one side.2.Make colored markers of paper of plastic, 6 to 9 mm (1/4 to 3/8 inch) in diameter.B.Use markers of the same diameter throughout building.C.Color Code: Use following color markers for service identification:ColorServiceRedSprinkler System: Valves and ControlsGreenDomestic Water: Valves and ControlsYellowChilled Water and Heating WaterOrangeDuctwork: Fire DampersBlueDuctwork: Dampers and ControlsBlackGas: Laboratory, Medical, Air and VacuumPART 3 EXECUTION3.1 CEILING TREATMENTA.Treatment of ceilings shall include sides and soffits of ceiling beams, furred work 600 mm (24 inches) wide and over, and vertical surfaces at changes in ceiling heights unless otherwise shown. Install acoustic tiles after wet finishes have been installed and solvents have cured.B.Lay out acoustical units symmetrically about center lines of each room or space unless shown otherwise on reflected ceiling plan.C.Moldings:1.Install metal wall molding at perimeter of room, column, or edge at vertical surfaces.2.Install special shaped molding at changes in ceiling heights and at other breaks in ceiling construction to support acoustical units and to conceal their edges.D.Perimeter Seal:1.Install perimeter seal between vertical leg of wall molding and finish wall, partition, and other vertical surfaces.2.Install perimeter seal to finish flush with exposed faces of horizontal legs of wall molding.E.Existing ceiling:1.Where extension of existing ceilings occur, match existing.2.Where acoustical units are salvaged and reinstalled or joined, use salvaged units within a space. Do not mix new and salvaged units within a space which results in contrast between old and new acoustic units.ply with specifications for new acoustical units for new units required to match appearance of existing units.1.Total assembly, consisting of the ceiling suspension system, acoustical units, penetrations, structural components and floor or roof construction above, shall have a // 1 hour // 2 hour // 3 hour // fire rating based on tests conducted in conformance with ASTM E119.2.Provide concealed fire protection around penetrations in ceilings for electric and mechanical work, and other penetrations as required to maintain the integrity of the fire-rated assembly.3.Install fire rated ceiling systems to conform to tested assembly. //3.2 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM INSTALLATIONA.General:1.Install metal suspension system for acoustical tile and lay-in panels in accordance with ASTM C636, except as specified otherwise.2.Use direct or indirect hung suspension system or combination thereof as defined in ASTM C635.3.Support a maximum area of 1.48 m2 (16 sf) of ceiling per hanger.4.Prevent deflection in excess of 1/360 of span of cross runner and main runner.5.Provide extra hangers, minimum of one hanger at each corner of each item of mechanical, electrical and miscellaneous equipment supported by ceiling suspension system not having separate support or hangers.6.Provide not less than 100 mm (4 inch) clearance from the exposed face of the acoustical units to the underside of ducts, pipe, conduit, secondary suspension channels, concrete beams or joists; and steel beam or bar joist unless furred system is shown,7.Use main runners not less than 1200 mm (48 inches) in length.8.Install hanger wires vertically. Angled wires are not acceptable except for seismic restraint bracing wires.B.Anchorage to Structure:1.Concrete:a.Install hanger inserts and wire loops required for support of hanger and bracing wire in concrete forms before concrete is placed. Install hanger wires with looped ends through steel deck if steel deck does not have attachment device.b.Use eye pins or threaded studs with screw-on eyes in existing or already placed concrete structures to support hanger and bracing wire. Install in sides of concrete beams or joists at mid height.2.Steel:a.When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels for attachment of hanger wires.(1)Size and space carrying channels to insure that the maximum deflection specified will not be exceeded.(2)Attach hangers to steel carrying channels, spaced four feet on center, unless area supported or deflection exceeds the amount specified.b.Attach carrying channels to the bottom flange of steel beams spaced not 1200 mm (4 feet) on center before fire proofing is installed. Weld or use steel clips to attach to beam to develop full strength of carrying channel.c.Attach hangers to bottom chord of bar joists or to carrying channels installed between the bar joists when hanger spacing prevents anchorage to joist. Rest carrying channels on top of the bottom chord of the bar joists, and securely wire tie or clip to joist.B.Direct Hung Suspension System:1.As illustrated in ASTM C635.2.Support main runners by hanger wires attached directly to the structure overhead.3.Maximum spacing of hangers, 1200 mm (4 feet) on centers unless interference occurs by mechanical systems. Use indirect hung suspension system where not possible to maintain hanger spacing.C.Indirect Hung Suspension System:1.As illustrated in ASTM C635.2.Space carrying channels for indirect hung suspension system not more than 1200 mm (4 feet) on center. Space hangers for carrying channels not more than 2400 mm (8 feet) on center or for carrying channels less than 1200 mm (4 feet) or center so as to insure that specified requirements are not exceeded.3.Support main runners by specially designed clips attached to carrying channels.3.3 ACOUSTICAL UNIT INSTALLATIONA.Cut acoustic units for perimeter borders and penetrations to fit tight against penetration for joint not concealed by molding.B.Install lay-in acoustic panels in exposed grid with not less than 6?mm (1/4 inch) bearing at edges on supports.1.Install tile to lay level and in full contact with exposed grid.2.Replace cracked, broken, stained, dirty, or tile not cut for minimum bearing.C.Tile in concealed grid upward access suspension system:1.Install acoustical tile with joints close, straight and true to line, and with exposed surfaces level and flush at joints.2.Make corners and arises full, and without worn or broken places.3.Locate acoustical units providing access as specified under Article, ACCESS.D.Adhesive applied tile:1.Condition of surface shall be in accordance with ASTM D1779, Note 1, Cleanliness of Surface, and Note 4, Rigidity of Base Surface.2.Size or seal surface as recommended by manufacturer of adhesive and allow to dry before installing units.E.Markers:1.Install markers of color code specified to identify the various concealed piping, mechanical, and plumbing systems.2.Attach colored markers to exposed grid on opposite sides of the units providing access.3.Attach marker on exposed ceiling surface of upward access acoustical unit.3.5 CLEAN-UP AND COMPLETIONA.Replace damaged, discolored, dirty, cracked and broken acoustical units.B.Leave finished work free from defects.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 09 65 19RESILIENT TILE FLOORINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTION:A.This section specifies the installation of vinyl composition tile and accessories required for a complete installation.1.2 RELATED WORK:B.Resilient Base: Section?09?65?13, RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES.C. Subfloor Testing and Preparation: Section?09?05?16, SUBSURFACE PREPARATION FOR FLOOR FINISHES.D. Removal of Existing Construction Containing Asbestos: Section?02?82?13.19, ASBESTOS FLOOR TILE AND MASTIC ABATEMENT. E. Color, Pattern and Texture for Resilient Tile Flooring and Accessories: Section?09?06?00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.1.3 SUBMITTALS:A.Submit in accordance with Section?01?33?23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.C.Manufacturer's Literature and Data:1.Description of each product.2.Resilient material manufacturer’s recommendations for adhesives, underlayment, primers, and polish.3.Application, installation and maintenance instructions.D.Samples:1.Tile: Each type, color, thickness and finish.2.Edge Strips: Each type, color, thickness and finish.3.Feature Strips: Each type, color, thickness and finish.E.Shop Drawings:1.Layout of patterns as shown on the construction documents.2.Edge strip locations showing types and detail cross sections.F.Test Reports:1.Abrasion resistance: Depth of wear for each tile type and color and volume loss of tile, certified by independent laboratory. Tested per ASTM?F510/F510M.2. Moisture and pH test results as per Section 09 05 16, SUBSURFACE PREPARATION FOR FLOOR FINISHES.1.4 DELIVERY:A.Deliver materials to the site in original sealed packages or containers, clearly marked with the manufacturer's name or brand, type and color, production run number and date of manufacture.B.Materials from containers which have been distorted, damaged or opened prior to installation are not acceptable.1.5 STORAGE:A.Store materials in a clean, dry, enclosed space off the ground, protected from harmful weather conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Protect adhesives from freezing. Store flooring, adhesives, and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation.1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE:A. Installer Qualifications: A company specializing in installation with minimum three (3) years’ experience and employs experienced flooring installers who have retained, and currently hold, an INSTALL Certification, or a certification from a comparable certification program. 1. Installers to be certified by INSTALL or a comparable certification program with the following minimum criteria:a. US Department of Labor approved four (4) year apprenticeship program, 160 hours a year.b. Career long training.c. Manufacturer endorsed training.d. Fundamental journeyman skills certification.C. Furnish product type materials from the same production run.1.7 warranty:A. Construction Warranty: Comply with FAR clause 52.246-21, “Warranty of Construction”.1.8 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:A.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.B.ASTM International (ASTM):D2047-11Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Flooring Surfaces as Measured by the James MachineD2240-05(R2010)Test Method for Rubber Property—Durometer HardnessD4078-02(R2008)Water Emulsion Floor FinishE648-14cCritical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Energy SourceE662-14Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid MaterialsE1155/E1155M-14Determining Floor Flatness and Floor Levelness NumbersF510/F510M-14Resistance to Abrasion of Resilient Floor Coverings Using an Abrader with a Grit Feed MethodF710-11Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient FlooringF925-13Test Method for Resistance to Chemicals of Resilient FlooringF1066-04(R2014)Vinyl Composition Floor TileF1344-12(R2013)Rubber Floor TileF1700-13aSolid Vinyl Floor TileF1869-11Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium ChlorideF2170-11Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in Situ ProbesF2195-13Linoleum Floor TileC.Code of Federal Regulation (CFR):40 CFR 59Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content, Density Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface CoatingD. International Standards and Training Alliance (INSTALL):PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:A.Provide adhesives, underlayment, primers, and polish recommended by resilient floor material manufacturer.B.Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 watts per sq. cm or more, Class I, per ASTM?E648.C.Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E662.D. Slip Resistance – Not less than 0.5 when tested with ASTM?D2047.2.4 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE:A. Tile Standard: ASTM F1066, Class IIIB. Wearing Surface: Embossed C. Thickness: 3.2 mm (0.125 inch).D. Size: 305 x 305 mm (12 x 12 inches)2.7 ADHESIVES:A.Provide water resistant type adhesive for flooring, base and accessories as recommended by the manufacturer to suit substrate conditions. //?VOC content to be less than the 50 grams/L when calculated according to 40?CFR?59 (EPA Method?24).?// Submit manufacturer’s descriptive data, documentation stating physical characteristics, and mildew and germicidal characteristics.2.8 PRIMER FOR CONCRETE SUBFLOORS:A.Provide in accordance with Section?09?05?16, SUBSURFACE PREPARATION FOR FLOOR FINISHES.2.9 LEVELING COMPOUND For Concrete Floors:A.Provide cementitious products with latex or polyvinyl acetate resins in the mix in accordance with Section?09?05?16, SUBSURFACE PREPARATION FOR FLOOR FINISHES.2.10 POLISH AND CLEANERS:A.Cleaners: As recommended in writing by floor tile manufacturer.B.Polish: ASTM D4078.2.11 moulding:A. Provide tapered mouldings of vinyl rubber, clear anodized aluminum and types as indicated on the construction documents for both edges and transitions of flooring materials specified. Provide vertical lip on moulding of maximum 6 mm (1/4 inch). Provide bevel change in level between 6 and 13?mm (1/4 and 1/2 inch) with a slope no greater than 1:2.B. Fasteners for Aluminum Mouldings: Stainless steel of type required for substrate condition. PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 environmental requirements:A.Maintain flooring materials and areas to receive resilient flooring at a temperature above 20 degrees C (68 degrees F) for three (3) days before application, during application and two (2) days after application, unless otherwise directly by the flooring manufacturer for the flooring being installed. Maintain a minimum temperature of 13 degrees C (55 degrees F) thereafter. Provide adequate ventilation to remove moisture from area and to comply with regulations limiting concentrations of hazardous vapors.B.Do not install flooring until building is permanently enclosed and wet construction in or near areas to receive tile materials is complete, dry and cured.3.2 SUBFLOOR TESTING AND PREPARATION:A. Prepare and test surfaces to receive resilient tile and adhesive as per Section?09?05?16, SUBSURFACE PREPARATION FOR FLOOR FINISHES. 1.Remove existing resilient floor and existing adhesive. B. Prepare concrete substrates in accordance with ASTM F710.C. Perform work regarding removal of flooring and adhesive containing asbestos as specified in Section?02?82?13.19, ASBESTOS FLOOR TILE AND MASTIC ABATEMENT. 3.3 INSTALLATION:A.Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for application and installation unless specified otherwise.B.Mix tile from at least two containers. An apparent line either of shades or pattern variance is not acceptable.C.Tile Layout:1.If layout is not shown on construction documents, lay tile symmetrically about center of room or space with joints aligned.2.Vary edge width as necessary to maintain full size tiles in the field, no edge tile to be less than 1/2 the field tile size, except where irregular shaped rooms make it impossible.3.Place tile pattern in the same direction; do not alternate tiles unless specifically indicated in the construction documents to the contrary. D.Application:1.Adhere floor tile to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.2.Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. 3.Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings.4. Roll tile floor with a minimum 45 kg (100 pound) roller.E. Seal joints at pipes with sealants in accordance with Section?07?92?00, JOINT SEALANTS.F.Installation of Edge Strips:1.Locate edge strips under center line of doors unless otherwise shown on construction documents.2.Set resilient edge strips in adhesive. Anchor metal edge strips with anchors and screws.3.Where tile edge is exposed, butt edge strip to touch along tile edge.4.Where thin set ceramic tile abuts resilient tile, set edge strip against floor file and against the ceramic tile edge.3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION:A.Clean adhesive marks on exposed surfaces during the application of resilient materials before the adhesive sets. Exposed adhesive is not acceptable.B.Keep traffic off resilient material for a minimum 72 hours after installation.C.Clean flooring as recommended in accordance with manufacturer’s printed maintenance instructions and within the recommended time frame. As required by the manufacturer, apply the recommended number of coats and type of polish and/or finish in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.D.When construction traffic occurs over tile, cover resilient materials with reinforced kraft paper properly secured and maintained until removal is directed by COR. At entrances and where wheeled vehicles or carts are used, cover tile with plywood, hardboard, or particle board over paper, secured and maintained until removal is directed by COR.E.When protective materials are removed and immediately prior to acceptance, replace damaged tile and mouldings, re-clean resilient materials.3.5 LOCATION:A.Unless otherwise indicated in construction documents, install tile flooring, under areas where casework, laboratory and pharmacy furniture and other equipment occur.B.Extend tile flooring for room into adjacent closets and alcoves.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 09 91 00PAINTINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTION:A.Work of this Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the painting and finishing as shown on the construction documents and/or specified herein, including, but not limited to, the following:1.Prime coats which may be applied in shop under other sections.2. Prime painting unprimed surfaces to be painted under this Section.3. Painting items furnished with a prime coat of paint, including touching up of or repairing of abraded, damaged or rusted prime coats applied by others.4. Painting ferrous metal (except stainless steel) exposed to view.5. Painting galvanized ferrous metals exposed to view.6. Painting interior concrete block exposed to view.7. Painting gypsum drywall exposed to view.8. Painting of wood exposed to view, except items which are specified to be painted or finished under other Sections of these specifications. Back painting of all wood in contact with concrete, masonry or other moisture areas.9. Painting pipes, pipe coverings, conduit, ducts, insulation, hangers, supports and other mechanical and electrical items and equipment exposed to view. 10. Painting surfaces above, behind or below grilles, gratings, diffusers, louvers lighting fixtures, and the like, which are exposed to view through these items.11.Painting includes shellacs, stains, varnishes, coatings specified, and striping or markers and identity markings.12. Incidental painting and touching up as required to produce proper finish for painted surfaces, including touching up of factory finished items.13. Painting of any surface not specifically mentioned to be painted herein or on construction documents, but for which painting is obviously necessary to complete the job, or work which comes within the intent of these specifications, is to be included as though specified.1.2 RELATED WORK:A. Activity Hazard Analysis: Section 01 35 26, SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.C. Lead Paint Removal: Section 02 83 33.13, LEAD-BASED PAINT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL. E. Shop prime painting of steel and ferrous metals: Division 05 - METALS, Division 08 - OPENINGS; Division 10 - SPECIALTIES; Division?11??EQUIPMENT; Division 12 - FURNISHINGS; Division 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION; Division 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT; Division 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION; Division 22 - PLUMBING; Division 23 – HEATING; VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING; Division 26 - ELECTRICAL; Division 27 - COMMUNICATIONS; and Division 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY sections.F.Prefinished flush doors with transparent finishes: Section 08 14 00, WOOD DOORS.G.Type of Finish, Color, and Gloss Level of Finish Coat: Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.H.Glazed wall surfacing or tile like coatings: Section 09 96 59, HIGH-BUILD GLAZED COATINGS.I.Multi-color Textured Wall Finish: Section 09 94 19, MULTICOLOR INTERIOR FINISHING.J.Asphalt and concrete pavement marking: Section 32 17 23, PAVEMENT MARKINGS.1.3 SUBMITTALS:A.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.B. Sustainable Design Submittals as described below: 1. Volatile organic compounds per volume as specified in PART?2??PRODUCTS.C.Painter qualifications.D. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Before work is started, or sample panels are prepared, submit manufacturer's literature and technical data, the current Master Painters Institute (MPI) "Approved Product List" indicating brand label, product name and product code as of the date of contract award, will be used to determine compliance with the submittal requirements of this specification. The Contractor may choose to use subsequent MPI "Approved Product List", however, only one (1) list may be used for the entire contract and each coating system is to be from a single manufacturer. All coats on a particular substrate must be from a single manufacturer. No variation from the MPI "Approved Product List" where applicable is acceptable. E.Sample Panels:1.After painters' materials have been approved and before work is started submit sample panels showing each type of finish and color specified.2.Panels to Show Color: Composition board, 100 x 250 mm (4 x 10?inch).3.Panel to Show Transparent Finishes: Wood of same species and grain pattern as wood approved for use, 100 x 250 mm (4 x 10 inch face) minimum, and where both flat and edge grain will be exposed, 250?mm (10?inches) long by sufficient size, 50 x 50 mm (2 x 2 inch) minimum or actual wood member to show complete finish. 4.Attach labels to panel stating the following:a.Federal Specification Number or manufacturers name and product number of paints used.b.Specification code number specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.c.Product type and color.d.Name of project.5.Strips showing not less than 50 mm (2 inch) wide strips of undercoats and 100 mm (4 inch) wide strip of finish coat.F.Sample of identity markers if used.G.Manufacturers' Certificates indicating compliance with specified requirements:1.Manufacturer's paint substituted for Federal Specification paints meets or exceeds performance of paint specified.2.High temperature aluminum paint.3.Epoxy coating.4.Intumescent clear coating or fire retardant paint.5.Plastic floor coating.1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:A.Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's sealed container marked to show following:1.Name of manufacturer.2.Product type.3.Batch number.4.Instructions for use.5.Safety precautions.B.In addition to manufacturer's label, provide a label legibly printed as following:1.Federal Specification Number, where applicable, and name of material.2.Surface upon which material is to be applied.3.Specify Coat Types: Prime; body; finish; etc.C.Maintain space for storage, and handling of painting materials and equipment in a ventilated, neat and orderly condition to prevent spontaneous combustion from occurring or igniting adjacent items.D.Store materials at site at least 24 hours before using, at a temperature between 7 and 30 degrees C (45 and 85 degrees F).1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:A. Qualification of Painters: Use only qualified journeyman painters for the mixing and application of paint on exposed surfaces. Submit evidence that key personnel have successfully performed surface preparation and application of coating on a minimum of three (3) similar projects within the past three (3) years. B. Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with the prime paints used. Review other Sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of the total coatings system for the various substrates. Upon request from other subcontractors, furnish information on the characteristics of the finish materials proposed to be used, to ensure that compatible prime coats are used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re-prime as required. Notify the Contracting Officer Representative (COR) in writing of any anticipated problems using the coating systems as specified with substrates primed by others.1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:A. Paint materials are to conform to the restrictions of the local Environmental and Toxic Control jurisdiction.1.Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) Emissions Requirements: Fieldapplied paints and coatings that are inside the waterproofing system to not exceed limits of authorities having jurisdiction.2.Lead-Base Paint:ply with Section 410 of the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act, as amended, and with implementing regulations promulgated by Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.b.Regulations concerning prohibition against use of lead-based paint in federal and federally assisted construction, or rehabilitation of residential structures are set forth in Subpart F, Title 24, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Housing and Urban Development.c.Do not use coatings having a lead content over 0.06 percent by weight of non-volatile content.d. For lead-paint removal, see Section 02 83 33.13, LEAD-BASED PAINT REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL.3.Asbestos: Provide materials that do not contain asbestos.4.Chromate, Cadmium, Mercury, and Silica: Provide materials that do not contain zinc-chromate, strontium-chromate, Cadmium, mercury or mercury compounds or free crystalline silica.5.Human Carcinogens: Provide materials that do not contain any of the ACGIH-BKLT and ACGHI-DOC confirmed or suspected human carcinogens.6.Use high performance acrylic paints in place of alkyd paints.1.8 safety and healthA.Apply paint materials using safety methods and equipment in accordance with the following:ply with applicable Federal, State, and local laws and regulations, and with the ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN, including the Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) as specified in Section 01 35 26, SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. The AHA is to include analyses of the potential impact of painting operations on painting personnel and on others involved in and adjacent to the work zone.B. Safety Methods Used During Paint Application: Comply with the requirements of SSPC PA Guide 10.C. Toxic Materials: To protect personnel from overexposure to toxic materials, conform to the most stringent guidance of:1. The applicable manufacturer’s Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) or local regulation.2. 29 CFR 1910.1000.3. ACHIH-BKLT and ACGHI-DOC, threshold limit values.1.9 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:A.Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only.B.American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH):ACGIH TLV-BKLT-2012Threshold Limit Values (TLV) for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs)ACGIH TLV-DOC-2012Documentation of Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure Indices, (Seventh Edition)C.ASME International (ASME):A13.1-07(R2013)Scheme for the Identification of Piping SystemsD.Code of Federal Regulation (CFR):40 CFR 59Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content, Density Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface CoatingE. Commercial Item Description (CID):A-A-1272APlaster Gypsum (Spackling Compound)F.Federal Specifications (Fed Spec):TT-P-1411APaint, Copolymer-Resin, Cementitious (For Waterproofing Concrete and Masonry Walls) (CEP)G.Master Painters Institute (MPI):1Aluminum Paint 4Interior/ Exterior Latex Block Filler5Exterior Alkyd Wood Primer7Exterior Oil Wood Primer8Exterior Alkyd, Flat MPI Gloss Level 1 9Exterior Alkyd Enamel MPI Gloss Level 6 10Exterior Latex, Flat 11Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss 18Organic Zinc Rich Primer22Aluminum Paint, High Heat (up to 590% - 1100F)27Exterior / Interior Alkyd Floor Enamel, Gloss 31Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear Gloss 36Knot Sealer43Interior Satin Latex, MPI Gloss Level 444Interior Low Sheen Latex, MPI Gloss Level 245Interior Primer Sealer46Interior Enamel Undercoat47Interior Alkyd, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5 48Interior Alkyd, Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 6 50Interior Latex Primer Sealer51Interior Alkyd, Eggshell, MPI Gloss Level 352Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3 53Interior Latex, Flat, MPI Gloss Level 1 54Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5 59Interior/Exterior Alkyd Porch & Floor Enamel, Low Gloss 60Interior/Exterior Latex Porch & Floor Paint, Low Gloss66Interior Alkyd Fire Retardant, Clear Top-Coat (ULC Approved) 67Interior Latex Fire Retardant, Top-Coat (ULC Approved) 68Interior/ Exterior Latex Porch & Floor Paint, Gloss71Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear, Flat 77Epoxy Cold Cured, Gloss 79Marine Alkyd Metal Primer90Interior Wood Stain, Semi-Transparent 91Wood Filler Paste94Exterior Alkyd, Semi-Gloss 95Fast Drying Metal Primer98High Build Epoxy Coating101Epoxy Anti-Corrosive Metal Primer108High Build Epoxy Coating, Low Gloss 114Interior Latex, Gloss119Exterior Latex, High Gloss (acrylic) 134Galvanized Water Based Primer135Non-Cementitious Galvanized Primer138Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 2 139Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3140Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 4141Interior High Performance Latex (SG) MPI Gloss Level 5163Exterior Water Based Semi-Gloss Light Industrial Coating, MPI Gloss Level 5G.Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):SSPC SP 1-82(R2004)Solvent CleaningSSPC SP 2-82(R2004)Hand Tool CleaningSSPC SP 3-28(R2004)Power Tool CleaningSSPC SP 10/NACE No.2Near-White Blast CleaningSSPC PA Guide 10Guide to Safety and Health Requirements H. Maple Flooring Manufacturer’s Association (MFMA):I. U.S. National Archives and Records Administration (NARA):29 CFR 1910.1000Air ContaminantsJ. Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL)PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALS:A.Conform to the coating specifications and standards referenced in PART 3. Submit manufacturer’s technical data sheets for specified coatings and solvents.2.2 PAINT PROPERTIES:A.Use ready-mixed (including colors), except two component epoxies, polyurethanes, polyesters, paints having metallic powders packaged separately and paints requiring specified additives.B.Where no requirements are given in the referenced specifications for primers, use primers with pigment and vehicle, compatible with substrate and finish coats specified.C. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only to recommended limits.D. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints and coating to comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction and the following VOC content limits:1.Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.2.Non-flat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L.3.Dry-Fog Coatings: 400 g/L.4.Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L.5.Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L.6.Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L.7.Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.8.Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L.9.Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.E. VOC test method for paints and coatings is to be in accordance with 40?CFR?59 (EPA Method 24). Part 60, Appendix A with the exempt compounds’ content determined by Method 303 (Determination of Exempt Compounds) in the South Coast Air Quality Management District’s (SCAQMD) “Laboratory Methods of Analysis for Enforcement Samples” manual.2.3 Plastic Tape:A.Pigmented vinyl plastic film in colors as specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES or specified.B.Pressure sensitive adhesive back.D. Widths as shown on construction documents.Biobased ContentA. Paint products shall comply with following bio-based standards for biobased materials:Material Type Percent by WeightInterior Paint20 percent biobased materialInterior Paint- Oil Based and Solvent Alkyd67 percent biobased materialExterior Paint20 percent biobased materialWood & Concrete Stain39 percent biobased contentPolyurethane Coatings25 percent biobased contentWater Tank Coatings59 percent biobased contentWood & Concrete Sealer- Membrane Concrete Sealers11 percent biobased contentWood & Concrete Sealer- Penetrating Liquidpercent biobased contentB. The minimum-content standards are based on the weight (not the volume) of the material.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 JOB CONDITIONS:A.Safety: Observe required safety regulations and manufacturer's warning and instructions for storage, handling and application of painting materials.1.Take necessary precautions to protect personnel and property from hazards due to falls, injuries, toxic fumes, fire, explosion, or other harm.2.Deposit soiled cleaning rags and waste materials in metal containers approved for that purpose. Dispose of such items off the site at end of each day’s work.B.Atmospheric and Surface Conditions:1.Do not apply coating when air or substrate conditions are:a.Less than 3 degrees C (5 degrees F) above dew point.b.Below 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) or over 35 degrees C (95?degrees?F), unless specifically pre-approved by the COR and the product manufacturer. Under no circumstances are application conditions to exceed manufacturer recommendations.c. When the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer’s printed instructions.2.Maintain interior temperatures until paint dries hard.3.Do no exterior painting when it is windy and dusty.4.Do not paint in direct sunlight or on surfaces that the sun will warm.5.Apply only on clean, dry and frost free surfaces except as follows:a.Apply water thinned acrylic and cementitious paints to damp (not wet) surfaces only when allowed by manufacturer's printed instructions.b.Concrete and masonry when permitted by manufacturer’s recommendations, dampen surfaces to which water thinned acrylic and cementitious paints are applied with a fine mist of water on hot dry days to prevent excessive suction and to cool surface.6.Varnishing:a.Apply in clean areas and in still air.b.Before varnishing vacuum and dust area.c.Immediately before varnishing wipe down surfaces with a tack rag.3.2 inspection: A. Examine the areas and conditions where painting and finishing are to be applied and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work.3.3 general workmanship requirements:A. Application may be by brush or roller. Spray application only upon acceptance from the COR in writing.B. Furnish to the COR a painting schedule indicating when the respective coats of paint for the various areas and surfaces will be completed. This schedule is to be kept current as the job progresses.C. Protect work at all times. Protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable covering or other method during progress of work. Upon completion of the work, remove all paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. Remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated materials of whatever nature not caused by others and leave work in a clean condition.D. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures, and factory finished work, and similar items, or provide in place protection. Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved.E. When indicated to be painted, remove electrical panel box covers and doors before painting walls. Paint separately and re-install after all paint is dry.F. Materials are to be applied under adequate illumination, evenly spread and flowed on smoothly to avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles and excessive roller stipple.G. Apply materials with a coverage to hide substrate completely. When color, stain, dirt or undercoats show through final coat of paint, the surface is to be covered by additional coats until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage, at no additional cost to the Government.H. All coats are to be dry to manufacturer’s recommendations before applying succeeding coats.I. All suction spots or “hot spots” in plaster after the application of the first coat are to be touched up before applying the second coat.J. Do not apply paint behind frameless mirrors that use mastic for adhering to wall surface.3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION:A.General:1.The Contractor shall be held wholly responsible for the finished appearance and satisfactory completion of painting work. Properly prepare all surfaces to receive paint, which includes cleaning, sanding, and touching-up of all prime coats applied under other Sections of the work. Broom clean all spaces before painting is started. All surfaces to be painted or finished are to be completely dry, clean and smooth. 2.See other sections of specifications for specified surface conditions and prime coat.3. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer’s instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition.4.Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments with materials and methods compatible with substrate and specified finish. Remove any residue remaining from cleaning agents used. Do not use solvents, acid, or steam on concrete and masonry. Schedule the cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall in wet, newly painted surfaces.5. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:a. Concrete: 12 percent.b. Fiber-Cement Board: 12 percent.c. Masonry (Clay and CMU’s): 12 percent.d. Wood: 15 percent.e. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.f. Plaster: 12 percent.B.Wood:1.Sand to a smooth even surface and then dust off.2.Sand surfaces showing raised grain smooth between each coat.3.Wipe surface with a tack rag prior to applying finish.4.Surface painted with an opaque finish:a.Coat knots, sap and pitch streaks with MPI 36 (Knot Sealer) before applying paint.b.Apply two coats of MPI 36 (Knot Sealer) over large knots.5.After application of prime or first coat of stain, fill cracks, nail and screw holes, depressions and similar defects with wood filler paste. Sand the surface to make smooth and finish flush with adjacent surface. 6.Before applying finish coat, reapply wood filler paste if required, and sand surface to remove surface blemishes. Finish flush with adjacent surfaces.7.Fill open grained wood such as oak, walnut, ash and mahogany with MPI?91 (Wood Filler Paste), colored to match wood color.a.Thin filler in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for application.b.Remove excess filler, wipe as clean as possible, dry, and sand as specified. C.Ferrous Metals:1.Remove oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, flux and other detrimental foreign matter in accordance with SSPC-SP 1 (Solvent Cleaning).2.Remove loose mill scale, rust, and paint, by hand or power tool cleaning, as defined in SSPC-SP 2 (Hand Tool Cleaning) and SSPC-SP 3 (Power Tool Cleaning). 3.Fill dents, holes and similar voids and depressions in flat exposed surfaces of hollow steel doors and frames, access panels, roll-up steel doors and similar items specified to have semi-gloss or gloss finish with TT-F-322D (Filler, Two-Component Type, For Dents, Small Holes and Blow-Holes). Finish flush with adjacent surfaces.a.Fill flat head countersunk screws used for permanent anchors.b.Do not fill screws of item intended for removal such as glazing beads.4.Spot prime abraded and damaged areas in shop prime coat which expose bare metal with same type of paint used for prime coat. Feather edge of spot prime to produce smooth finish coat. 5.Spot prime abraded and damaged areas which expose bare metal of factory finished items with paint as recommended by manufacturer of item.E.Masonry, Concrete, Cement Board, Cement Plaster and Stucco:1.Clean and remove dust, dirt, oil, grease efflorescence, form release agents, laitance, and other deterrents to paint adhesion.2.Use emulsion type cleaning agents to remove oil, grease, paint and similar products. Use of solvents, acid, or steam is not permitted.3.Remove loose mortar in masonry work.4.Replace mortar and fill open joints, holes, cracks and depressions with new mortar specified in Section 04 05 13, MASONRY MORTARING // Section?04 05 16, MASONRY GROUTING //. Do not fill weep holes. Finish to match adjacent surfaces.5.Neutralize Concrete floors to be painted by washing with a solution of 1.4 Kg (3 pounds) of zinc sulfate crystals to 3.8 L (1 gallon) of water, allow to dry three (3) days and brush thoroughly free of crystals.6.Repair broken and spalled concrete edges with concrete patching compound to match adjacent surfaces as specified in Division?03,?CONCRETE Sections. Remove projections to level of adjacent surface by grinding or similar methods.F.Gypsum Plaster and Gypsum Board:1.Remove efflorescence, loose and chalking plaster or finishing materials.2.Remove dust, dirt, and other deterrents to paint adhesion.3.Fill holes, cracks, and other depressions with CID-A-A-1272A finished flush with adjacent surface, with texture to match texture of adjacent surface. Patch holes over 25 mm (1-inch) in diameter as specified in Section for plaster or gypsum board.3.5 PAINT PREPARATION:A.Thoroughly mix painting materials to ensure uniformity of color, complete dispersion of pigment and uniform composition.B.Do not thin unless necessary for application and when finish paint is used for body and prime coats. Use materials and quantities for thinning as specified in manufacturer's printed instructions.C.Remove paint skins, then strain paint through commercial paint strainer to remove lumps and other particles.D.Mix two (2) component and two (2) part paint and those requiring additives in such a manner as to uniformly blend as specified in manufacturer's printed instructions unless specified otherwise.E.For tinting required to produce exact shades specified, use color pigment recommended by the paint manufacturer.3.6 APPLICATION:A.Start of surface preparation or painting will be construed as acceptance of the surface as satisfactory for the application of materials.B.Unless otherwise specified, apply paint in three (3) coats; prime, body, and finish. When two (2) coats applied to prime coat are the same, first coat applied over primer is body coat and second coat is finish coat.C.Apply each coat evenly and cover substrate completely.D.Allow not less than 48 hours between application of succeeding coats, except as allowed by manufacturer's printed instructions, and approved by COR.E.Apply by brush or roller. Spray application for new or existing occupied spaces only upon approval by acceptance from COR in writing.1.Apply painting materials specifically required by manufacturer to be applied by spraying.2.In new construction and in existing occupied spaces, where paint is applied by spray, mask or enclose with polyethylene, or similar air tight material with edges and seams continuously sealed including items specified in “Building and Structural Work Field Painting”; “Work not Painted”; motors, controls, telephone, and electrical equipment, fronts of sterilizes and other recessed equipment and similar prefinished items.F. Do not paint in closed position operable items such as access doors and panels, window sashes, overhead doors, and similar items except overhead roll-up doors and shutters.3.7 PRIME PAINTING:A.After surface preparation, prime surfaces before application of body and finish coats, except as otherwise specified.B.Spot prime and apply body coat to damaged and abraded painted surfaces before applying succeeding coats.C.Additional field applied prime coats over shop or factory applied prime coats are not required except for exterior exposed steel apply an additional prime coat.D.Prime rabbets for stop and face glazing of wood, and for face glazing of steel.E.Wood and Wood Particleboard:1.Use same kind of primer specified for exposed face surface.a.Exterior wood: MPI 7 (Exterior Oil Wood Primer) for new construction and MPI 5(Exterior Alkyd Wood Primer) for repainting bare wood primer except where MPI 90 (Interior Wood Stain, Semi-Transparent) is scheduled.b.Interior wood except for transparent finish: MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) or MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat), thinned if recommended by manufacturer.c.Transparent finishes as specified under “Transparent Finishes on Wood Except Floors Article”.2.Apply two (2) coats of primer MPI 7 (Exterior Oil Wood Primer) or MPI 5 (Exterior Alkyd Wood Primer) or sealer MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) or MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) to surfaces of wood doors, including top and bottom edges, which are cut for fitting or for other reason.3.Apply one (1) coat of primer MPI 7 (Exterior Oil Wood Primer) or MPI 5 (Exterior Alkyd Wood Primer) or sealer MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) or MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) as soon as delivered to site to surfaces of unfinished woodwork, except concealed surfaces of shop fabricated or assembled millwork and surfaces specified to have varnish, stain or natural finish.4.Back prime and seal ends of exterior woodwork, and edges of exterior plywood specified to be finished.5.Apply MPI 67 (Interior Latex Fire Retardant, Top-Coat (UL Approved) to wood for fire retardant finish.G.Gypsum Board and Hardboard:1.Surfaces scheduled to have // MPI 10 (Exterior Latex, Flat) // //?MPI?11 (Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss) // // MPI 119 (Exterior Latex, High Gloss (acrylic)) // // MPI 53 (Interior Latex, Flat) //, MPI?Gloss Level 1 // MPI 52 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // //?MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) finish: Use // MPI 10 (Exterior Latex, Flat) // //?MPI 11 (Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss) // // MPI 119 (Exterior Latex, High Gloss (acrylic)) // // MPI 53 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // // MPI 52 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // // MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI?Gloss Level 5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) respectively //.2.Primer: // MPI 50 (Interior Latex Primer Sealer) except use MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // in shower and bathrooms.3.Surfaces scheduled to receive vinyl coated fabric wall covering: // Use MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) //.4.Use // MPI 101 (Cold Curing Epoxy Primer) for surfaces scheduled to receive MPI 77 (Epoxy Cold Cured, Gloss) // // MPI 98 (High Build Epoxy Coating) // // MPI 108 (High Build Epoxy Marine Coating) finish //.H.Gypsum Plaster and Veneer Plaster:1.Surfaces scheduled to receive vinyl coated fabric wall covering: Use MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer).2.MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer), except use MPI 50 (Interior Latex Primer Sealer) when an alkyd flat finish is specified.3.Surfaces scheduled to have // MPI 10 (Exterior Latex, Flat) // //?MPI?11 (Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss) // // MPI 119 (Exterior Latex, High Gloss (acrylic)) // // MPI 53 (Interior Latex, Flat, MPI Gloss Level 1) // // MPI 52 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // // MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) // finish: Use MPI 10 (Exterior Latex, Flat) // MPI 11 (Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss) // // MPI 119 (Exterior Latex, High Gloss (acrylic)) // // MPI?53 (Interior Latex, Flat, MPI Gloss Level 1) // // MPI 52 Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // // MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) // respectively.4.Use // MPI 101 (Cold Curing Epoxy Primer) for surfaces scheduled to receive // // MPI 77 (Epoxy Cold Cured, Gloss) // // MPI 108 (High Build Epoxy Marine Coating) // finish.I.Concrete Masonry Units except glazed or integrally colored and decorative units: 1.MPI 4 (Block Filler) on interior surfaces.2.Prime exterior surface as specified for exterior finishes.J.Cement Plaster or stucco // Concrete Masonry, Brick Masonry // and //?Cement board // Interior Surfaces of Ceilings and Walls:1.// MPI 53 (Interior Latex, Flat, MPI Gloss Level 1) // // MPI 52 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // // MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI?Gloss Level 5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) // except use two (2) coats where substrate has aged less than six (6) months.2.Use // MPI 138 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 2) // //?MPI 139 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss level 3) // //?MPI 140 (Interior High Performance latex, MPI Gloss Level 4) // //?MPI 141 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 5) // //?MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) // // TT-P-1411A (Paint, Copolymer Resin, Cementitious) Type II // // MPI 77 (Epoxy Cold Cured, Gloss // //?MPI 98 (High Build Epoxy Coating) // MPI 108 (High Build Epoxy Marine Coating) as scheduled.K.Concrete Floors: // MPI 68 (Interior/ Exterior Latex Porch & Floor Paint, Gloss) // // MPI 60 (Interior/ Exterior Latex Porch & Floor Paint, Low Gloss) //. // MPI 99 (Water-based Acrylic Curing and Sealing Compound).//E.Concrete Masonry Units // Brick // // Cement Plaster // // Concrete //:1.General:a.Where specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES or shown.b.Mix as specified in manufacturer's printed directions.c.Do not mix more paint than can be used within four (4) hours after mixing. Discard paint that has started to set.d.Dampen warm surfaces above 24 degrees C (75 degrees F) with fine mist of water before application of paint. Do not leave free water on surface.e.Cure paint with a fine mist of water as specified in manufacturer's printed instructions.2.Use two (2) coats of TT-P-1411 (Paint, Co-polymer-Resin, Cementitious), unless specified otherwise.3.9 INTERIOR FINISHES:A.Apply following finish coats over prime coats in spaces or on surfaces specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.B.Metal Work:1.Apply to exposed surfaces.2.Omit body and finish coats on surfaces concealed after installation except electrical conduit containing conductors over 600 volts.3.Ferrous Metal, Galvanized Metal, and Other Metals Scheduled: a.Apply two (2) coats of MPI 47 (Interior Alkyd, Semi-Gloss) unless specified otherwise.b.Two (2) coats of // MPI 48 (Interior Alkyd Gloss) // // MPI 51 (Interior Alkyd, Eggshell) //. c.One (1) coat of MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) plus one coat of MPI?47 (Interior Alkyd, Semi-Gloss) on exposed interior surfaces of alkyd-amine enamel prime finished windows.C.Gypsum Board:1.One (1) coat of // MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // plus one (1) coat of MPI 139 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss level 3).2.Two (2) coats of MPI 138 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level?2).3.One (1) coat of // MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // plus one (1) coat of MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5) or MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss).4.One (1) coat of // MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // plus one (1) coat of MPI 48 (Interior Alkyd Gloss).D.Plaster:1.One (1) coat of // MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // MPI 50 (Interior Latex Primer Sealer) // plus one (1) coat of MPI 139 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss level 3).2.Two (2) coats of MPI 51 (Interior Alkyd, Eggshell).3.One (1) coat of // MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // or MPI 50 (Interior Latex Primer Sealer) plus one (1) coat of 139 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss level 3).4.One (1) coat MPI 101 (Cold Curing Epoxy Prime).E.Masonry and Concrete Walls:1.Over MPI 4 (Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler) on CMU surfaces.2.Two (2) coats of // MPI 53 (Interior Latex, Flat, MPI Gloss Level 1) // //?MPI?52 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // // MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) //.3.Two (2) coats of // MPI 138 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 2) // // MPI 139 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level?3) // // MPI 140 (Interior High Performance Latex MPI Gloss Level?4) // // MPI 141 (Interior High Performance Latex MPI Gloss Level?5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) //.F.Wood:1.Sanding:a.Use 220-grit sandpaper.b.Sand sealers and varnish between coats.c.Sand enough to scarify surface to assure good adhesion of subsequent coats, to level roughly applied sealer and varnish, and to knock off "whiskers" of any raised grain as well as dust particles.2.Sealers:a. MPI 31 (gloss) or MPI 71 (flat) thinned as recommended by manufacturer at rate of one (1) part of thinner to four (4) parts of varnish.b.Apply sealers specified except sealer may be omitted where pigmented, penetrating, or wiping stains containing resins are used.c.Allow manufacturer's recommended drying time before sanding, but not less than 24 hours or 36 hours in damp or muggy weather.d.Sand as specified.3.Paint Finish:a.One (1) coat of // MPI 45 (Interior Primer Sealer) // // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // plus one (1) coat of MPI 47 (Interior Alkyd, Semi-Gloss.b.One (1) coat // MPI 66 (Interior Alkyd Fire retardant, Clear TopCoat (UL Approved) // // MPI 67 (Interior Latex Fire Retardant, TopCoat (UL Approved), intumescent type, on exposed wood // in attics with floors used for mechanical equipment // // and above ceilings where shown //.c.One (1) coat of // MPI 45 Interior Primer Sealer) // // MPI 46 (Interior Enamel Undercoat) // plus one (1) coat of MPI 48 (Interior Alkyd Gloss).d.Two (2) coats of MPI 51 (Interior Alkyd, Eggshell).4.Transparent Finishes on Wood Except Floors.a.Natural Finish:1)One (1) coat of sealer // MPI 31 (gloss) // // MPI?71 (flat) // thinned with thinner recommended by manufacturer at rate of one?(1) part of thinner to four (4) parts of varnish.2)Two (2) coats of MPI 71 (Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear Flat // MPI 31 (Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear Gloss.b.Stain Finish:1)One (1) coat of MPI 90 (Interior Wood Stain, Semi-Transparent).2)Use wood stain of type and color required to achieve finish specified. Do not use varnish type stains.3)One (1) coat of sealer // MPI 31 (gloss) // // MPI?71 (flat) // thinned as recommended by manufacturer at rate of one (1) part of thinner to four (4) parts of varnish.4)Two (2) coats of // MPI 71 (Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear Flat)?// // MPI 31 (Polyurethane Moisture Cured, Clear Gloss) //.c.Varnish Finish:1)One (1) coat of sealer // MPI 31 (gloss) // // MPI?71 (flat) // thinned as recommended by manufacturer at rate of one (1) part of thinner to four (4) parts of varnish.2)Two (2) coats of // MPI 71 (Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear Flat)?// // MPI 31 (Polyurethane Moisture Cured, Clear Gloss) //.d. Fire Retardant Intumescent Varnish:1)MPI 66 (Interior Alkyd Fire Retardant, Clear Top-Coat (UL Approved)) Intumescent Type, Fire Retardant Coating where scheduled: Two (2) coats.5.Finish for Wood Floors:a.Hardwood Flooring:1)Apply MPI 91 (Wood Filler Paste) to open grained wood. Remove surplus filler and wipe clean.2)Sand lightly when dry. Remove dust.3)Apply two (2) coats of CID-A-A-2335 (Sealer, Surface).4)Apply two (2) thin coats of P-W-155 (Wax Floor, Water Emulsion) and machine buff to uniform luster.b.Stage Floor: Sand only. No filling, sealing, or waxing is required.c.// Exercise Area // // Recreation Hall //, // Gymnasium //, //?Handball Boards in Exercise Area // Floor Finish:1)Floor-Sealer Formulation: Pliable, penetrating type, MFMA Group I, Sealers.2)Finish-Coat Formulation: Formulated for gloss finish and multicoat application.a) Type: MFMA Group 5, Water-Based Finishes.3)Allow 48 hours between coats.4)Apply in one (1) continuous operation with squeegee or lamb’s wool applicator with application free from streaks in accordance with plastic coating manufacturer's directions.d.Striping:1)Where striping is shown on construction documents for wood floors, apply pressure sensitive adhesive back vinyl plastic tape stripes in widths shown in construction documents.2)Do striping when floor coating is dry.3)Install stripes to straight lines and true curves.4) Provide colors as specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES or indicated in construction documents.G.Cement Board: One (1) coat of // MPI 138 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 2) // // MPI 139 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // // MPI 140 (Interior High Performance Latex MPI Gloss Level?4)?// // MPI 141 (Interior High Performance Latex, MPI Gloss?Level?5?// // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) //.H.Concrete Floors: One (1) coat of MPI 68 (Interior/ Exterior Latex Porch & Floor Paint, Gloss).I.Miscellaneous:1.Apply where specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.2.MPI 1 (Aluminum Paint): Two (2) coats of aluminum paint.3.Existing acoustical units scheduled to be repainted except acoustical units with a vinyl finish:a.Clean units free of dust, dirt, grease, and other deterrents to paint adhesion.b.Mineral fiber units: One (1) coat of // MPI 53 (Interior Latex, Flat, MPI Gloss Level 1) // // MPI 52 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level?3)?// // MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level?5) // // MPI?114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) //.c.Units of organic fiber or other material not having a class A rating: One (1) coat of // MPI 66 (Interior Alkyd Fire Retardant, Clear Top-Coat (UL Approved)) // // MPI 67 (Interior Latex Fire Retardant, Top-Coat (UL Approved)) // fire retardant paint.4.Interstitial floor markings: One (1) coat // MPI 27 (Exterior/ Interior Alkyd Floor Enamel, Gloss) // // MPI 59 ((Interior/ Exterior Alkyd Porch & Floor Enamel, Low Gloss) // // MPI 68 (Interior/ Exterior Latex Porch & Floor Paint, Gloss) // // MPI 60 (interior/ Exterior Latex Porch & Floor Paint, Low Gloss) //.3.10 REFINISHING EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES:A.Clean, patch and repair existing surfaces as specified under “Surface Preparation”. No “telegraphing” of lines, ridges, flakes, etc., through new surfacing is permitted. Where this occurs, sand smooth and re-finish until surface meets with COR’s approval.B.Remove and reinstall items as specified under “General Workmanship Requirements”.C.Remove existing finishes or apply separation coats to prevent non compatible coatings from having contact.D.Patched or Replaced Areas in Surfaces and Components: Apply spot prime and body coats as specified for new work to repaired areas or replaced components.E.Except where scheduled for complete painting apply finish coat over plane surface to nearest break in plane, such as corner, reveal, or frame.F.In existing rooms and areas where alterations occur, clean existing stained and natural finished wood retouch abraded surfaces and then give entire surface one (1) coat of // MPI 31 (Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear Gloss) // // MPI 71 (Polyurethane, Moisture Cured, Clear Flat) //.G.Refinish areas as specified for new work to match adjoining work unless specified or scheduled otherwise.H.Coat knots and pitch streaks showing through old finish with MPI 36 (Knot Sealer) before refinishing.I.Sand or dull glossy surfaces prior to painting.J.Sand existing coatings to a feather edge so that transition between new and existing finish will not show in finished work.3.11 PAINT COLOR:A.Color and gloss of finish coats is specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES. B.For additional requirements regarding color see Articles, “REFINISHING EXISTING PAINTED SURFACE” and “MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIELD PAINTING SCHEDULE”.C.Coat Colors:1.Color of priming coat: Lighter than body coat.2.Color of body coat: Lighter than finish coat.3.Color prime and body coats to not show through the finish coat and to mask surface imperfections or contrasts.D.Painting, Caulking, Closures, and Fillers Adjacent to Casework:1.Paint to match color of casework where casework has a paint finish.2.Paint to match color of wall where casework is stainless steel, plastic laminate, or varnished wood.3.12 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK FIELD PAINTING SCHEDULE:A.Field painting of mechanical and electrical consists of cleaning, touching-up abraded shop prime coats, and applying prime, body and finish coats to materials and equipment if not factory finished in space scheduled to be finished.B.In spaces not scheduled to be finish painted in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES paint as specified below.C.Paint various systems specified in Division 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS, Division 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION, Division 22 - PLUMBING, Division 23 – HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING, Division 26 - ELECTRICAL, Division 27 - COMMUNICATIONS, and Division 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY.D.Paint after tests have been completed.E.Omit prime coat from factory prime-coated items. F.Finish painting of mechanical and electrical equipment is not required when located in interstitial spaces, above suspended ceilings, in concealed areas such as pipe and electric closets, pipe basements, pipe tunnels, trenches, attics, roof spaces, shafts and furred spaces except on electrical conduit containing feeders 600 volts or more.G.Omit field painting of items specified in “BUILDING AND STRUCTURAL WORK FIELD PAINTING”; “Building and Structural Work not Painted”.H.Color:1.Paint items having no color specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES to match surrounding surfaces. 2.Paint colors as specified in Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES except for following:a.White: Exterior unfinished surfaces of enameled plumbing fixtures. Insulation coverings on breeching and uptake inside boiler house, drums and drum-heads, oil heaters, condensate tanks and condensate piping. b.Gray: Heating, ventilating, air conditioning and refrigeration equipment (except as required to match surrounding surfaces), and water and sewage treatment equipment and sewage ejection equipment.c.Aluminum Color: Ferrous metal on outside of boilers and in connection with boiler settings including supporting doors and door frames and fuel oil burning equipment, and steam generation system (bare piping, fittings, hangers, supports, valves, traps and miscellaneous iron work in contact with pipe).d.Federal Safety Red: Exposed fire protection piping hydrants, post indicators, electrical conducts containing fire alarm control wiring, and fire alarm equipment.e.Federal Safety Orange: Entire lengths of electrical conduits containing feeders 600 volts or more.f.Color to match brickwork sheet metal covering on breeching outside of exterior wall of boiler house.I.Apply paint systems on properly prepared and primed surface as follows:1.Exterior Locations:a.Apply two (2) coats of // MPI 8 (Exterior Alkyd, Flat) // // MPI 94 (Exterior Alkyd, Semi-gloss) // // MPI 9 (Exterior Alkyd Enamel) // to the following ferrous metal items:Vent and exhaust pipes with temperatures under 94 degrees C(201 degrees F), roof drains, fire hydrants, post indicators, yard hydrants, exposed piping and similar items.b.Apply two (2) coats of // MPI 10 (Exterior Latex, Flat) // // MPI 11 (Exterior Latex, Semi-Gloss) // // MPI 119 (Exterior Latex, High Gloss (acrylic)) // to galvanized and zinc-copper alloy metal.c.Apply one (1) coat of MPI 22 (High Heat Resistant Coating), 650?degrees?C (1200 degrees F) to incinerator stacks, boiler stacks, and engine generator exhaust.2.Interior Locations:a.Apply two (2) coats of MPI 47 (Interior Alkyd, Semi-Gloss) to following items:1)Metal under 94 degrees C (201 degrees F) of items such as bare piping, fittings, hangers and supports.2)Equipment and systems such as hinged covers and frames for control cabinets and boxes, cast-iron radiators, electric conduits and panel boards.3)Heating, ventilating, air conditioning, plumbing equipment, and machinery having shop prime coat and not factory finished.b.Ferrous metal exposed in hydrotherapy equipment room and chlorinator room of water and sewerage treatment plants: One (1) coat of MPI 101 (Cold Curing Epoxy Primer) and one (1) coat of // MPI 77 (Epoxy Cold Cured, Gloss // // MPI 98 (High Build Epoxy Coating)) // // MPI 108 (High Build Epoxy Marine coating) //.c.Apply one (1) coat of MPI 50 (Interior Latex Primer Sealer) and one?(1) coat of // MPI 53 (Interior Latex, Flat, MPI Gloss Level 1) // // MPI 44 (Interior Low Sheen Latex) // // MPI 52 (Interior Latex, MPI Gloss Level 3) // //MPI 43 (Interior Satin Latex) // // MPI 54 (Interior Latex, Semi-Gloss, MPI Gloss Level 5) // // MPI 114 (Interior Latex, Gloss) // on finish of insulation on boiler breeching and uptakes inside boiler house, drums, drumheads, oil heaters, feed water heaters, tanks and piping.d.Apply two (2) coats of MPI 22 (High Heat Resistant Coating) to ferrous metal surface over 94 degrees K (290 degrees F) of following items:1)Garbage and trash incinerator.2)Medical waste incinerator.3)Exterior of boilers and ferrous metal in connection with boiler settings including supporting members, doors and door frames and fuel oil burning equipment.4)Steam line flanges, bare pipe, fittings, valves, hangers and supports over 94 degrees K (290 degrees F).5)Engine generator exhaust piping and muffler.e.Paint electrical conduits containing cables rated 600 volts or more using two (2) coats of // MPI 9 (Exterior Alkyd Enamel) // // MPI 8 (Exterior Alkyd, Flat) // // MPI 94 (Exterior Alkyd, Semi-gloss) // in the Federal Safety Orange color in exposed and concealed spaces full length of conduit.3.Other exposed locations:a.Metal surfaces, except aluminum, of cooling towers exposed to view, including connected pipes, rails, and ladders: Two (2) coats of MPI?1 (Aluminum Paint).b.Cloth jackets of insulation of ducts and pipes in connection with plumbing, air conditioning, ventilating refrigeration and heating systems: One (1) coat of MPI 50 (Interior Latex Primer Sealer) and one?(1) coat of // MPI 10 (Exterior Latex, Flat) // // MPI 11 (Exterior Latex Semi-Gloss // // MPI 119 (Exterior Latex, High Gloss (acrylic)) //.3.13 BUILDING AND STRUCTURAL WORK FIELD PAINTING:A.Painting and finishing of interior and exterior work except as specified here-in-after.1.Painting and finishing of new // and existing // work including colors and gloss of finish selected is specified in Finish Schedule, Section?09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.2.Painting of disturbed, damaged and repaired or patched surfaces when entire space is not scheduled for complete repainting or refinishing.3.Painting of ferrous metal and galvanized metal.4.Painting of wood with fire retardant paint exposed in attics, when used as mechanical equipment space (except shingles).5.Identity painting and safety painting.B.Building and Structural Work not Painted:1.Prefinished items:a.Casework, doors, elevator entrances and cabs, metal panels, wall covering, and similar items specified factory finished under other sections.b.Factory finished equipment and pre-engineered metal building components such as metal roof and wall panels.2.Finished surfaces:a.Hardware except ferrous metal.b.Anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plating, copper, and brass, except as otherwise specified.c.Signs, fixtures, and other similar items integrally finished.3.Concealed surfaces:a.Inside dumbwaiter, elevator and duct shafts, interstitial spaces, pipe basements, crawl spaces, pipe tunnels, above ceilings, attics, except as otherwise specified.b.Inside walls or other spaces behind access doors or panels.c.Surfaces concealed behind permanently installed casework and equipment.4.Moving and operating parts:a.Shafts, chains, gears, mechanical and electrical operators, linkages, and sprinkler heads, and sensing devices.b.Tracks for overhead or coiling doors, shutters, and grilles.5.Labels:a.Code required label, such as Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Intertek Testing Service or Factory Mutual Research Corporation.b.Identification plates, instruction plates, performance rating, and nomenclature.6.Galvanized metal:a.Exterior chain link fence and gates, corrugated metal areaways, and gratings.b.Gas Storage Racks.c.Except where specifically specified to be painted.7.Metal safety treads and nosings.8.Gaskets.9.Concrete curbs, gutters, pavements, retaining walls, exterior exposed foundations walls and interior walls in pipe basements.10.Face brick.11.Structural steel encased in concrete, masonry, or other enclosure.12.Structural steel to receive sprayed-on fire proofing.13.Ceilings, walls, columns in interstitial spaces.14.Ceilings, walls, and columns in pipe basements.15.Wood Shingles.3.14 IDENTITY PAINTING SCHEDULE:A.Identify designated service in new buildings or projects with extensive remodeling in accordance with ASME A13.1, unless specified otherwise, on exposed piping, piping above removable ceilings, piping in accessible pipe spaces, interstitial spaces, and piping behind access panels. For existing spaces where work is minor match existing.1.Legend may be identified using snap-on coil plastic markers or by paint stencil applications.2.Apply legends adjacent to changes in direction, on branches, where pipes pass through walls or floors, adjacent to operating accessories such as valves, regulators, strainers and cleanouts a minimum of 12.2?M (40 feet) apart on straight runs of piping. Identification next to plumbing fixtures is not required.3.Locate Legends clearly visible from operating position.4.Use arrow to indicate direction of flow using black stencil paint.5.Identify pipe contents with sufficient additional details such as temperature, pressure, and contents to identify possible hazard. Insert working pressure shown on construction documents where asterisk appears for High, Medium, and Low Pressure designations as follows:a.High Pressure - 414 kPa (60 psig) and above.b.Medium Pressure - 104 to 413 kPa (15 to 59 psig).c.Low Pressure - 103 kPa (14 psig) and below.d.Add Fuel oil grade numbers.6.Legend name in full or in abbreviated form as follows:SPEC WRITER NOTES:Check with mechanical sections to determine legends required, and pressures.Define Fuel oil grade.COLOR OFCOLOR OFCOLOR OFLEGENDPIPINGEXPOSED PIPINGBACKGROUNDLETTERSABBREVIATIONSBlow-off GreenWhiteBlow-offBoiler FeedwaterGreenWhiteBlr FeedA/C Condenser WaterSupplyGreenWhiteA/C Cond Wtr SupA/C Condenser WaterReturnGreenWhiteA/C Cond Wtr RetChilled Water SupplyGreenWhiteCh. Wtr SupChilled Water ReturnGreenWhiteCh. Wtr RetShop Compressed AirBlueWhiteShop AirAir-Instrument ControlsGreenWhiteAir-Inst ContDrain LineGreenWhiteDrainEmergency ShowerGreenWhiteEmg ShowerHigh Pressure SteamGreenWhiteH.P. ______*High Pressure CondensateReturnGreenWhiteH.P. Ret ____*Medium Pressure Steam Green WhiteM. P. Stm ____*Medium Pressure CondensateReturnGreenWhiteM.P. Ret _____*Low Pressure Steam GreenWhiteL.P. Stm _____*Low Pressure CondensateReturnGreenWhiteL.P. Ret _____*High Temperature WaterSupplyGreenWhiteH. Temp Wtr SupHigh Temperature WaterReturnGreenWhiteH. Temp Wtr RetHot Water Heating SupplyGreenWhiteH. W. Htg SupHot Water Heating ReturnGreenWhiteH. W. Htg RetGravity Condensate ReturnGreenWhiteGravity Cond RetPumped Condensate ReturnGreenWhitePumped Cond RetVacuum Condensate ReturnGreenWhiteVac Cond RetFuel Oil - Grade////BrownWhiteFuel Oil-Grade // //(Diesel Fuel included under Fuel Oil)Boiler Water SamplingGreenWhiteSampleChemical FeedGreenWhiteChem FeedContinuous Blow-DownGreenWhiteCont. B DPumped Condensate GreenWhitePump Cond Pump Recirculating GreenWhitePump-Recirc.Vent LineGreenWhiteVentAlkaliOrangeBlackAlkBleachOrangeBlackBleachDetergentYellowBlackDetLiquid SupplyYellowBlackLiq SupReuse WaterYellowBlackReuse WtrCold Water (Domestic)WhiteGreenWhiteC.W. DomHot Water (Domestic) SupplyWhiteYellowBlackH.W. Dom ReturnWhiteYellowBlackH.W. Dom Ret Tempered WaterWhiteYellowBlackTemp. WtrIce Water SupplyWhiteGreenWhiteIce Wtr ReturnWhiteGreenWhiteIce Wtr RetReagent Grade WaterGreenWhiteRGReverse OsmosisGreenWhiteROSanitary WasteGreenWhiteSan WasteSanitary VentGreenWhiteSan VentStorm DrainageGreenWhiteSt DrainPump DrainageGreenWhitePump DischChemical Resistant Pipe WasteOrangeBlackAcid Waste VentOrangeBlackAcid VentAtmospheric VentGreenWhiteATVSilver RecoveryGreenWhiteSilver RecOral EvacuationGreenWhiteOral EvacFuel GasYellowBlackGasFire Protection Water SprinklerRedRedWhiteAuto Spr StandpipeRedRedWhiteStand SprinklerRedRedWhiteDrainSPEC WRITER NOTE: If solar hot water system is on project, include the following.// Hot Water Supply Dom./Solar WaterGreenWhiteH.W. Sup Dom/SWHot Water Return Dom./Solar WaterGreenWhiteH.W. Ret Dom/SW //7.Electrical Conduits containing feeders over 600 volts, paint legends using 50 mm (2 inch) high black numbers and letters, showing the voltage class rating. Provide legends where conduits pass through walls and floors and at maximum 6096 mm (20 foot) intervals in between. Use labels with yellow background with black border and words Danger High Voltage Class, // 5000 // // 15000 // // 25000 //. 8.See Sections for methods of identification, legends, and abbreviations of the following:a.Regular compressed air lines: Section 22 15 00, GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR SYSTEMS.b.Dental compressed air lines: Section 22 61 13.74, DENTAL COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING / Section 22 61 19.74, DENTAL COMPRESSED-AIR EQUIPMENT.c.Laboratory gas and vacuum lines: Section 22 62 00, VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES / Section 22 63 00, GAS SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES.d.Oral evacuation lines: Section 22 62 19.74, DENTAL VACUUM AND EVACUATION EQUIPMENT.e.Medical Gases and vacuum lines: Section 22 62 00, VACUUM SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES / Section 22 63 00, GAS SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES.f.Conduits containing high voltage feeders over 600 volts: Section?26?05 33, RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS / Section?27 05 33, RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS / Section 28 05 33, RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY.B.Fire and Smoke Partitions:1.Identify partitions above ceilings on both sides of partitions except within shafts in letters not less than 64 mm (2 1/2 inches) high.2.Stenciled message: "SMOKE BARRIER" or, "FIRE BARRIER" as applicable.3.Locate not more than 6096 mm (20 feet) on center on corridor sides of partitions, and with a least one (1) message per room on room side of partition.4.Use semi-gloss paint of color that contrasts with color of substrate.C.Identify columns in pipe basements and interstitial space:1.Apply stenciled number and letters to correspond with grid numbering and lettering indicated on construction documents.2.Paint numbers and letters 101 mm (4 inches) high, locate 45 mm (18?inches) below overhead structural slab.3.Apply on four (4) sides of interior columns and on inside face only of exterior wall columns.4.Color:a.Use black on concrete columns.b.Use white or contrasting color on steel columns.3.15 PROTECTION CLEAN UP, AND TOUCH-UP:A.Protect work from paint droppings and spattering by use of masking, drop cloths, removal of items or by other approved methods.B.Upon completion, clean paint from hardware, glass and other surfaces and items not required to be painted of paint drops or smears.C.Before final inspection, touch-up or refinished in a manner to produce solid even color and finish texture, free from defects in work which was damaged or discolored.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 10 21 13TOILET COMPARTMENTSPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONThis section specifies solid polyethylene toilet partitions, and urinal screens, and entrance screens.1.2 RELATED WORKA.Overhead structural steel supports for ceiling hung pilasters: Section 05 50 00, METAL FABRICATIONS.B.Color of baked enamel finish: Section 09 06 00, SCHEDULE FOR FINISHES.C.Grab bars and toilet tissue holders: Section 10 28 00, TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES.1.3 SUBMITTALSA.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.B.Samples: Prime coat of paint on 150 mm (six-inch) square of metal panel with baked enamel finish coat over half of panel.C.Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Specified items indicating all hardware and fittings, material, finish, and latching.D.Shop Drawings: Construction details at 1/2 scale, showing installation details, anchoring and leveling devices.E.Manufacturer's certificate, attesting that zinc-coatings conform to specified requirements.1.4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.B.Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):FF-B-575CBolt, Hexagon and SquareC.Code of Federal Regulations (CFR):40 CFR 247Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines for Products Containing Recovered mercial Item Descriptions (CID):A-A-1925Shield, Expansion (Nail Anchors)A-A-60003Partitions, Toilet, CompletePART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 toilet partitions:A.//Solid phenolic // solid polyethylene //: water resistant; graffiti resistant; non-absorbent; contain a minimum 30 percent post-consumer recycled plastic; Class C flame spread rating.B.Conform to Fed. CID A-A-60003, except as modified herein.C.Fabricate to dimensions shown or specified.D.Toilet Enclosures:1.Type 1, Style B A (Floor supported)2.Toilet partitions used in Mental Health and Behavioral Patient Care Units shall be free of anchor points. Partitions shall have no overhead connecting framing that could be used as an anchor point for hanging.3.Reinforce panels shown to receive toilet tissue holders or grab bars.4.Upper pivots and lower hinges adjustable to hold doors open 30 degrees.5.Latching devices and hinges for handicap compartments shall comply with ADA requirements.6.Keeper:a.U-slot to engage bar of throw latch.bined with rubber bumper stop.7.Wheelchair Toilets:a.Upper pivots and lower hinges to hold out swinging doors in closed position.b.Provide U-type doors pulls, approximately 100 mm (four inches) long on pull side.8.Finish:a.Finish 1 (baked enamel) on steel doors, pilasters, and enclosure panels except those adjacent to urinals and as specified.b.Finish 3 (stainless steel) on panel of enclosure panels adjacent to urinals // and on dividing partitions used in Spinal Cord Injury (SCI) Bowel Training Area //.E.Urinal Screens:1.Type III, Style E (wall hung), finish 2 or 3.a.With integral flanges and continuous, full height wall anchor plate.b.Option: Full height U-Type bracket.c.Wall anchor plate drilled for 4 anchors on both sides of screen.2.Screen 600 mm (24 inches) wide and 1060 mm (42 inches high).3.Urinal screens used in Mental Health and Behavioral Patient Care Units shall be angled downward at the top of the screen at least 30 degrees to eliminate a possible anchor point to prevent hangingF.Room Entrance Screens:1.Type II, style A (Floor supported).2.Self-closing doors swinging into the toilet room.3.Provide door pull on pull side and flat stainless steel push plate 250 mm by 70 mm (10 inches by 2-3/4 inches) with beveled ground edges, locate 1200 mm (four feet) above floor.4.Provide door stop with rubber bumper on pilaster opposite pull.5.Where doors open against wall, provide rubber tipped bumpers having a three inch projection, at point of contact of top edge of door.6.Finish the same as toilet enclosures.G. Toilet Partition products shall comply with following standards for biobased materials:Material Type Percent by WeightPhenolic Partition55 percent biobased materialThe minimum-content standards are based on the weight (not the volume)of the material in the insulating core only.2.2 FASTENERSA.Partition Fasteners: CID A-A-60003.B.Use expansion bolts, CID A-A-60003, for anchoring to solid masonry or concrete.C.Use toggle bolts, CID A-A-60003, for anchoring to hollow masonry or stud framed walls.D.Use steel bolts FS-B-575, for anchoring pilasters to overhead steel supports.E.Fasteners used in Mental Health and Behavioral Patient Care Units shall be tamper resistantPART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA.General:1.Install in rigid manner, straight, plumb and with all horizontal lines level.2.Conceal evidence of drilling, cutting and fitting in finish work. 3.Use hex-bolts for through-bolting.4.Adjust hardware and leave in freely working order.5.Clean finished surfaces and leave free of imperfections.B.Panels and Pilasters:1.Support panels, except urinal screens, and pilaster abutting building walls near top and bottom by stirrup supports secured to partitions with through-bolts.2.Secure stirrups to walls with two suitable anchoring devices for each stirrup.3.Secure panels to faces of pilaster near top and bottom with stirrup supports, through-bolted to panels and machine screwed to each pilaster.4.Secure edges of panels to edges of pilasters near top and bottom with "U" shaped brackets.C.Urinal Screens:1.Anchor urinal screen flange to walls with minimum of four bolts both side of panel.2.Space anchors at top and bottom and equally in between.- - - E N D - - -SECTION 22 07 11 PLUMBING INSULATIONPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONA.Field applied insulation for thermal efficiency and condensation control for the following:1.Plumbing piping and equipment.B.Definitions:1.ASJ: All Service Jacket, Kraft paper, white finish facing or jacket.2.Air conditioned space: Space having air temperature and/or humidity controlled by mechanical equipment.3.All insulation systems installed within supply, return, exhaust, relief and ventilation air plenums shall be limited to uninhabited crawl spaces, areas above a ceiling or below the floor, attic spaces, interiors of air conditioned or heating ducts, and mechanical equipment rooms shall be noncombustible or shall be listed and labeled as having a flame spread indexes of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Note: ICC IMC, Section 602.2.1.4.Cold: Equipment or piping handling media at design temperature of 15 degrees C (60 degrees F) or below.5.Concealed: Piping above ceilings and in chases, interstitial space, and pipe spaces.6.Exposed: Piping and equipment exposed to view in finished areas including mechanical equipment rooms or exposed to outdoor weather. Shafts, chases, interstitial spaces, unfinished attics, crawl spaces and pipe basements are not considered finished areas.7.FSK: FoilscrimKraft facing.8.Hot: Plumbing equipment or piping handling media above 40 degrees C (104 degrees F).9.Density: kg/m3 - kilograms per cubic meter (Pcf - pounds per cubic foot).10.Thermal conductance: Heat flow rate through materials.a.Flat surface: Watts per square meter (BTU per hour per square foot).b.Pipe or Cylinder: Watts per linear meter (BTU per hour per linear foot) for a given outside diameter.11.Thermal Conductivity (k): Watts per meter, per degree K (BTU - inch thickness, per hour, per square foot, per degree F temperature difference).12.Vapor Retarder (Vapor Barrier): A material which retards the transmission (migration) of water vapor. Performance of the vapor retarder is rated in terms of permeance (perms). For the purpose of this specification, vapor retarders/vapor barriers shall have a maximum published permeance of .02 perms.13.HWR: Hot water recirculating.14.CW: Cold water.15.SW: Soft water.16.HW: Hot water.17.PVDC: Polyvinylidene chloride vapor retarder jacketing, white.1.2 RELATED WORKA.Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.B.Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGSC.Section 01 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: Insulation material and insulation production methodD.Section 01 91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.G.Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING: Mineral fiber and bond breaker behind sealant. I.Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: General mechanical requirements and items, which are common to more than one section of Division 22.J.Section 22 05 19, METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING: Hot and cold water piping.K.Section 22 05 23, GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING: Hot and cold water piping.L.Section 22 05 33, HEAT TRACING FOR PLUMBING PIPING: Insulation over heating cables.M.Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.N.Section 23 21 13, HYDRONIC PIPING: electrical heat tracing systems.O.Section 26 32 13, ENGINE GENERATORS: Exhaust stacks and muffler.1.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only.B.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):B209-2014Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and PlateC411-2011Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal InsulationC449-2007 (R2013)Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing CementC450-2008 (R2014)Standard Practice for Fabrication of Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers for NPS Piping, and Vessel LaggingAdjunct to C450Compilation of Tables that Provide Recommended Dimensions for Prefab and Field Thermal Insulating Covers, etc.C533-2013Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal InsulationC534/C534M-2014Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular FormC547-2015Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe InsulationC5522014Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal InsulationC553-2013Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial ApplicationsC591-2013Standard Specification for Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal InsulationC680-2014Standard Practice for Estimate of the Heat Gain or Loss and the Surface Temperatures of Insulated Flat, Cylindrical, and Spherical Systems by Use of Computer ProgramsC612-2014Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal InsulationC1126-2014Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced Rigid Cellular Phenolic Thermal InsulationC1136-2012Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal InsulationC1710-2011Standard Guide for Installation of Flexible Closed Cell Preformed Insulation in Tube and Sheet FormD1668/D1668M1997a (2014)e1Standard Specification for Glass Fabrics (Woven and Treated) for Roofing and WaterproofingE84-2015aStandard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsE2231-2015Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct Insulation to Assess Surface Burning CharacteristicsC.Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.):L-P-535E-1979Plastic Sheet (Sheeting): Plastic Strip; Poly (Vinyl Chloride) and Poly (Vinyl Chloride - Vinyl Acetate), Rigid.D.International Code Council, (ICC):IMC-2012International Mechanical Code E.Military Specifications (Mil. Spec.):MIL-A-3316C (2)-1990Adhesives, Fire-Resistant, Thermal InsulationMIL-A-24179A (2)-1987Adhesive, Flexible Unicellular-Plastic Thermal InsulationMIL-PRF-19565C (1)-1988Coating Compounds, Thermal Insulation, Fire-and Water-Resistant, Vapor-BarrierMIL-C-20079H-1987Cloth, Glass; Tape, Textile Glass; and Thread, Glass and Wire-Reinforced GlassF.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):90A-2015Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating SystemsG.Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL):723-2008 (R2013)Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials1887-2004 (R2013)Standard for Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke CharacteristicsH.3E Plus? version 4.1 Insulation Thickness Computer Program: Available from NAIMA with free download; SUBMITTALSA.Submittals, including number of required copies, shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.rmation and material submitted under this section shall be marked “SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION”, with applicable paragraph identification.C.Manufacturer's Literature and Data including: Full item description and optional features and accessories. Include dimensions, weights, materials, applications, standard compliance, model numbers, size, and capacity.D.Shop Drawings:1.All information, clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications and ASTM Designation, Federal and Military specifications.a.Insulation materials: Specify each type used and state surface burning characteristics.b.Insulation facings and jackets: Each type used and state surface burning characteristics.c.Insulation accessory materials: Each type used.d.Manufacturer's installation and fitting fabrication instructions for flexible unicellular insulation shall follow the guidelines in accordance with ASTM C1710.e.Make reference to applicable specification paragraph numbers for coordination.f.All insulation fittings (exception flexible unicellular insulation) shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM C450 and 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA.Refer to article QUALITY ASSURANCE, in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.B.Criteria: ply with NFPA 90A, particularly paragraphs 4.3.3.1 through 4.3.3.6, 4.3.11.2.6, parts of which are quoted as follows:4.3.3.1 Pipe and duct insulation and coverings, duct linings, vapor retarder facings, adhesives, fasteners, tapes, and supplementary materials added to air ducts, plenums, panels and duct silencers used in duct systems shall have, in the form in which they are used, a maximum flame spread index of 25 without evidence of continued progressive combustion and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 and appropriate mounting practice, e.g. ASTM E2231.4.3.3.3 Coverings and linings for air ducts, pipes, plenums and panels including all pipe and duct insulation materials shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke when tested in accordance with a similar test for pipe covering, ASTM C411, Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation, at the temperature to which they are exposed in service. In no case shall the test temperature be below 121 degrees C (250 degrees F).4.3.11.2.6.3 Nonferrous fire sprinkler piping shall be listed as having a maximum peak optical density of 0.5 or less, an average optical density of 0.15 or less, and a maximum flame spread distance of 1.5 m (5 ft) or less when tested in accordance with UL 1887, Standard for Safety Fire Test of Plastic Sprinkler Pipe for Visible Flame and Smoke Characteristics.4.3.11.2.6.8 Smoke detectors shall not be required to meet the provisions of Section 4.3.2.Test methods: ASTM E84, UL 723, and ASTM E2231.3.Specified k factors are at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F) mean temperature unless stated otherwise. Where optional thermal insulation material is used, select thickness to provide thermal conductance no greater than that for the specified material. For pipe, use insulation manufacturer's published heat flow tables. For domestic hot water supply and return, run out insulation and condensation control insulation, no thickness adjustment need be made.4.All materials shall be compatible and suitable for service temperature, and shall not contribute to corrosion or otherwise attack surface to which applied in either the wet or dry state.C.Every package or standard container of insulation or accessories delivered to the job site for use shall have a manufacturer's stamp or label giving the name of the manufacturer, description of the material, and the production date or code.D.Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-Preferred Program, provide products that meet or exceed USDA recommendations for bio-based content, so long as products meet all performance requirements in this specifications section. For more information regarding the product categories covered by the Bio-Preferred Program, visit AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATIONA.Submit manufacturer’s literature and data updated to include submittal review comments and any equipment substitutions.B.Submit operation and maintenance data updated to include submittal review comments, substitutions and construction revisions shall be in electronic version on compact disc or DVD. All aspects of system operation and maintenance procedures, including piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written description of system design, control logic, and sequence of operation shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. The operations and maintenance manual shall include troubleshooting techniques and procedures for emergency situations. Notes on all special systems or devices such as damper and door closure interlocks shall be included. A List of recommended spare parts (manufacturer, model number, and quantity) shall be furnished. Information explaining any special knowledge or tools the owner will be required to employ shall be inserted into the As-Built documentation.C.The installing contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of each completed phase for verification; and, shall provide the complete set at the time of final systems certification testing. As-built drawings are to be provided, and a copy of them in Auto-CAD provided on compact disk or DVD. Should the installing contractor engage the testing company to provide as-built or any portion thereof, it shall not be deemed a conflict of interest or breach of the ‘third party testing company’ requirement.D.Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting the request for final inspection. The documentation shall include all test results, the names of individuals performing work for the testing agency on this project, detailed procedures followed for all tests, and certification that all results of tests were within limits specified.1.7 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALA.Store materials in clean and dry environment, pipe insulation jackets shall be clean and unmarred. Place adhesives in original containers. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions as required by printed instructions of manufacturers of adhesives, mastics and finishing cements.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MINERAL FIBER OR FIBER GLASSA.ASTM C612 (Board, Block), Class 1 or 2, density 48 kg/m3 (nominal 3 pcf), k = 0.037 (.26) at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F), external insulation for temperatures up to 204 degrees C (400 degrees F).B.ASTM C553 (Blanket, Flexible) Type I, // Class B-3, Density 16 kg/m3 (nominal 1 pcf), k = 0.045 (0.31) // Class B-5, Density 32 kg/m3 (nominal 2 pcf), k = 0.04 (0.27) // at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F), for use at temperatures up to 204 degrees C (400 degrees F).C.ASTM C547 (Pipe Fitting Insulation and Preformed Pipe Insulation), Class 1, k = 0.037 (0.26) at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F), for use at temperatures up to 230 degrees C (446 degrees F) with an all service vapor retarder jacket (ASJ) and with polyvinyl chloride (PVC) premolded fitting covering.2.2 MINERAL WOOL OR REFRACTORY ply with Standard ASTM C612, Class 3, 450 degrees C (842 degrees F).2.3 RIGID CELLULAR PHENOLIC FOAMA.Preformed (molded) pipe insulation, ASTM C1126, Type III, grade 1, k = 0.021(0.15) at 10 degrees C (50 degrees F), for use at temperatures up to 121 degrees C (250 degrees F) with vapor retarder and all service vapor retarder jacket (ASJ) and with PVC premolded fitting covering.B.Equipment Insulation, ASTM C1126, Type II, grade 1, k = 0.021 (0.15) at 10 degrees C (50 degrees F), for use at temperatures up to 121 degrees C (250 degrees F) with rigid cellular phenolic insulation and covering, and all service vapor retarder jacket (ASJ).2.4 CELLULAR GLASS CLOSED-ply with Standard ASTM C552, density 120 kg/m3 (7.5 pcf) nominal, k = 0.033 (0.29) at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F).B.Pipe insulation for use at process temperatures below ambient air to 482 degrees C (900 degrees F) with or without all service vapor retarder jacket (ASJ).C.Pipe insulation for use at process temperatures for pipe and tube below ambient air temperatures or where condensation control is necessary are to be installed with a vapor retarder/barrier system of with or without all service vapor retarder sealed jacket (ASJ) system. Without ASJ shall require all longitudinal and circumferential joints to be vapor sealed with vapor barrier mastic.D.Cellular glass thermal insulation intended for use on surfaces operating at temperatures between ?268 and 482 degrees C (?450 and 900 degrees F). It is possible that special fabrication or techniques for pipe insulation, or both, shall be required for application in the temperature range from 121 to 427 degrees C (250 to 800 degrees F).2.5 POLYISOCYANURATE CLOSED-CELL RIGIDA.Preformed (fabricated) pipe insulation, ASTM C591, Type IV, K=0.027(0.19) at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F), flame spread not over 25, smoke developed not over 50, for use at temperatures up to 149 degree C (300 degree F) with factory applied PVDC or all service vapor retarder jacket with PVC premolded fitting covers.B.Equipment and duct insulation, ASTM C591, Type IV, K=0.027(0.19) at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F), for use at temperatures up to 149 degrees C (300 degrees F) with PVDC or all service jacket vapor retarder jacket.2.6 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR THERMALA.ASTM C534/C534M, k = 0.039 (0.27) at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F), flame spread not over 25, smoke developed not over 50, for temperatures from minus 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) to 93 degrees C (199 degrees F). Under high humidity exposures for condensation control an external vapor retarder/barrier jacket is required. Consult ASTM C1710.2.7 CALCIUM SILICATEA.Preformed pipe Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I and Type II with indicator denoting asbestos-free material.B.Premolded Pipe Fitting Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I and Type II with indicator denoting asbestos-free material.C.Equipment Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I and Type II.D.Characteristics:Insulation CharacteristicsITEMSTYPE ITYPE IISurface Temperature, maximum degrees C (degrees F)649 (1200)927 (1700)Density (dry), Kg/m3 (lb/ ft3)240 (15)352 (22)Thermal conductivity:Min W/ m K (Btu in/h ft2 degrees F)@ mean temperature of 93 degrees?C (199 degrees F)0.065 (0.45)0.078 (0.540)Surface burning characteristics:Flame spread Index, Maximum00Smoke Density index, Maximum002.8 INSULATION FACINGS AND JACKETSA.Vapor Retarder, higher strength with low water permeance = 0.02 or less perm rating, Beach puncture 50 units for insulation facing on pipe insulation jackets. Facings and jackets shall be ASJ or PVDC Vapor Retarder jacketing.B.ASJ shall be white finish (kraft paper) bonded to 0.025 mm (1 mil) thick aluminum foil, fiberglass reinforced, with pressure sensitive adhesive closure. Comply with ASTM C1136. Beach puncture is 50 units, suitable for painting without sizing. Jackets shall have minimum 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) lap on longitudinal joints and minimum 75 mm (3 inch) butt strip on end joints. Butt strip material shall be same as the jacket. Lap and butt strips shall be self-sealing type with factory-applied pressure sensitive adhesive.C.Vapor Retarder medium strength with low water vapor permeance of 0.02 or less perm rating), Beach puncture 25 units: FSK or PVDC type for concealed ductwork and equipment.D.Except for flexible elastomeric cellular thermal insulation (not for high humidity exposures), field applied vapor barrier jackets shall be provided, in addition to the specified facings and jackets, on all exterior piping as well as on interior piping //exposed to outdoor air (i.e.; in ventilated attics, piping in ventilated (not air conditioned) spaces, etc.)in high humidity locations. The vapor barrier jacket shall consist of a multi-layer laminated cladding with a maximum water vapor permeance of 0.001 perms. The minimum puncture resistance shall be 35 cm-kg (30 inch-pounds) for interior locations and 92 cm-kg (80 inch-pounds) for exterior or exposed locations or where the insulation is subject to damage.E.Except for cellular glass thermal insulation, when all longitudinal and circumferential joints are vapor sealed with a vapor barrier mastic or caulking, vapor barrier jackets may not be provided. For aesthetic and physical abuse applications, exterior jacketing is recommended. Otherwise field applied vapor barrier jackets shall be provided, in addition to the applicable specified facings and jackets, on all exterior piping as well as on interior piping //exposed to outdoor air (i.e.; in ventilated attics, piping in ventilated (not air conditioned) spaces, etc.) in high humidity locations //conveying fluids below ambient temperature//. The vapor barrier jacket shall consist of a multi-layer laminated cladding with a maximum water vapor permeance of 0.001 perms. The minimum puncture resistance shall be 35 cm-kg (30 inch-pounds) for interior locations and 92 cm-kg (80 inch-pounds) for exterior or exposed locations or where the insulation is subject to damage.F.Glass Cloth Jackets: Presized, minimum 0.18 kg per square meter (7.8 ounces per square yard), 2070 kPa (300 psig) bursting strength with integral vapor retarder where required or specified. Weather proof if utilized for outside service.G.Pipe fitting insulation covering (jackets): Fitting covering shall be premolded to match shape of fitting and shall be PVC conforming to Fed Spec L-P-535E, composition A, Type II Grade GU, and Type III, minimum thickness 0.7 mm (0.03 inches). Provide color matching vapor retarder pressure sensitive tape. Staples, tacks, or any other attachment that penetrates the PVC covering is not allowed on any form of a vapor barrier system in below ambient process temperature applications.H.Aluminum Jacket-Piping systems and circular breeching and stacks: ASTM B209, 3003 alloy, H-14 temper, 0.6 mm (0.023 inch) minimum thickness with locking longitudinal joints. Jackets for elbows, tees and other fittings shall be factory-fabricated or with cut aluminum gores to match shape of fitting and of 0.6 mm (0.024 inch) minimum thickness aluminum. Aluminum fittings shall be of same construction with an internal moisture barrier as straight run jackets but need not be of the same alloy. Factory-fabricated stainless steel bands with wing seals shall be installed on all circumferential joints. Bands shall be 15 mm (0.5 inch) wide on 450 mm (18 inch) centers. System shall be weatherproof if utilized for outside service.I.Aluminum jacket-Rectangular breeching: ASTM B209, 3003 alloy, H-14 temper, 0.5 mm (0.020 inches) thick with 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) corrugations or 0.8 mm (0.032 inches) thick with no corrugations. System shall be weatherproof if used for outside service.2.9 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION SADDLESA.Cold pipe support: Premolded pipe insulation 180 degrees (half-shells) on bottom half of pipe at supports. Material shall be cellular glass or high density Polyisocyanurate insulation of the same thickness as adjacent insulation. Density of Polyisocyanurate insulation shall be a minimum of 48 kg/m3 (3.0 pcf).Nominal Pipe Size and Accessories Material (Insert Blocks)Nominal Pipe Size mm (inches)Insert Blocks mm (inches)Up through 125 (5)150 (6) long150 (6)150 (6) long200 (8), 250 (10), 300 (12)225 (9) long350 (14), 400 (16)300 (12) long450 through 600 (18 through 24)350 (14) longB.Warm or hot pipe supports: Premolded pipe insulation (180 degree half-shells) on bottom half of pipe at supports. Material shall be high density Polyisocyanurate (for temperatures up to 149 degrees C (300 degrees F)), cellular glass or calcium silicate. Insulation at supports shall have same thickness as adjacent insulation. Density of Polyisocyanurate insulation shall be a minimum of 48 kg/m3 (3.0 pcf).2.10 ADHESIVE, MASTIC, CEMENTA.Mil. Spec. MIL-A-3316, Class 1: Jacket and lap adhesive and protective finish coating for insulation.B.Mil. Spec. MIL-A-3316, Class 2: Adhesive for laps and for adhering insulation to metal surfaces.C.Mil. Spec. MIL-A-24179A, Type II Class 1: Adhesive for installing flexible unicellular insulation and for laps and general use.D.Mil. Spec. MIL-PRF-19565C, Type I: Protective finish for outdoor use.E.Mil. Spec. MIL-PRFC-19565C, Type I or Type II: Vapor barrier compound for indoor use.F.ASTM C449: Mineral fiber hydraulic-setting thermal insulating and finishing cement.G.Other: Insulation manufacturers' published recommendations.2.11 MECHANICAL FASTENERSA.Pins, anchors: Welded pins, or metal or nylon anchors with galvanized steel or fiber washer, or clips. Pin diameter shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer.B.Staples: Outward clinching galvanized steel. Staples are not allowed for below ambient vapor barrier applications.C.Wire: 1.3 mm thick (18 gage) soft annealed galvanized or 1.9 mm (14 gage) copper clad steel or nickel copper alloy or stainless steel.D.Bands: 13 mm (1/2 inch) nominal width, brass, galvanized steel, aluminum or stainless steel.E.Tacks, rivets, screws or any other attachment device capable of penetrating the vapor retarder shall NOT be used to attach/close the any type of vapor retarder jacketing. Thumb tacks sometimes used on PVC jacketing and preformed fitting covers closures are not allowed for below ambient vapor barrier applications.2.12 REINFORCEMENT AND FINISHESA.Glass fabric, open weave: ASTM D1668/D1668M, Type III (resin treated) and Type I (asphalt or white resin treated).B.Glass fiber fitting tape: Mil. Spec MILC20079H, Type II, Class 1.C.Tape for Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation: As recommended by the insulation manufacturer.D.Hexagonal wire netting: 25 mm (one inch) mesh, 0.85 mm thick (22 gage) galvanized steel.E.Corner beads: 50 mm (2 inch) by 50 mm (2 inch), 0.55 mm thick (26 gage) galvanized steel; or, 25 mm (1 inch) by 25 mm (1 inch), 0.47 mm thick (28 gage) aluminum angle adhered to 50 mm (2 inch) by 50 mm (2 inch) Kraft paper.F.PVC fitting cover: Fed. Spec L-P-535E, Composition A, 1186 Type II, Grade GU, with Form B Mineral Fiber insert, for media temperature 10 to 121 degrees C (50 to 250 degrees F). Below 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) and above 121 degrees C (250 degrees F) provide mitered pipe insulation of the same type as insulating straight pipe. Provide double layer insert. Provide vapor barrier pressure sensitive tape matching the color of the PVC jacket.2.13 FIRESTOPPING MATERIALA.Other than pipe insulation, refer to Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.2.14 FLAME AND SMOKEA.Unless shown otherwise all assembled systems shall meet flame spread 25 and smoke developed 50 rating as developed under ASTM and UL standards and specifications. See paragraph "Quality Assurance".PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTSA.Required pressure tests of piping joints and connections shall be completed and the work approved by the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) for application of insulation. Surface shall be clean and dry with all foreign materials, such as dirt, oil, loose scale and rust removed.B.Except for specific exceptions or as noted, insulate all specified equipment, and piping (pipe, fittings, valves, accessories). Insulate each pipe individually. Do not use scrap pieces of insulation where a full length section will fit.D.Insulation materials shall be installed with smooth and even surfaces, with jackets and facings drawn tight and smoothly cemented down and sealed at all laps. Insulation shall be continuous through all sleeves and openings, except at fire dampers and duct heaters (NFPA 90A). E.Vapor retarders shall be continuous and uninterrupted throughout systems with operating temperature 15 degrees C (60 degrees F) and below. Lap and seal vapor barrier over ends and exposed edges of insulation. Anchors, supports and other metal projections through insulation on cold surfaces shall be insulated and vapor sealed for a minimum length of 150 mm (6 inches).F.Install vapor stops with operating temperature 15 degrees C (60 degrees F) and below at all insulation terminations on either side of valves, pumps, fittings, and equipment and particularly in straight lengths every 4.6 to 6.1 meters (approx. 15 to 20 feet) of pipe insulation. The annular space between the pipe and pipe insulation of approx. 25 mm (1 inch) in length at every vapor stop shall be sealed with appropriate vapor barrier sealant. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.G.Construct insulation on parts of equipment such as cold water pumps and heat exchangers that must be opened periodically for maintenance or repair, so insulation can be removed and replaced without damage. Install insulation with bolted 1 mm thick (20 gage) galvanized steel or aluminum covers as complete units, or in sections, with all necessary supports, and split to coincide with flange/split of the equipment. Do not insulate over equipment nameplate data.H.Insulation on hot piping and equipment shall be terminated square at items not to be insulated, access openings and nameplates. Cover all exposed raw insulation with white sealer coating (caution about coating’s maximum temperature limit) or jacket material.I.Protect all insulations outside of buildings with aluminum jacket using lock joint or other approved system for a continuous weather tight system. Access doors and other items requiring maintenance or access shall be removable and sealable.J.Plumbing work not to be insulated unless otherwise noted:1.Piping and valves of fire protection system.2.Chromium plated brass piping.3.Water piping in contact with earth.4.Distilled water piping.K.Apply insulation materials subject to the manufacturer's recommended temperature limits. Apply adhesives, mastic and coatings at the manufacturer's recommended minimum wet or dry film thickness. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.L.Elbows, flanges and other fittings shall be insulated with the same material as is used on the pipe straights. Use of polyurethane or polyisocyanurate spray-foam to fill a PVC elbow jacket is prohibited on cold applications.M.Firestop Pipe insulation:1.Provide firestopping insulation at fire and smoke barriers through penetrations. Firestopping insulation shall be UL listed as defined in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.2.Pipe penetrations requiring fire stop insulation including, but not limited to the following:a.Pipe risers through floorsb.Pipe chase walls and floorsc.Smoke partitionsd.Fire partitionse.Hourly rated wallsN.Freeze protection of above grade outdoor piping (over heat tracing tape): 20 mm (3/4 inch) thick insulation, for all pipe sizes 75 mm (3 inches) and smaller and 25 mm (1 inch) thick insulation for larger pipes. Provide metal jackets for all pipe insulations. Provide freeze protection for cold water make-up piping and equipment where indicated on the drawings as described in Section 23 21 13, HYDRONIC PIPING (electrical heat tracing systems).O.Provide vapor barrier systems as follows:1.All piping exposed to outdoor weather.2.All interior piping conveying fluids exposed to outdoor air (i.e. in attics, ventilated (not air conditioned) spaces, etc.) below ambient air temperature in high humidity locations.P.Provide metal jackets over insulation as follows:1.All plumbing piping exposed to outdoor weather.2.Piping exposed in building, within 1829 mm (6 feet) of the floor, that connects to sterilizers, kitchen and laundry equipment. Jackets may be applied with pop rivets except for cold pipe or tubing applications. Provide aluminum angle ring escutcheons at wall, ceiling or floor penetrations.3.A 50 mm (2 inch) jacket overlap is required at longitudinal and circumferential joints with the overlap at the bottom.Q.Provide PVC jackets over insulation as follows:1.Piping exposed in building, within 1829 mm (6 feet) of the floor, on piping that is not precluded in previous sections.2.A 50 mm (2 inch) jacket overlap is required at longitudinal and circumferential joints with the overlap at the bottom.3.2 INSULATION INSTALLATIONA.Mineral Fiber Board:1.Vapor retarder faced board: Apply board on pins spaced not more than 300 mm (12 inches) on center each way, and not less than 75 mm (3 inches) from each edge of board. In addition to pins, apply insulation bonding adhesive to entire underside of horizontal metal surfaces. (Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.) Butt insulation edges tightly and seal all joints with laps and butt strips. After applying speed clips cut pins off flush and apply vapor seal patches over clips.2.Plain unfaced board:a.Insulation shall be scored, beveled or mitered to provide tight joints and be secured to equipment with bands spaced 225 mm (9 inches) on center for irregular surfaces or with pins and clips on flat surfaces. Use corner beads to protect edges of insulation.b.For hot equipment: Stretch 25 mm (1 inch) mesh wire, with edges wire laced together, over insulation and finish with insulating and finishing cement applied in one coat, 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick, trowelled to a smooth finish.c.For cold equipment: Apply meshed glass fabric in a tack coat 1.5 to 1.7 square meter per liter (60 to 70 square feet per gallon) of vapor mastic and finish with mastic at 0.3 to 0.4 square meter per liter (12 to 15 square feet per gallon) over the entire fabric surface.3.Cold equipment: 40 mm (1-1/2inch) thick insulation faced with vapor retarder ASJ or FSK. Seal all facings, laps, and termination points and do not use staples or other attachments that may puncture ASJ or FSK.a.Water filter, chemical feeder pot or tank.b.Pneumatic, cold storage water and surge tanks.4.Hot equipment: 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) thick insulation faced with unsealed ASJ or FSK.a.Domestic water heaters and hot water storage tanks (not factory insulated).b.Booster water heaters for dietetics dish and pot washers and for washdown grease-extracting hoods.B.Molded Mineral Fiber Pipe and Tubing Covering:1.Fit insulation to pipe, aligning all longitudinal joints. Seal longitudinal joint laps and circumferential butt strips by rubbing hard with a nylon sealing tool to assure a positive seal. Staples may be used to assist in securing insulation except for cold piping. Seal all vapor retarder penetrations on cold piping with a generous application of vapor barrier mastic. Provide cellar glass inserts and install with metal insulation shields at outside pipe supports. Install freeze protection insulation over heating cable.2.Contractor's options for fitting, flange and valve insulation:a.Insulating and finishing cement for sizes less than 100 mm (4 inches) operating at surface temperature of 15 degrees C (60 degrees F) or more.b.Factory premolded, one piece PVC covers with mineral fiber, (Form B), inserts surface temperature of above 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) to 121 degrees C (250 degrees F). Provide mitered preformed insulation of the same type as the installed straight pipe insulation for pipe temperatures below 4 degrees C (40 degrees F). Secure first layer of mineral fiber insulation with twine. Seal seam edges with vapor barrier mastic and secure with fitting tape.c.Factory preformed, ASTM C547 or fabricated mitered sections, joined with adhesive or (hot only) wired in place. (Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.) For hot piping finish with a smoothing coat of finishing cement. For cold fittings, 15 degrees C (60 degrees F) or less, vapor seal with a layer of glass fitting tape imbedded between two 2 mm (1/16 inch) coats of vapor barrier mastic.d.Fitting tape shall extend over the adjacent pipe insulation and overlap on itself at least 50 mm (2 inches).3.Nominal thickness in millimeters and inches specified in the schedule at the end of this section.C.Rigid Cellular Phenolic Foam:1.Rigid closed cell phenolic insulation may be provided, exterior only, for piping, ductwork and equipment for temperatures up to 121 degrees C (250 degrees F).2.Note the ASTM E84 or UL 723 surface burning characteristics requirements of maximum 25/50 indexes in paragraph "Quality Assurance".3.Provide secure attachment facilities such as welding pins.4.Apply insulation with joints tightly drawn together.5.Apply adhesives, coverings, neatly finished at fittings, and valves.6.Final installation shall be smooth, tight, neatly finished at all edges.7.Minimum thickness in millimeters (inches) specified in the schedule at the end of this section.8.Condensation control insulation: Minimum 25 mm (1 inch) thick for all pipe sizes depending on high humidity exposures.a.Body of roof and overflow drains horizontal runs and offsets (including elbows) of interior downspout piping in all areas above pipe basement.b.Waste piping from electric water coolers and icemakers to drainage system.c.Waste piping located above basement floor from ice making and film developing equipment and air handling units, from equipment (including trap) to main vertical waste pipe.d.MRI quench vent piping.e.Bedpan sanitizer atmospheric ventf.Reagent grade water piping.g.Cold water piping, exterior only.D.Cellular Glass Insulation:1.Pipe and tubing, covering nominal thickness in millimeters and inches as specified in the schedule at the end of this section.2.Underground piping other than or in lieu of that specified in Section 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION: Type II, factory jacketed with a 3 mm laminate jacketing consisting of 3000 mm x 3000 mm (10 ft x 10 ft) asphalt impreganted glass fabric, bituminous mastic and outside protective plastic film.a.75 mm (3 inches) thick for hot water piping.b.As scheduled at the end of this section for chilled water piping.c.Underground piping: Apply insulation with joints tightly butted. Seal longitudinal self-sealing lap. Use field fabricated or factory made fittings. Seal butt joints and fitting with jacketing as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. Use 100 mm (4 inch) wide strips to seal butt joints.d.Provide expansion chambers for pipe loops, anchors and wall penetrations as recommended by the insulation manufacturer.e.Underground insulation shall be inspected and approved by the COR as follows:1)Insulation in place before coating.2)After coating.f.Sand bed and backfill: Minimum 75 mm (3 inches) all around insulated pipe or tank, applied after coating has dried.g.All piping up to 482 degrees C (900 degrees F) requiring protection from physical heavy contact/abuse including in mechanical rooms and exposures to the public.3.Cold equipment: 50 mm (2 inch) thick insulation faced with ASJ.E.Polyisocyanurate Closed-Cell Rigid Insulation:1.Polyisocyanurate closed-cell rigid insulation (PIR) may be provided for exterior piping and equipment for temperature up to 149 degree C (300 degree F).2.Install insulation, vapor retarder and jacketing per manufacturer’s recommendations. Particular attention should be paid to recommendations for joint staggering, adhesive application, external hanger design, expansion/contraction joint design and spacing and vapor retarder integrity.3.Install insulation with all joints tightly butted (except expansion) joints in hot applications). Provide insulation contractions joints for very cold process temperatures.4.If insulation thickness exceeds 65 mm (2-1/2 inches), install as a double layer system with longitudinal (lap) and butt joint staggering as recommended by manufacturer.5.For cold applications, vapor retarder shall be installed in a continuous manner. No staples, rivets, screws or any other attachment device capable of penetrating the vapor retarder shall be used to attach the vapor retarder or jacketing. No wire ties capable of penetrating the vapor retarder shall be used to hold the insulation in place. Stainless steel banding shall be used for cold applications to attach PVC or metal jacketing.6.Elbows, flanges and other fittings shall be insulated with the same material as is used on the pipe straights. The elbow/ fitting insulation shall be field-fabricated, mitered or factory prefabricated to the necessary size and shape to fit on the elbow/ fitting. Use of polyurethane or polyisocyanurate spray-foam to fill PVC elbow jacket is prohibited on cold applications.7.For cold applications, the vapor retarder on elbows/fittings shall be either mastic-fabric-mastic or 2 mil thick PVDC vapor retarder adhesive tape. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.8.All PVC and metal jacketing shall be installed so as to naturally shed water. Joints shall point down and shall be sealed with either adhesive or caulking (except for periodic slip joints). Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.9.Note the NFPA 90A burning characteristic requirements of 25/50 in paragraph "Quality Assurance". Refer to paragraph “General Requirements” for items not to be insulated.10.Minimum thickness in millimeter (inches) specified in the schedule at the end of this section.F.Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation:1.Apply insulation and fabricate fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and finish with two coats of weather resistant finish as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. External vapor barrier jacketing may be required for expected or anticipated high humidity exposures. See ASTM C1710.2.Pipe and tubing insulation:a.Use proper size material. Do not stretch or strain insulation.b.To avoid undue compression of insulation, use supports as recommended by the elastomeric insulation manufacturer. Insulation shields are specified under Section 22?05?11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.c.Where possible, slip insulation over the pipe or tubing prior to connection, and seal the butt joints with adhesive. Where the slip-on technique is not possible, slit the insulation and apply it to the pipe sealing the seam and joints with contact adhesive. Optional tape sealing, as recommended by the manufacturer, may be employed. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.3.Apply sheet insulation to flat or large curved surfaces with 100 percent adhesive coverage. For fittings and large pipe, apply adhesive to seams only.4.Pipe insulation: nominal thickness in millimeters (inches as specified in the schedule at the end of this section.G.Calcium Silicate:1.Minimum thickness in millimeter (inches) specified below for piping other than in boiler plant.Nominal Thickness Of Calcium Silicate Insulation(Non-Boiler Plant)Nominal Pipe Size Millimeters (Inches)Thru 25 (1)32 to 75 (1-1/4 to 3)100-200 (4 to 8)Greater than 200 (8)93-260 degrees C (199-500 degrees F)(HPS, HPR)100(4)125(5)150(6)Greater than 150(6)2.MRI Quench Vent Insulation: Type I, class D, 150 mm (6 inch) nominal thickness.3.3 COMMISSIONINGA.Provide commissioning documentation in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.ponents provided under this section of the specification will be tested as part of a larger system.3.4 PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULEA.Provide insulation for piping systems as scheduled below:Insulation Thickness Millimeters (Inches)Nominal Pipe Size Millimeters (Inches)Operating Temperature Range/ServiceInsulation MaterialLess than 25 (1)25 – 32 (1 – 1?)38 – 75 (1? - 3)100 (4) and Greater38-60 degrees C (100-140 degrees F) (Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return)Mineral Fiber (Above ground piping only)38 (1.5)38 (1.5)50 (2.0)50 (2.0)38-60 degrees C (100-140 degrees F) (Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return)Rigid Cellular Phenolic Foam (Above ground piping only) (exterior locations only)38 (1.5)38 (1.5)50 (2.0)50 (2.0)38-60 degrees C (100-140 degrees F) (Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return)Polyiso-cyanurate Closed-Cell Rigid (Exterior Locations only) 38 (1.5)38 (1.5)50 (2.0)50 (2.0)38-60 degrees C (100-140 degrees F) (Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return)Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal (Above ground piping only)38 (1.5)38 (1.5)50 (2.0)50 (2.0)38-60 degrees C (100-140 degrees F) (Domestic Hot Water Supply and Return)Cellular GlassThermal38 (1.5)38 (1.5)50 (2.0)50 (2.0)4-15 degrees C (40-60 degrees F) (//Ice water piping//Rigid Cellular Phenolic Foam (Above ground piping only) (exterior locations only)25 (1.0)25(1.0)25 (1.0)25 (1.0)4-15 degrees C (40-60 degrees F) (//Ice water piping//Polyiso-cyanurate Closed-Cell Rigid(Exterior Locations only) 25 (1.0)25(1.0)25 (1.0)25 (1.0)(4-15 degrees C (40-60 degrees F) (//Ice water piping//)Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal (Above ground piping only)25 (1.0)25(1.0)25 (1.0)25 (1.0)4-15 degrees C (40-60 degrees F) (//Ice water piping//Cellular GlassThermal38 (1.5)38 (1.5)38 (1.5)38 (1.5) E N D SECTION 22 11 00 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTIONPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONA.Domestic water systems, including piping, equipment and all necessary accessories as designated in this section.B.A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.1.2 RELATED WORK A.Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.B.Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.C.Section 01 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.D.Section 01 91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.E.Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.F.Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.G.Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.I.Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.J.Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.K.SECTION 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.1.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):A13.1-2007 (R2013)Scheme for Identification of Piping SystemsB16.3-2011Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300B16.9-2012Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding FittingsB16.11-2011Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and ThreadedB16.12-2009 (R2014)Cast Iron Threaded Drainage FittingsB16.15-2013 Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings: Classes 125 and 250B16.18-2012Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure FittingsB16.22-2013Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure FittingsB16.24-2011Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500B16.51-2013Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect FittingsASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - BPVC Section IX-2015Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Qualifications C.American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE):1010-2004Performance Requirements for Water Hammer ArrestersD.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):A47/A47M-1999 (R2014)Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron CastingsA53/A53M-2012Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and SeamlessA183-2014Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and NutsA269/A269M-2014e1Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General ServiceA312/A312M-2015Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel PipesA403/A403M-2014Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping FittingsA536-1984 (R2014)Standard Specification for Ductile Iron CastingsA733-2013Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe NipplesB32-2008 (R2014)Standard Specification for Solder MetalB43-2014Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard SizesB61-2008 (R2013)Standard Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze CastingsB62-2009Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal CastingsB75/B75M-2011Standard Specification for Seamless Copper TubeB88-2014Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water TubeB584-2014Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General ApplicationsB687-1999 (R2011)Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe NipplesC919-2012Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical ApplicationsD1785-2012Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120D2000-2012Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive ApplicationsD2564-2012Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping SystemsD2657-2007Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and FittingsD2855-1996 (R2010)Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and FittingsD4101-2014Standard Specification for Polypropylene Injection and Extrusion MaterialsE1120-2008Standard Specification for Liquid ChlorineE1229-2008Standard Specification for Calcium HypochloriteF2389-2010Standard Specification for Pressure-rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping SystemsF2620-2013Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and FittingsF2769-2014Standard Specification for Polyethylene of Raised Temperature (PE-RT) Plastic Hot and Cold-Water Tubing and Distribution SystemsE.American Water Works Association (AWWA):C110-2012Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron FittingsC151-2009Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally CastC153-2011Ductile-Iron Compact FittingsC203-2008Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot AppliedC213-2007Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water PipelinesC651-2014Disinfecting Water MainsF.American Welding Society (AWS):A5.8M/A5.8-2011-AMD1Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze WeldingG.International Code Council (ICC):IPC-2012International Plumbing CodeH.Manufacturers Specification Society (MSS):SP-58-2009Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and InstallationSP-72-2010aBall Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General ServiceSP-110-2010Ball Valves Threaded, Socket-Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared EndsI.NSF International (NSF):14-2015Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials61-2014aDrinking Water System Components – Health Effects372-2011Drinking Water System Components – Lead ContentJ.Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI):PDI-WH 201-2010Water Hammer ArrestorsK.Department of Veterans Affairs:H-18-8-2013Seismic Design Handbook1.4 SUBMITTALSA.Submittals, including number of required copies, shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.rmation and material submitted under this section shall be marked “SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTIONS”, with applicable paragraph identification.C.Manufacturer's Literature and Data including: Full item description and optional features and accessories. Include dimensions, weights, materials, applications, standard compliance, model numbers, size, and capacity.1. All items listed in Part 2 - Products.plete operating and maintenance manuals including wiring diagrams, technical data sheets and information for ordering replacement parts:1.Include complete list indicating all components of the systems.2.Include complete diagrams of the internal wiring for each item of equipment.3.Diagrams shall have their terminals identified to facilitate installation, operation and maintenance.F.Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA.A certificate shall be submitted prior to welding of steel piping showing the Welder’s certification. The certificate shall be current and no more than one year old. Welder’s qualifications shall be in accordance with ASME BPVC Section IX.B.All grooved joint couplings, fittings, valves, and specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be by the same manufacturer as the groove components.C.All pipe, couplings, fittings, and specialties shall bear the identification of the manufacturer and any markings required by the applicable referenced standards.D.Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-Preferred Program, provide products that meet or exceed USDA recommendations for bio-based content, so long as products meet all performance requirements in this specifications section. For more information regarding the product categories covered by the Bio-Preferred Program, visit SPARE PARTSA.For mechanical press-connect fittings, provide tools required for each pipe size used at the facility.1.7 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATIONA.Submit manufacturer’s literature and data updated to include submittal review comments and any equipment substitutions.B.Submit operation and maintenance data updated to include submittal review comments, substitutions and construction revisions shall be // in electronic version on compact disc or DVD // inserted into a three ring binder. All aspects of system operation and maintenance procedures, including piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a written description of system design, control logic, and sequence of operation shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. The operations and maintenance manual shall include troubleshooting techniques and procedures for emergency situations. Notes on all special systems or devices shall be included. A list of recommended spare parts (manufacturer, model number, and quantity) shall be furnished. Information explaining any special knowledge or tools the owner will be required to employ shall be inserted into the As-Built documentation.C.The installing contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of each completed phase for verification; and, shall provide the complete set at the time of final systems certification testing. As-built drawings are to be provided, and a copy of them in Auto-CAD version //____// provided on compact disk or DVD. Should the installing contractor engage the testing company to provide as-built or any portion thereof, it shall not be deemed a conflict of interest or breach of the ‘third party testing company’ requirement.D.Certification documentation shall be provided to COR 10 working days prior to submitting the request for final inspection. The documentation shall include all test results, the names of individuals performing work for the testing agency on this project, detailed procedures followed for all tests, and certificate if applicable that all results of tests were within limits specified. If a certificate is not available, all documentation shall be on the Certifier’s letterhead.PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALSA.Material or equipment containing a weighted average of greater than 0.25 percent lead are prohibited in any potable water system intended for human consumption, and shall be certified in accordance with NSF 61 or NSF 372. Endpoint devices used to dispense water for drinking shall meet the requirements of NSF 61, Section 9.B.Plastic pipe, fittings, and solvent cement shall meet NSF 14 and shall be NSF listed for the service intended.2.2 UNDERGROUND WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO BUILDINGS A.From inside face of exterior wall to a distance of approximately 1500 mm (5 feet) outside of building and underground inside building, material to be the same for the size specified inside the building.B.75 mm (3 inch) Diameter and Greater: Ductile iron, AWWA C151, 2413 kPa (350 psig) pressure class, exterior bituminous coating, and cement lined. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible. Provide flanged and anchored connection to interior piping.C.Under 75 mm (3 inch) Diameter: Copper tubing, ASTM B88, Type K, seamless, annealed. Fittings are as specified in paragraph “Above Ground (Interior) Water Piping”. Use brazing alloys, AWS A5.8M/A5.8, Classification BCuP.2.3 ABOVE GROUND (INTERIOR) WATER PIPING A.Pipe: Copper tube, ASTM B88, Type K or L, drawn. For pipe 150 mm (6 inches) and larger, stainless steel, ASTM A312, schedule // 10 // // 40 // shall be used.B.Fittings for Copper Tube:1.Wrought copper or bronze castings conforming to ASME B16.18 and B16.22. Unions shall be bronze, MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, solder or braze joints. Use 95/5 tin and antimony for all soldered joints.2.Grooved fittings, 50 to 150 mm (2 to 6 inch) wrought copper ASTM B75/B75M C12200, 125 to 150 mm (5 to 6 inch) bronze casting ASTM B584, C84400. Mechanical grooved couplings, 2070 kpa (300 psig) minimum ductile iron, ASTM A536 Grade 448-310-12 (Grade 65-45-12), or malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M Grade 22410 (Grade 32510) housing, with EPDM gasket, steel track head bolts, ASTM A183, coated with copper colored alkyd enamel.3.Mechanical press-connect fittings for copper pipe and tube shall conform to the material and sizing requirements of ASME B16.51, NSF 61 approved, 50 mm (2 inch) size and smaller mechanical press-connect fittings, double pressed type, with EPDM (ethylene propylene diene monomer) non-toxic synthetic rubber sealing elements and un-pressed fitting identification feature.4.Mechanically formed tee connection: Form mechanically extracted collars in a continuous operation by drilling pilot hole and drawing out tube surface to form collar, having a height of not less than three times the thickness of tube wall. Adjustable collaring device shall ensure proper tolerance and complete uniformity of the joint. Notch and dimple joining branch tube in a single process to provide free flow where the branch tube penetrates the fitting. Braze joints.5.Flanged fittings, bronze, class 150, solder-joint ends conforming to ASME B16.24.C.Fittings for Stainless Steel:1.Stainless steel butt-welded fittings, Type 316, Schedule 10, conforming to ASME B16.9.2.Grooved fittings, stainless steel, Type 316, Schedule // 10 // // 40 //, conforming to ASTM A403/A403M. Segmentally fabricated fittings are not allowed. Mechanical grooved couplings, ductile iron, 4138 kPa (600 psig), ASTM A536 Grade 448-310-12 (Grade 65-45-12), or malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M Grade 22410 (Grade 32510) housing, with EPDM gasket, steel track head bolts, ASTM A183, coated with copper colored alkyd enamel.D.Adapters: Provide adapters for joining pipe or tubing with dissimilar end connections.E.Solder: ASTM B32 alloy type Sb5, HA or HB. Provide non-corrosive flux.F.Brazing alloy: AWS A5.8M/A5.8, brazing filler metals shall be BCuP series for copper to copper joints and BAg series for copper to steel joints.G.Re-agent Grade Water Piping and Dialysis Water Piping:1.Polypropylene, ASTM F2389, Schedule 80 pressure pipe without additions of modifiers, plasticizers, colorants, stabilizers or lubricants. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible. This virgin un-plasticized pipe and fittings shall transport 10 megohm water with no loss of purity. Provide socket or butt end fittings with ASTM D2657 heat fusion joints.2.Polyethylene, ASTM F2769, Schedule 80, food and medical grade, capable of transporting 10 megohm water with no loss of purity. Processed by continuous compression molding without the addition of fillers, polymer modifiers or processing aids. Uniform color with no cracks, flaws, blisters or other imperfections in appearance. Provide ASTM D2657 or ASTM F2620 heat fusion butt welded joints. In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, provide continuous channel support under all horizontal piping.3.Reverse Osmosis (RO) Water Piping:a.Low Pressure Feed, Reject and Recycle Piping: Less than or equal to 520 kPa (75 psig): ASTM D1785, Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D2855 socket welded and flanged.b.RO Product Tubing From Each Membrane Housing: ASTM D1785, Schedule 80 PVC, ASTM D2855 socket welded and flanged.c.Low Pressure Control and Pressure Gage Tubing: Polyethylene.d.High Pressure Reject and Recycle Piping: Greater than 520 kPa (75 psig): ASTM A269/A269M, Type 304 schedule 10 stainless steel with butt welded joints.e.High Pressure Control and Pressure Gage Tubing: 6895 kPa (1000 psig) burst nylon.2.4 EXPOSED WATER PIPINGA.Finished Room: Use full iron pipe size chrome plated brass piping for exposed water piping connecting fixtures, casework, cabinets, equipment and reagent racks when not concealed by apron including those furnished by the Government or specified in other sections.1.Pipe: ASTM B43, standard weight.2.Fittings: ASME B16.15 cast bronze threaded fittings with chrome finish.3.Nipples: ASTM B687, Chromium-plated.4.Unions: MSS SP-72, MSS SP-110, brass or bronze with chrome finish. Unions 65 mm (2-1/2 inches) and larger shall be flange type with approved gaskets.B.Unfinished Rooms, Mechanical Rooms and Kitchens: Chromeplated brass piping is not required. Paint piping systems as specified in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.2.5 ETHYLENE OXIDE (ETO) STERILIZER WATER SUPPLY PIPINGA.Stainless steel, ASTM A312, Schedule 10 with stainless steel butt welded fittings. Provide on sterilizer water supply.2.6 TRAP PRIMER WATER PIPINGA.Pipe: Copper tube, ASTM B88, type K, hard drawn.B.Fittings: Bronze castings conforming to ASME B16.18 Solder joints.C.Solder: ASTM B32 alloy type Sb5. Provide non-corrosive flux.2.7 STRAINERSA.Provide on high pressure side of pressure reducing valves, on suction side of pumps, on inlet side of indicating and control instruments and equipment subject to sediment damage and where shown on drawings. Strainer element shall be removable without disconnection of piping.B.Water: Basket or "Y" type with easily removable cover and brass strainer basket.C.Body: Less than 75 mm (3 inches), brass or bronze; 75 mm (3 inches) and greater, cast iron or semi-steel.2.8 DIELECTRIC FITTINGSA.Provide dielectric couplings or unions between pipe of dissimilar metals.2.9 STERILIZATION CHEMICALSA.Hypochlorite: ASTM E1120.B.Liquid Chlorine: ASTM E1229.2.10 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERA.Closed copper tube chamber with permanently sealed 413 kPa (60 psig) air charge above a Double O-ring piston. Two high heat Buna-N 0-rings pressure packed and lubricated with FDA approved silicone compound. All units shall be designed in accordance with ASSE 1010. Access shall be provided where devices are concealed within partitions or above ceilings. Size and install in accordance with PDI-WH 201 requirements. Provide water hammer arrestors at:1.All solenoid valves.2.All groups of two or more flush valves.3.All quick opening or closing valves.4.All medical washing equipment.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA.General: Comply with the International Plumbing Code and the following:1.Install branch piping for water from the piping system and connect to all fixtures, valves, cocks, outlets, casework, cabinets and equipment, including those furnished by the Government or specified in other sections.2.Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper tools. Pipe, except for plastic and glass, shall be reamed to remove burrs and a clean smooth finish restored to full pipe inside diameter.3.All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work/trades.4.Install union and shut-off valve on pressure piping at connections to equipment.5.Pipe Hangers, Supports and Accessories:a.All piping shall be supported per the IPC, H-18-8 Seismic Design Handbook, MSS SP-58, and SMACNA as required.b.Shop Painting and Plating: Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and accessories used for pipe supports shall be shop coated with zinc chromate primer paint. Electroplated copper hanger rods, hangers and accessories may be used with copper tubing.c.Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, Hangers:1)Solid or split un-plated cast iron.2)All plates shall be provided with set screws.3)Pipe Hangers: Height adjustable clevis type.4)Adjustable Floor Rests and Base Flanges: Steel.5)Concrete Inserts: "Universal" or continuous slotted type.6)Hanger Rods: Mild, low carbon steel, fully threaded or Threaded at each end with two removable nuts at each end for positioning rod and hanger and locking each in place.7)Pipe Hangers and Riser Clamps: Malleable iron or carbon steel. Pipe Hangers and riser clamps shall have a copper finish when supporting bare copper pipe or tubing.8)Rollers: Cast iron.9)Self-drilling type expansion shields shall be "Phillips" type, with case hardened steel expander plugs.10)Hangers and supports utilized with insulated pipe and tubing shall have 180 degree (minimum) metal protection shield centered on and welded to the hanger and support. The shield thickness and length shall be engineered and sized for distribution of loads to preclude crushing of insulation without breaking the vapor barrier. The shield shall be sized for the insulation and have flared edges to protect vaporretardant jacket facing. To prevent the shield from sliding out of the clevis hanger during pipe movement, center-ribbed shields shall be used.11)Miscellaneous Materials: As specified, required, directed or as noted on the drawings for proper installation of hangers, supports and accessories. If the vertical distance exceeds 6.1 m (20 feet) for cast iron pipe additional support shall be provided in the center of that span. Provide all necessary auxiliary steel to provide that support.12)With the installation of each flexible expansion joint, provide piping restraints for the upstream and downstream section of the piping at the flexible expansion joint. Provide calculations supporting the restraint length design and type of selected restraints. Restraint calculations shall be based on the criteria from the manufacturer regarding their restraint design.6.Install chrome plated cast brass escutcheon with set screw at each wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork.7.Penetrations:a.Firestopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke, and gases as specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Completely fill and seal clearances between raceways and openings with the firestopping materials.b.Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe and make watertight with sealant as specified in Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS. Bio-based materials shall be utilized when possible.c.Acoustical sealant: Where pipes pass through sound rated walls, seal around the pipe penetration with an acoustical sealant that is compliant with ASTM C919.8.Mechanical press-connect fitting connections shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting. The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully engaged (inserted) in the fitting. Ensure the tube is completely inserted to the fitting stop (appropriate depth) and squared with the fitting prior to applying the pressing jaws onto the fitting. The joints shall be pressed using the tool(s) approved by the manufacturer. Minimum distance between fittings shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. When the pressing cycle is complete, visually inspect the joint to ensure the tube has remained fully inserted, as evidenced by the visible insertion mark.B.Domestic Water piping shall conform to the following:1.Grade all lines to facilitate drainage. Provide drain valves at bottom of risers and all low points in system. Design domestic hot water circulating lines with no traps.2.Connect branch lines at bottom of main serving fixtures below and pitch down so that main may be drained through fixture. Connect branch lines to top of main serving only fixtures located on floor above.3.2 TESTSA.General: Test system either in its entirety or in sections. Submit testing plan to COR 10 working days prior to test date.B.Potable Water System: Test after installation of piping and domestic water heaters, but before piping is concealed, before covering is applied, and before plumbing fixtures are connected. Fill systems with water and maintain hydrostatic pressure of 1035 kPa (150 psig) gage for two hours. No decrease in pressure is allowed. Provide a pressure gage with a shutoff and bleeder valve at the highest point of the piping being tested. Pressure gauge shall have 1 psig increments.C.Re-agent Grade Water Systems: Fill system with water and maintain hydrostatic pressure of 1380 kPa (200 psig) gage during inspection and prove tight.D.All Other Piping Tests: Test new installed piping under 1-1/2 times actual operating conditions and prove tight.E.The test pressure shall hold for the minimum time duration required by the applicable plumbing code or authority having jurisdiction.3.3 STERILIZATION A.After tests have been successfully completed, thoroughly flush and sterilize the interior domestic water distribution system in accordance with AWWA C651.B.Use liquid chlorine or hypochlorite for sterilization.3.4 COMMISSIONINGA.Provide commissioning documentation in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS.ponents provided under this section of the specification will be tested as part of a larger system.3.5 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAININGA.Provide services of manufacturer’s technical representative for fourhours to instruct VA Personnel in operation and maintenance of the system.B.Submit training plans and instructor qualifications in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS. E N D -SECTION 22 13 00 FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 DESCRIPTIONA.This section pertains to sanitary sewer and vent systems, including piping, equipment and all necessary accessories as designated in this section.B.A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING.1.2 RELATED WORKA.Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.B.Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES.C.Section 01 81 13, SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.D.Section 01 91 00, GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS.E.Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING: Penetrations in rated enclosures.F.Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS: Sealant products.G.Section 09 91 00, PAINTING: Preparation and finish painting and identification of piping systems.H.Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING: Pipe Hangers and Supports, Materials Identification.I.Section 22 07 11, PLUMBING INSULATION.J.Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMSK.Section 26 05 26, GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMSL.Section 26 05 33, RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS1.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only.B.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):A13.1-2007Scheme for the Identification of Piping SystemsA112.36.2M-1991(R 2012)CleanoutsA112.6.3-2001 (R2007)Standard for Floor and Trench DrainsB1.20.1-2013Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)B16.1-2010Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged FittingsB16.4-2011Standard for Grey Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250B16.15-2013Cast Copper Alloy Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250B16.18-2012Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure FittingsB16.21-2011Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe FlangesB16.22-2013Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure FittingsB16.23-2011Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWVB16.24-2001 (R2006)Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged FittingsB16.29-2012Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: DWVB16.39-2009Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions Classes 150, 250, and 300B18.2.1-2012Square, Hex, Heavy Hex, and Askew Head Bolts and Hex, Heavy Hex, Hex Flange, Lobed Head, and Lag Screws (Inch Series)C.American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE):1001-2008Performance Requirements for Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers1018-2001Performance Requirements for Trap Seal Primer Valves – Potable Water Supplied1044-2001Performance Requirements for Trap Seal Primer Devices – Drainage Types and Electronic Design Types1079-2012Performance Requirements for Dielectric Pipe UnionsD.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):A53/A53M-2012Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black And Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated, Welded and SeamlessA74-2013aStandard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and FittingsA888-2013aStandard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping ApplicationsB32-2008Standard Specification for Solder MetalB43-2009Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard SizesB75-2011Standard Specification for Seamless Copper TubeB88-2009Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water TubeB306-2013Standard Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV)B584-2013Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General ApplicationsB687-1999 (R 2011)Standard Specification for Brass, Copper, and Chromium-Plated Pipe NipplesB813-2010Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy TubeB828-2002 (R 2010)Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and FittingsC564-2012Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and FittingsD1785-2012Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120D2321-2011Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow ApplicationsD2564-2012Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping SystemsD2665-2012Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and FittingsD2855-1996 (R 2010)Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and FittingsD5926-2011Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Gaskets for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV), Sewer, Sanitary, and Storm Plumbing SystemsF402-2005 (R 2012)Standard Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and FittingsF477-2010Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic PipeF1545-1997 (R 2009)Standard Specification for Plastic-Lined Ferrous Metal Pipe, Fittings, and FlangesE.Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI):2006Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook301-2012Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications310-2012Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping ApplicationsF.Copper Development Association, Inc. (CDA):A4015Copper Tube HandbookG.International Code Council (ICC):IPC-2012International Plumbing CodeH.Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS):SP-123-2013Non-Ferrous Threaded and Solder-Joint Unions for Use With Copper Water TubeI.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):70-2014National Electrical Code (NEC)J.Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI):WH-201 (R 2010)Water Hammer Arrestors StandardK.Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):508-99 (R2013)Standard For Industrial Control Equipment1.4 SUBMITTALSA.Submittals, including number of required copies, shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, and SAMPLES.rmation and material submitted under this section shall be marked “SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 13 00, FACILITY SANITARY AND VENT PIPING”, with applicable paragraph identification.C.Manufacturer's Literature and Data including: Full item description and optional features and accessories. Include dimensions, weights, materials, applications, standard compliance, model numbers, size, and capacity.1.Piping.2.Floor Drains.3.Grease Removal Unit.4.Cleanouts.5.Trap Seal Protection.6.Penetration Sleeves.7.Pipe Fittings.8.Traps.9.Exposed Piping and Fittings.D.Detailed shop drawing of clamping device and extensions when required in connection with the waterproofing membrane or the floor drain.1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA.Bio-Based Materials: For products designated by the USDA’s Bio-Preferred Program, provide products that meet or exceed USDA recommendations for bio-based content, so long as products meet all performance requirements in this specifications section. For more information regarding the product categories covered by the Bio-Preferred Program, visit AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATIONA.The installing contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of each completed phase for verification; and, shall provide the complete set at the time of final systems certification testing. As-built drawings are to be provided, and a copy of them on Auto-Cad version //____// provided on compact disk or DVD. Should the installing contractor engage the testing company to provide as-built or any portion thereof, it shall not be deemed a conflict of interest or breach of the ‘third party testing company’ requirement.B.Certification documentation shall be provided prior to submitting the request for final inspection. The documentation shall include all test results, the names of individuals performing work for the testing agency on this project, detailed procedures followed for all tests, and a certification that all results of tests were within limits specified.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 SANITARY WASTE, DRAIN, AND VENT PIPINGA.Cast iron waste, drain, and vent pipe and fittings.1.Cast iron waste, drain, and vent pipe and fittings shall be used for the following applications:a.Pipe buried in or in contact with earth.b.Sanitary pipe extensions to a distance of approximately 1500 mm (5 feet) outside of the building.c.Interior waste and vent piping above grade.2.Cast iron Pipe shall be bell and spigot or hubless (plain end or no-hub or hubless).3.The material for all pipe and fittings shall be cast iron soil pipe and fittings and shall conform to the requirements of CISPI 301, ASTM A888, or ASTM A74.4.Cast iron pipe and fittings shall be made from a minimum of 95 percent post-consumer recycled material.5.Joints for hubless pipe and fittings shall conform to the manufacturer’s installation instructions. Couplings for hubless joints shall conform to CISPI 310. Joints for hub and spigot pipe shall be installed with compression gaskets conforming to the requirements of ASTM C564.B.Copper Tube, (DWV):1.Copper DWV tube sanitary waste, drain and vent pipe may be used for piping above ground, except for urinal drains.2.The copper DWV tube shall be drainage type, drawn temper conforming to ASTM B306.3.The copper drainage fittings shall be cast copper or wrought copper conforming to ASME B16.23 or ASME B16.29.4.The joints shall be lead free, using a water flushable flux, and conforming to ASTM B32.2.2 PUMP DISCHARGE PIPINGA.Galvanized steel pump discharge pipe and fittings:1.Galvanized steel pipe shall be Schedule 40 weight class conforming to ASTM A53/A53M, with square cut grooved or threaded ends to match joining method.2.Fittings shall be Class 125, gray-iron threaded fittings conforming to ASME B16.4.3.Unions shall be Class 150 hexagonal-stock body with ball and socket, metal to metal, bronze seating surface, malleable iron conforming to ASME B16.39 with female threaded ends.4.Flanges shall be Class 125 cast iron conforming to ASME B16.1.a.Flange gaskets shall be full face, flat nonmetallic, asbestos free conforming to ASME B16.21.b.Flange nuts and bolts shall be carbon steel conforming to ASME B18.2.1.B.Copper pump discharge pipe and fittings:1.Copper tube shall be hard drawn Type L conforming to ASTM B88.2.Fittings shall be cast copper alloy conforming to ASME B16.18 or with solder joint ends.3.Unions shall be copper alloy, hexagonal stock body with ball and socket, metal to metal seating surface conforming to MSS SP-123 with female solder-joint.4.Flanges shall be Class 150, cast copper conforming to ASME B16.24 with solder-joint end.a.Flange gaskets shall be full face, flat nonmetallic, asbestos free conforming to ASME B16.21.b.Flange nuts and bolts shall be carbon steel conforming to ASME B18.2.1.5.Solder shall be lead free, water flushable flux conforming to ASTM B32 and ASTM B813.2.3 EXPOSED WASTE PIPINGA.Chrome plated brass piping of full iron pipe size shall be used in finished rooms for exposed waste piping connecting fixtures, casework, cabinets, equipment and reagent racks when not concealed by apron including those furnished by the Government or specified in other sections.1.The Pipe shall meet ASTM B43, regular weight.2.The Fittings shall conform to //ASME B16.15// //ASTM D2665//.3.Nipples shall conform to ASTM B687, Chromium-plated.4.Unions shall be brass or bronze with chrome finish. Unions 65 mm (21/2 inches) and larger shall be flange type with approved gaskets.B.In unfinished Rooms such as mechanical Rooms and Kitchens, Chromeplated brass piping is not required. The pipe materials specified under the paragraph “Sanitary Waste, Drain, and Vent Piping” can be used. The sanitary pipe in unfinished rooms shall be painted as specified in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.2.4 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGSA.Transition pipe couplings shall join piping with small differences in outside diameters or different materials. End connections shall be of the same size and compatible with the pipes being joined. The transition coupling shall be elastomeric, sleeve type reducing or transition pattern and include shear and corrosion resistant metal, tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. The transition coupling sleeve coupling shall be of the following material:1.For cast iron soil pipes, the sleeve material shall be rubber conforming to ASTM C564.3.For dissimilar pipes, the sleeve material shall be PVC conforming to ASTM D5926, or other material compatible with the pipe materials being joined.B.The dielectric fittings shall conform to ASSE 1079 with a pressure rating of 861 kPa (125 psig) at a minimum temperature of 82 degrees C (180 degrees F). The end connection shall be solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.C.Dielectric flange insulating kits shall be of non-conducting materials for field assembly of companion flanges with a pressure rating of 1035 kPa (150 psig). The gasket shall be neoprene or phenolic. The bolt sleeves shall be phenolic or polyethylene. The washers shall be phenolic with steel backing washers.D.The di-electric nipples shall be electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F1545 with a pressure rating of 2070 kPa (300 psig) at 107 degrees C (225 degrees F). The end connection shall be male threaded. The lining shall be inert and noncorrosive propylene.2.5 CLEANOUTSA.Cleanouts shall be the same size as the pipe, up to 100 mm (4 inches); and not less than 100 mm (4 inches) for larger pipe. Cleanouts shall be easily accessible and shall be gastight and watertight. Minimum clearance of 600 mm (24 inches) shall be provided for clearing a clogged sanitary line.B.Floor cleanouts shall be gray iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, gray iron cover conforming to ASME A112.36.2M. A gray iron ferrule with hubless, socket, inside calk or spigot connection and counter sunk, taper-thread, brass or bronze closure plug shall be included. The frame and cover material and finish shall be nickel-bronze copper alloy with a square shape. The cleanout shall be vertically adjustable for a minimum of 50 mm (2 inches). When a waterproof membrane is used in the floor system, clamping collars shall be provided on the cleanouts. Cleanouts shall consist of wye fittings and eighth bends with brass or bronze screw plugs. Cleanouts in the resilient tile floors, quarry tile and ceramic tile floors shall be provided with square top covers recessed for tile insertion. In the carpeted areas, carpet cleanout markers shall be provided. Two way cleanouts shall be provided where indicated on drawings and at every building exit. The loading classification for cleanouts in sidewalk areas or subject to vehicular traffic shall be heavy duty type.C.Cleanouts shall be provided at or near the base of the vertical stacks with the cleanout plug located approximately 600 mm (24 inches) above the floor. If there are no fixtures installed on the lowest floor, the cleanout shall be installed at the base of the stack. The cleanouts shall be extended to the wall access cover. Cleanout shall consist of sanitary tees. Nickelbronze square frame and stainless steel cover with minimum opening of 150 by 150 mm (6 by 6 inches) shall be furnished at each wall cleanout. Where the piping is concealed, a fixture trap or a fixture with integral trap, readily removable without disturbing concealed pipe, shall be accepted as a cleanout equivalent providing the opening to be used as a cleanout opening is the size required.D.In horizontal runs above grade, cleanouts shall consist of cast brass tapered screw plug in fitting or caulked/hubless cast iron ferrule. Plain end (hubless) piping in interstitial space or above ceiling may use plain end (hubless) 2.6 FLOOR DRAINSA.General Data: floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. A caulking flange, inside gasket, or hubless connection shall be provided for connection to cast iron pipe, screwed or no hub outlets for connection to steel pipe. The drain connection shall be bottom outlet. A membrane clamp and extensions shall be provided, if required, where installed in connection with waterproof membrane. Puncturing membrane other than for drain opening will not be permitted. Double drainage pattern floor drains shall have integral seepage pan for embedding into floor construction, and weep holes to provide adequate drainage from pan to drain pipe. For drains not installed in connection with a waterproof membrane, a //.45 kg (16-ounce) soft copper// //1.1 to 1.8 Kg (2.5 to 4 lbs.)// flashing membrane, 600 mm (24 inches) square or another approved waterproof membrane shall be provided.B.Type B (FD-B) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type B floor drain shall be constructed of galvanized cast iron with medium duty nickel bronze grate, double drainage pattern, clamping device, without sediment bucket but with secondary strainer in bottom for large debris. The grate shall be 175 mm (7 inches) minimum.C.Type C (FD-C) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type C floor drain shall have a cast iron body, double drainage pattern, clamping device, light duty nickel bronze adjustable strainer with round or square grate of 150 mm (6 inches) width or diameter minimum for toilet rooms, showers and kitchens.D.Type D (FD-D) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type D floor drain shall have a cast iron body with flange for membrane type flooring, integral reversible clamping device, seepage openings and 175 mm (7 inch) diameter or square satin nickel bronze or satin bronze strainer with 100 mm (4 inch) flange for toilet rooms, showers and kitchens.E.Type E (FD-E) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type E floor drain shall have a heavy, cast iron body, double drainage pattern, heavy nontilting ductile iron grate not less than 300 mm (12 inches) square, removable sediment bucket. Clearance between body and bucket shall be ample for free flow of waste water. For traffic use, an extra heavy duty load classification ductile iron grate shall be provided.F.Type F (FD-F) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type F floor drain shall be have a cast iron body with flange, integral reversible clamping device, seepage openings and a 228 mm (9 inch) twopiece satin nickelbronze or satin bronze strainer for use with seamless vinyl floors in toilet rooms and showers.G.Type G (FD-G) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type G floor drain shall have a cast iron body, shallow type with double drainage flange and removable, perforated aluminum sediment bucket. The type G drain shall have all interior and exposed exterior surfaces coated with acid resistant porcelain enamel finish. The floor drain shall have a clamping device. The frame and grate shall be nickel bronze. The grate shall be approximately 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter. The space between body of drain and basket shall be sufficient for free flow of waste water.H.Type H (FD-H) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type H drain shall have a cast iron body, double drainage pattern, without sediment bucket but with loose set nickel bronze grate, secondary strainer, and integral clamping collar. The grate shall be 300 mm (12 inches) in diameter or 300 mm (12 inches) square. The drain body shall be 150 mm (6 inches) deep.I.Type I (FD-I) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type I floor drain shall have a cast iron body, wide flange for seamless floor, double drainage pattern, with all interior surfaces and exposed exterior surfaces provided with acid resistant enamel finish for sanitary areas. The type I floor drain shall have a clamping device, secured nickel bronze rim, aluminum enameled finish sediment basket with, perforations with not less than 19,300 square mm (30 square inches) of free area. The sediment basket shall be approximately 100 mm (4 inches) deep, and be provided with grips for easy handling. The floor drain shall be provided with a loose-set, nickel bronze grate approximately 300 mm (12 inches) square and of sufficient strength to support pedestrian traffic. Ample space between body of drain and sediment basket shall be provided for free flow of waste liquids.J.Type J (FD-J) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type J floor drain shall be a flushing rim drain with heavy duty cast iron body, double drainage pattern with flushing rim and clamping device. The nickel bronze grate shall be approximately 280 mm (11 inches) in diameter and flush with floor. A deepseal Ptrap shall be attached to drain. The body and trap shall have pipe taps for water supply connections.1.Drain Flange: Flange for synthetic flooring.2.Flush Valve: Large diaphragm flushometer, exposed, side oscillating handle. For the flush valve mounting and installation detail, see the detail indicated on the drawings.K.Type K (FD-K) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type K floor drain shall be a flushing Rim Drain with heavy duty cast iron body, double drainage pattern with flushing rim and clamping device. Solid bronze gasketed grate shall be approximately 280 mm (11 inches) in diameter, flush with floor. A deepseal Ptrap shall be attached to drain. Body and trap shall have pipe taps for water supply connections. 1.Drain Flange: Flange for synthetic flooring.2.Flush Valve: Large diaphragm flushometer, exposed, side oscillating handle.L.Type L (FD-L) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type L floor drain shall be a flushing rim drain with heavy cast iron body, double drainage pattern with flushing rim and clamping device. Solid bronze gasketed grate shall be approximately 280 mm (11 inches) in diameter, with 50 mm (2 inch) length of 20 mm (3/4 inch) brass pipe brazed or threaded into the center of the solid grate. Pipe shall be threaded and provided with a brass cap with inter gasket (neoprene) to provide a gas tight installation. A deepseal Ptrap shall be attached to drain. Body and trap shall have pipe taps for water supply connections. Used in dialysis rooms.1.Drain Flange: Flange for synthetic flooring.M.Type M (FD-M) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type M floor drain shall have a cast iron body, nickel bronze adjustable funnel strainer and clamping device. Funnel strainer shall consist of a perforated floorlevel square or round grate and funnel extension for indirect waste. Cut-out grate below funnel. Minimum dimensions as follows:1.Area of strainer and collar – 23,000 square mm (36 square inches).2.Height of funnel – 95 mm (33/4 inches).3.Diameter of lower portion of funnel – 50 mm (2 inches).4.Diameter of top portion of funnel – 100 mm (4 inches).5.Provide paper collars for construction purposes.N.Type N (FD-N) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type N floor drain shall have a cast iron body, wide flange for seamless floors, double drainage pattern, with all interior and exposed exterior surfaces provided with acid resistant enamel finish for sanitary areas. The type N floor drain shall have a clamping device, secured nickel bronze rim, aluminum enameled finish sediment basket, perforated with not less than 9,000 square mm (14 square inches) of free area and approximately 50 mm (2 inches) deep. The sediment bucket shall be provided with grips for easy handling. The loose-set, nickel bronze grate approximately 200 mm (8 inches) shall be round and of sufficient strength to support pedestrian traffic. Ample space between body of drain and sediment basket shall be provided for free flow of waste liquids. O.Type O (FD-O) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type O floor drain shall have a cast iron body, double drainage pattern, clamping device, less grate and sediment basket but with dome type secondary strainer. The drain shall be 300 mm (12 inches) in diameter or 300 mm (12 inches) square and approximately 150 mm (6 inches) deep. The interior and exposed exterior surfaces shall have an acid resisting, enamel finish for sanitary areas.P.Type P (FD-P) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type P floor drain shall have a cast iron body, double drainage pattern, with all interior and exposed exterior surfaces provided with acid resistant enamel finish for sanitary areas. The type P floor drain shall have a clamping device, secured nickel bronze rim, an aluminum enameled finish sediment basket perforated with not less than 27,000 square mm (42 square inches) of free area and approximately 100 mm (4 inches) deep. The sediment bucket shall be provided with grips for easy handling. The looseset, nickel bronze grate shall be approximately 7,700 square mm (12 square inches) and of sufficient strength to support pedestrian traffic. Ample space between body of drain and sediment basket shall be provided for free flow of waste liquids.Q.Type R (FD-R) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type R floor drain shall have a cast iron body, double drainage pattern and clamping device, less grate and sediment basket but with dome type secondary strainer. The drain shall be 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter or 200 mm (8 inches) square and approximately 150 mm (6 inches) deep. The interior and exposed exterior surfaces and rim shall have an acid resisting finish for indirect waste in sanitary areas.R.Type S (FD-S) floor sink shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type S floor sink shall be constructed from type 304 stainless steel and shall be 300 mm (12 inches) square, and 200 mm (8 inches deep). The interior surface shall be polished. The double drainage flange shall be provided with weep holes, internal dome strainer, and heavy duty non-tilting loose set grate. A clamping device shall be provided.S.Type T (FD-T) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type T drain shall be Funnel Type, chemical resistant floor drain with integral p-trap. Double drainage pattern floor drain shall have an integral seepage pan for embedding in floor and weep holes to provide adequate drainage from pan to drain pipe. Floor drain shall be polypropylene, flame retardant, Schedule 40 or 80. An outlet of floor drain shall be suitable for properly jointing perforated or slotted floorlevel grate and funnel extension. Cut-out grate below funnel. Minimum dimensions as follows:1.Height of funnel – 95 mm (3-3/4 inches).2.Diameter of lower portion of funnel – 50 mm (2 inches).3.Diameter of top portion of funnel – 100 mm (4 inches).T.Type V (FD-V) medium duty (non-traffic) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3 The type V floor drain shall have an oval funnel and cast iron body. Funnel strainer shall consist of a slotted cast iron floor-level grate funnel extension. Cut-out grate below funnel. Minimum dimensions as follows:1.Area of strainer and collar – 23,000 square mm (36 square inches).2.Height of funnel – 95 mm (33/4 inches).3.Funnel size - 90 by 228 mm (31/2 by 9 inches).U.Type W (FD-W) Open Sight Drains (OSDs) for clear water wastes only:1.OSD’s shall be the cast iron open hub type.2.A cast iron drain standpipe shall be utilized for equipment with a high rate of discharge.V.Type X (FD-X) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type X floor drain shall be a chemical resistant floor drain and integral p-trap. Double drainage pattern floor drain shall have integral seepage pan for embedding in floor and weep holes to provide adequate drainage from pan to drain pipe. Floor drain shall be polypropylene, flame retardant, Schedule 40 or 80. An outlet of floor drain shall be suitable for properly joining a perforated or slotted floor level grate.W.Type Y (FD-Y) floor drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type Y floor drain shall be suitable for parking decks and constructed of extra heavy duty, galvanized cast iron body with double drainage pattern. The extra heavy duty polished bronze grate shall be not less than 228 mm (9 inches) in diameter with seepage pan and combination membrane flashing clamp, heavy duty support flange, under deck clamp and vandal proof grate.X.Type Z (FD-Z) trench drain shall comply with ASME A112.6.3. The type Z trench drain shall be suitable for shower thresholds and constructed of Type 304 stainless steel. The stainless steel slotted grate shall be not less than 100 mm (4 inches) wide with anchor supports, tile edge, bottom outlet and combination membrane flashing collar.2.7 TRAPSA.Traps shall be provided on all sanitary branch waste connections from fixtures or equipment not provided with traps. Exposed brass shall be polished brass chromium plated with nipple and set screw escutcheons. Concealed traps may be rough cast brass or same material as the piping they are connected to. Slip joints are not permitted on sewer side of trap. Traps shall correspond to fittings on cast iron soil pipe or steel pipe respectively, and size shall be as required by connected service or fixture.2.8 PRIMER VALVES AND TRAP SEAL PRIMER SYSTEMSA.Trap Primer (TP-1): The trap seal primer system shall be electronic type conforming to ASSE 1044.1.The controller shall have a 24 hour programmable timer, solid state, 6 outlet zones, minimum adjustable run time of 1 minute for each zone, 12 hour program battery backup, manual switch for 120VAC power, 120VAC to 24VAC internal transformer, fuse protected circuitry, UL listed, 120VAC input-24VAC output, constructed of enameled steel or plastic.2.The cabinet shall be recessed mounting with a stainless steel cover.3.The solenoid valve shall have a brass body, suitable for potable water service, normally closed, 861 kPa (125 psig) rated, 24VAC.4.The control wiring shall be copper in accordance with the National Electric Code (NFPA 70), Article 725 and not less than 18 gauge. All wiring shall be in conduit and in accordance with Division 26 of the specifications.5.The vacuum breaker shall conform to ASSE 1001.B.Trap Primer (TP-2): The trap seal primer valve shall be hydraulic, supply type with a pressure rating of 861 kPa (125 psig) and conforming to standard ASSE 1018.1.The inlet and outlet connections shall be 15 mm or DN15 (NPS 1/2 inch)2.The trap seal primer valve shall be fully automatic with an all brass or bronze body.3.The trap seal primer valve shall be activated by a drop in building water pressure, no adjustment required.4.The trap seal primer valve shall include a manifold when serving two, three, or four traps.5.The manifold shall be omitted when serving only one trap.2.9 PENETRATION SLEEVESA.A sleeve flashing device shall be provided at points where pipes pass through membrane waterproofed floors or walls. The sleeve flashing device shall be manufactured, cast iron fitting with clamping device that forms a sleeve for the pipe floor penetration of the floor membrane. A galvanized steel pipe extension shall be included in the top of the fitting that will extend 50 mm (2 inches) above finished floor and galvanized steel pipe extension in the bottom of the fitting that will extend through the floor slab. A waterproof caulked joint shall be provided at the top hub.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PIPE INSTALLATIONA.The pipe installation shall comply with the requirements of the International Plumbing Code (IPC) and these specifications.B.Branch piping shall be installed for waste from the respective piping systems and connect to all fixtures, valves, cocks, outlets, casework, cabinets and equipment, including those furnished by the Government or specified in other sections.C.Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper tools. Pipe shall be reamed to full size after cutting.D.All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work.E.The piping shall be installed above accessible ceilings where possible.F.The piping shall be installed to permit valve servicing or operation.G.The piping shall be installed free of sags and bends.H.Seismic restraint shall be installed where required by code.I.Changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping shall be made using appropriate branches, bends and long sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short sweep quarter bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Long turn double wye branch and eighth bend fittings shall be used if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Proper size of standard increaser and reducers shall be used if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.J.Buried soil and waste drainage and vent piping shall be laid beginning at the low point of each system. Piping shall be installed true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Hub ends shall be placed upstream. Required gaskets shall be installed according to manufacturer’s written instruction for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.K.Cast iron piping shall be installed according to CISPI’s “Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook,” Chapter IV, “Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings”L.Aboveground copper tubing shall be installed according to Copper Development Association’s (CDA) “Copper Tube Handbook”.N.If an installation is unsatisfactory to the COR, the Contractor shall correct the installation at no cost to the Government.3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTIONA.Hub and spigot, cast iron piping with gasket joints shall be joined in accordance with CISPI’s “Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook” for compression joints.B.Hub and spigot, cast iron piping with calked joints shall be joined in accordance with CISPI’s “Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook” for lead and oakum calked joints.C.Hubless or No-hub, cast iron piping shall be joined in accordance with CISPI’s “Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook” for hubless piping coupling joints.D.For threaded joints, thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. The threads shall be cut full and clean using sharp disc cutters. Threaded pipe ends shall be reamed to remove burrs and restored to full pipe inside diameter. Pipe fittings and valves shall be joined as follows:1.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is required by the pipe service.2.Pipe sections with damaged threads shall be replaced with new sections of pipe.E.Copper tube and fittings with soldered joints shall be joined according to ASTM B828. A water flushable, lead free flux conforming to ASTM B813 and a lead free alloy solder conforming to ASTM B32 shall be used.3.3 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGSA.Transition coupling shall be installed at pipe joints with small differences in pipe outside diameters.B.Dielectric fittings shall be installed at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing.3.4 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIESA.All piping shall be supported according to the International Plumbing Code (IPC), Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, and these specifications. Where conflicts arise between these the code and Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING the most restrictive or the requirement that specifies supports with highest loading or shortest spacing shall apply.B.Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and accessories used for pipe supports shall be painted according to Section 09 91 00, PAINTING. Electroplated copper hanger rods, hangers and accessories may be used with copper tubing.C.Horizontal piping and tubing shall be supported within 300 mm (12 inches) of each fitting or coupling.D.Horizontal cast iron piping shall be supported with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum hanger rod diameters:1.40 mm or DN40 to 50 mm or DN50 (NPS 1-1/2 inch to NPS 2 inch): 1500 mm (60 inches) with 10 mm (3/8 inch) rod.2.75 mm or DN75 (NPS 3 inch): 1500 mm (60 inches) with 15 mm (1/2 inch) rod.3.100 mm or DN100 to 125 mm or DN125 (NPS 4 inch to NPS 5 inch): 1500 mm (60 inches) with 18 mm (5/8 inch) rod.4.150 mm or DN150 to 200 mm or DN200 (NPS 6 inch to NPS 8 inch): 1500 mm (60 inches) with 20 mm (3/4 inch) rod.5.250 mm or DN250 to 300 mm or DN300 (NPS 10 inch to NPS 12 inch): 1500 mm (60 inch) with 23 mm (7/8 inch) rod.F.Vertical piping and tubing shall be supported at the base, at each floor, and at intervals no greater than 4.6 m (15 feet).G.In addition to the requirements in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, Hangers shall have the following characteristics:1.Solid or split unplated cast iron.2.All plates shall be provided with set screws.3.Height adjustable clevis type pipe hangers.4.Adjustable floor rests and base flanges shall be steel.5.Hanger rods shall be low carbon steel, fully threaded or threaded at each end with two removable nuts at each end for positioning rod and hanger and locking each in place.6.Riser clamps shall be malleable iron or steel.7.Rollers shall be cast iron.8.See Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING, for requirements on insulated pipe protective shields at hanger supports.H.Miscellaneous materials shall be provided as specified, required, directed or as noted on the drawings for proper installation of hangers, supports and accessories. If the vertical distance exceeds 6.1 m (20 feet) for cast iron pipe additional support shall be provided in the center of that span. All necessary auxiliary steel shall be provided to provide that support.I.Cast escutcheon with set screw shall be provided at each wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork.J.Penetrations:1.Fire Stopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke partitions, or floors, a fire stop shall be installed that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases as specified in Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. Clearances between raceways and openings shall be completely filled and sealed with the fire stopping materials.2.Water proofing: At floor penetrations, clearances shall be completely sealed around the pipe and make watertight with sealant as specified in Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS.K.Exhaust vents shall be extended separately through roof. Sanitary vents shall not connect to exhaust vents.3.5 TESTSA.Sanitary waste and drain systems shall be tested either in its entirety or in sections.B.Waste System tests shall be conducted before trenches are backfilled or fixtures are connected. A water test or air test shall be conducted, as directed.1.If entire system is tested for a water test, tightly close all openings in pipes except highest opening, and fill system with water to point of overflow. If the waste system is tested in sections, tightly plug each opening except highest opening of section under test, fill each section with water and test with at least a 3 m (10 foot) head of water. In testing successive sections, test at least upper 3 m (10 feet) of next preceding section so that each joint or pipe except upper most 3 m (10 feet) of system has been submitted to a test of at least a 3 m (10 foot) head of water. Water shall be kept in the system, or in portion under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. System shall then be tight at all joints.2.For an air test, an air pressure of 34 kPa (5 psig) gage shall be maintained for at least 15 minutes without leakage. A force pump and mercury column gage shall be used for the air test.3.After installing all fixtures and equipment, open water supply so that all p-traps can be observed. For 15 minutes of operation, all p-traps shall be inspected for leaks and any leaks found shall be corrected.4.Final Tests: Either one of the following tests may be used.a.Smoke Test: After fixtures are permanently connected and traps are filled with water, fill entire drainage and vent systems with smoke under pressure of .25 kPa (1 inch of water) with a smoke machine. Chemical smoke is prohibited.b.Peppermint Test: Introduce 60 ml (2 ounces) of peppermint into each line or stack.3.6 COMMISSIONINGA.Provide commissioning documentation in accordance with the requirements of Section 22 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS. ponents provided under this section of the specification will be tested as part of a larger system. E N D -SECTION 23 05 11COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A.The requirements of this Section apply to all sections of Division 23. B.Definitions:1.Exposed: Piping, ductwork, and equipment exposed to view in finished rooms. 2.Option or optional: Contractor's choice of an alternate material or method. 3.RE: Resident Engineer4.COTR: Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative.1.2 RELATED WORK Section 00 72 00, GENERAL CONDITIONSSection 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTSSection 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, and SAMPLESF.Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.G.Section 05 31 00, STEEL DECKING, H.Section 05 36 00, COMPOSITE METAL DECKINGI.Section 05 50 00, METAL FABRICATIONS J.Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING K.Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS L.Section 09 91 00, PAINTINGN.Section 23 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC and STEAM GENERATIONO.Section 23 05 41, NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING and EQUIPMENTP.Section 23 05 93, TESTING, ADJUSTING, and BALANCING FOR HVACQ.Section 23 07 11, HVAC, and BOILER PLANT INSULATION.R. Section 23 08 00, COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS.S. Section 23 08 11, DEMONSTARION and TESTS FOR BOILER PLANT. T.Section 23 82 00, CONVECTION HEATING and COOLING UNITS U.Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS V. Section 26 05 19, LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUITS and CABLES. Y.Section 26 29 11, LOW-VOLTAGE MOTOR STARTERS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Mechanical, electrical and associated systems shall be safe, reliable, efficient, durable, easily and safely operable and maintainable, easily and safely accessible, and in compliance with applicable codes as specified. The systems shall be comprised of high quality institutional-class and industrial-class products of manufacturers that are experienced specialists in the required product lines. All construction firms and personnel shall be experienced and qualified specialists in industrial and institutional HVAC B.Flow Rate Tolerance for HVAC Equipment: Section 23 05 93, TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC.C.Equipment Vibration Tolerance:1.Refer to Section 23 05 41, NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING and EQUIPMENT. Equipment shall be factory-balanced to this tolerance and re-balanced on site, as necessary.2.After HVAC air balance work is completed and permanent drive sheaves are in place, perform field mechanical balancing and adjustments required to meet the specified vibration tolerance.D.Products Criteria:1.Standard Products: Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 3 years (or longer as specified elsewhere). The design, model and size of each item shall have been in satisfactory and efficient operation on at least three installations for approximately three years. However, digital electronics devices, software and systems such as controls, instruments, computer work station, shall be the current generation of technology and basic design that has a proven satisfactory service record of at least three years. See other specification sections for any exceptions and/or additional requirements.2.All items furnished shall be free from defects that would adversely affect the performance, maintainability and appearance of individual components and overall assembly.3.Conform to codes and standards as required by the specifications. Conform to local codes, if required by local authorities such as the natural gas supplier, if the local codes are more stringent then those specified. Refer any conflicts to the Resident Engineer.4.Multiple Units: When two or more units of materials or equipment of the same type or class are required, these units shall be products of one manufacturer.5.Assembled Units: Manufacturers of equipment assemblies, which use components made by others, assume complete responsibility for the final assembled product.6.Nameplates: Nameplate bearing manufacturer's name or identifiable trademark shall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on equipment, or name or trademark cast integrally with equipment, stamped or otherwise permanently marked on each item of equipment.7.Asbestos products or equipment or materials containing asbestos shall not be used.E.Equipment Service Organizations: 1.HVAC: Products and systems shall be supported by service organizations that maintain a complete inventory of repair parts and are located within 50 miles to the site. F.HVAC Mechanical Systems Welding: Before any welding is performed, contractor shall submit a certificate certifying that welders comply with the following requirements:1.Qualify welding processes and operators for piping according to ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications".ply with provisions of ASME B31 series "Code for Pressure Piping".3.Certify that each welder has passed American Welding Society (AWS) qualification tests for the welding processes involved, and that certification is current.G.Execution (Installation, Construction) Quality:1.Apply and install all items in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Refer conflicts between the manufacturer's instructions and the contract drawings and specifications to the Resident Engineer for resolution. Provide written hard copies or computer files of manufacturer’s installation instructions to the Resident Engineer at least two weeks prior to commencing installation of any item. Installation of the item will not be allowed to proceed until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recommendations is a cause for rejection of the material.2.Provide complete layout drawings required by Paragraph, SUBMITTALS. Do not commence construction work on any system until the layout drawings have been approved.H.Upon request by Government, provide lists of previous installations for selected items of equipment. Include contact persons who will serve as references, with telephone numbers and e-mail addresses.1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES, and with requirements in the individual specification sections. B.Contractor shall make all necessary field measurements and investigations to assure that the equipment and assemblies will meet contract requirements.C.If equipment is submitted which differs in arrangement from that shown, provide drawings that show the rearrangement of all associated systems. Approval will be given only if all features of the equipment and associated systems, including accessibility, are equivalent to that required by the contract.D.Prior to submitting shop drawings for approval, contractor shall certify in writing that manufacturers of all major items of equipment have each reviewed drawings and specifications, and have jointly coordinated and properly integrated their equipment and controls to provide a complete and efficient installation.E.Submittals and shop drawings for interdependent items, containing applicable descriptive information, shall be furnished together and complete in a group. Coordinate and properly integrate materials and equipment in each group to provide a completely compatible and efficient.H.Layout Drawings: 1.Submit complete consolidated and coordinated layout drawings for all new systems, and for existing systems that are in the same areas. Refer to Section 00 72 00, GENERAL CONDITIONS, Article, SUBCONTRACTS AND WORK COORDINATION. 2.The drawings shall include plan views, elevations and sections of all systems and shall be on a scale of not less than 1:32 (3/8-inch equal to one foot). Clearly identify and dimension the proposed locations of the principal items of equipment. The drawings shall clearly show locations and adequate clearance for all equipment, piping, valves, control panels and other items. Show the access means for all items requiring access for operations and maintenance. Provide detailed layout drawings of all piping and duct systems.3.Do not install equipment foundations, equipment or piping until layout drawings have been approved. 4.In addition, for HVAC systems, provide details of the following:a.Mechanical equipment rooms. b.Interstitial space.c.Hangers, inserts, supports, and bracing. d.Pipe sleeves. e.Duct or equipment penetrations of floors, walls, ceilings, or roofs.I.Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Submit under the pertinent section rather than under this section. 1.Submit belt drive with the driven equipment. Submit selection data for specific drives when requested by the Resident Engineer. 2.Submit electric motor data and variable speed drive data with the driven equipment. 3.Equipment and materials identification. 4.Fire-stopping materials. 5.Hangers, inserts, supports and bracing. Provide load calculations for variable spring and constant support hangers. 6.Wall, floor, and ceiling plates. J.HVAC Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions: 1.Maintenance and operating manuals in accordance with Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article, INSTRUCTIONS, for systems and equipment. 2.Provide a listing of recommended replacement parts for keeping in stock supply, including sources of supply, for equipment. Include in the listing belts for equipment: Belt manufacturer, model number, size and style, and distinguished whether of multiple belt sets. K.Provide copies of approved HVAC equipment submittals to the Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Subcontractor. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B.Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI): 4302009Central Station AirHandling Units C.American National Standard Institute (ANSI): B31.12007Power Piping D.Rubber Manufacturers Association (ANSI/RMA): IP202007Specifications for Drives Using Classical VBelts and SheavesIP212009Specifications for Drives Using Double-V (Hexagonal) Belts IP222007Specifications for Drives Using Narrow VBelts and Sheaves E.Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): 41096Recommended Safety Practices for Air Moving Devices F.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC): Section I-2007Power BoilersSection IX-2007Welding and Brazing Qualifications Code for Pressure Piping:B31.1-2007Power PipingG.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A36/A36M-08Standard Specification for Carbon Structural SteelA575-96(2007)Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades E84-10Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E11909cStandard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials H.Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc: SP582009Pipe Hangers and Supports-Materials, Design and Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation SP 69-2003Pipe Hangers and Supports-Selection and ApplicationSP 127-2001Bracing for Piping Systems, Seismic – Wind – Dynamic, Design, Selection, ApplicationNational Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):MG-1-2009Motors and GeneratorsJ.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 31-06Standard for Installation of Oil-Burning Equipment54-09National Fuel Gas Code70-08National Electrical Code85-07Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code90A09Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 10109Life Safety Code 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A.Protection of Equipment: 1.Equipment and material placed on the job site shall remain in the custody of the Contractor until phased acceptance, whether or not the Government has reimbursed the Contractor for the equipment and material. The Contractor is solely responsible for the protection of such equipment and material against any damage.2.Place damaged equipment in first class, new operating condition; or, replace same as determined and directed by the Resident Engineer. Such repair or replacement shall be at no additional cost to the Government.3.Protect interiors of new equipment and piping systems against entry of foreign matter. Clean both inside and outside before painting or placing equipment in operation.4.Existing equipment and piping being worked on by the Contractor shall be under the custody and responsibility of the Contractor and shall be protected as required for new work.B.Cleanliness of Piping and Equipment Systems:1.Exercise care in storage and handling of equipment and piping material to be incorporated in the work. Remove debris arising from cutting, threading and welding of piping.2.Piping systems shall be flushed, blown or pigged as necessary to deliver clean systems.3.Clean interior of all tanks prior to delivery for beneficial use by the Government.4.Boilers shall be left clean following final internal inspection by Government insurance representative or inspector.5.Contractor shall be fully responsible for all costs, damage, and delay arising from failure to provide clean systems.1.7 JOB CONDITIONS – work in existing BuildingA.Building Operation: Government employees will be continuously operating and managing all facilities, including temporary facilities, that serve the medical center. B.Maintenance of Service: Schedule all work to permit continuous service as required by the medical center. C.Steam and Condensate Service Interruptions: Limited steam and condensate service interruptions, as required for interconnections of new and existing systems, will be permitted by the Resident Engineer during periods when the demands are not critical to the operation of the medical center. These non-critical periods are limited to between 8 pm and 5 am in the appropriate off-season (if applicable). Provide at least one week advance notice to the Resident Engineer. D.Phasing of Work: Comply with all requirements shown on drawings or specified.E.Building Working Environment: Maintain the architectural and structural integrity of the building and the working environment at all times. Maintain the interior of building at 18 degrees C (65 degrees F) minimum. Limit the opening of doors, windows or other access openings to brief periods as necessary for rigging purposes. No storm water or ground water leakage permitted. Provide daily cleanup of construction and demolition debris on all floor surfaces and on all equipment being operated by VA. F.Acceptance of Work for Government Operation: As new facilities are made available for operation and these facilities are of beneficial use to the Government, inspections will be made and tests will be performed. Based on the inspections, a list of contract deficiencies will be issued to the Contractor. After correction of deficiencies as necessary for beneficial use, the Contracting Officer will process necessary acceptance and the equipment will then be under the control and operation of Government personnel.G.Temporary Facilities: Refer to Article, TEMPORARY PIPING AND EQUIPMENT in this section.PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FACTORY-ASSEMBLED PRODUCTSA.Provide maximum standardization of components to reduce spare part requirements.B.Manufacturers of equipment assemblies that include components made by others shall assume complete responsibility for final assembled unit.1.All components of an assembled unit need not be products of same manufacturer.2.Constituent parts that are alike shall be products of a single manufacturer.ponents shall be compatible with each other and with the total assembly for intended service.4.Contractor shall guarantee performance of assemblies of components, and shall repair or replace elements of the assemblies as required to deliver specified performance of the complete assembly.ponents of equipment shall bear manufacturer's name and trademark, model number, serial number and performance data on a name plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place, or cast integral with, stamped or otherwise permanently marked upon the components of the equipment.D.Major items of equipment, which serve the same function, must be the same make and model. Exceptions will be permitted if performance requirements cannot be met.2.2 COMPATIBILITY OF RELATED EQUIPMENT Equipment and materials installed shall be compatible in all respects with other items being furnished and with existing items so that the result will be a complete and fully operational plant that conforms to contract requirements.2.3 BELT DRIVES A.Type: ANSI/RMA standard Vbelts with proper motor pulley and driven sheave. Belts shall be constructed of reinforced cord and rubber. B.Dimensions, rating and selection standards: ANSI/RMA IP20 and IP21. C.Minimum Horsepower Rating: Motor horsepower plus recommended ANSI/RMA service factor (not less than 20 percent) in addition to the ANSI/RMA allowances for pitch diameter, center distance, and arc of contact. D.Maximum Speed: 25 m/s (5000 feet per minute). E.Adjustment Provisions: For alignment and ANSI/RMA standard allowances for installation and takeup. F.Drives may utilize a single VBelt (any cross section) when it is the manufacturer's standard. G.Multiple Belts: Matched to ANSI/RMA specified limits by measurement on a belt measuring fixture. Seal matched sets together to prevent mixing or partial loss of sets. Replacement, when necessary, shall be an entire set of new matched belts. H.Sheaves and Pulleys:1.Material: Pressed steel, or close grained cast iron. 2.Bore: Fixed or bushing type for securing to shaft with keys. 3.Balanced: Statically and dynamically. 4.Groove spacing for driving and driven pulleys shall be the same. 2.6 ELECTRIC MOTORS A.All material and equipment furnished and installation methods shall conform to the requirements of Section 23 05 12, GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC AND STEAM GENERATION EQUIPMENT; Section 26 29 11, LOW-VOLTAGE MOTOR STARTERS; and, Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600 VOLTS AND BELOW). Provide all electrical wiring, conduit, and devices necessary for the proper connection, protection and operation of the systems. Provide special energy efficient premium efficiency type motors as scheduled. 2.7 VARIABLE SPEED MOTOR CONTROLLERS A.Refer to Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS and Section 26 29 11, LOW-VOLTAGE MOTOR STARTERS for specifications.B.The combination of controller and motor shall be provided by the manufacturer of the driven equipment, such as pumps and fans, and shall be rated for 100 percent output performance. Multiple units of the same class of equipment, i.e. air handlers, fans, pumps, shall be product of a single manufacturer.C.Motors shall be premium efficiency type and be approved by the motor controller manufacturer. The controller-motor combination shall be guaranteed to provide full motor nameplate horsepower in variable frequency operation. Both driving and driven motor/fan sheaves shall be fixed pitch.D.Controller shall not add any current or voltage transients to the input AC power distribution system, DDC controls, sensitive medical equipment, etc., nor shall be affected from other devices on the AC power system.E.Controller shall be provided with the following operating features and accessories:1.Suitable for variable torque load.2.Provide thermal magnetic circuit breaker or fused switch with external operator and incoming line fuses. Unit shall be rated for minimum //25,000//30,000// AIC. Provide AC input //line reactors (3% impedance)//filters// on incoming power line. Provide output line reactors on line between drive and motor //for motors over 50 HP or// where the distance between the breaker and motor exceeds 50 feet.2.8 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION A.Use symbols, nomenclature and equipment numbers specified, shown on the drawings and shown in the maintenance manuals. In addition, provide bar code identification nameplate for all equipment which will allow the equipment identification code to be scanned into the system for maintenance and inventory tracking. Identification for piping is specified in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING. B.Interior (Indoor) Equipment: Engraved nameplates, with letters not less than 48 mm (3/16inch) high of brass with blackfilled letters, or rigid black plastic with white letters specified in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING permanently fastened to the equipment. Identify unit components such as coils, filters, fans, etc. C.Exterior (Outdoor) Equipment: Brass nameplates, with engraved black filled letters, not less than 48 mm (3/16inch) high riveted or bolted to the equipment. D.Control Items: Label all temperature and humidity sensors, controllers and control dampers. Identify and label each item as they appear on the control diagrams. E.Valve Tags and Lists: 1.HVAC and Boiler Plant: Provide for all valves other than for equipment in Section 23 82 00, CONVECTION HEATING AND COOLING UNITS. 2.Valve tags: Engraved black filled numbers and letters not less than 13 mm (1/2inch) high for number designation, and not less than 6.4 mm(1/4inch) for service designation on 19 gage 38 mm (11/2 inches) round brass disc, attached with brass "S" hook or brass chain. 3.Valve lists: Typed or printed plastic coated card(s), sized 216 mm(81/2 inches) by 280 mm (11 inches) showing tag number, valve function and area of control, for each service or system. Punch sheets for a 3ring notebook.4.Provide detailed plan for each floor of the building indicating the location and valve number for each valve. Identify location of each valve with a color coded thumb tack in ceiling.2.9 FIRESTOPPING Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING specifies an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases where penetrations occur for piping and ductwork. Refer to Section 23 07 11, HVAC, PLUMBING, AND BOILER PLANT INSULATION, for firestop pipe and duct insulation. 2.10 GALVANIZED REPAIR COMPOUNDMil. Spec. DODP21035B, paint form. 2.11 hvac PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS A.Vibration Isolators: Refer to Section 23 05 41, NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.B.Supports for Roof Mounted Items: 1.Equipment: Equipment rails shall be galvanized steel, minimum 1.3 mm (18 gauge), with integral baseplate, continuous welded corner seams, factory installed 50 mm by 100 mm (2 by 4) treated wood nailer, 1.3 mm (18 gauge) galvanized steel counter flashing cap with screws, builtin cant strip, (except for gypsum or tectum deck), minimum height 280 mm (11 inches). For surface insulated roof deck, provide raised cant strip to start at the upper surface of the insulation. 2.Pipe/duct pedestals: Provide a galvanized Unistrut channel welded to Ushaped mounting brackets which are secured to side of rail with galvanized lag bolts. C.Pipe Supports: Comply with MSS SP58. Type Numbers specified refer to this standard. For selection and application comply with MSS SP69. Refer to Section 05 50 00, METAL FABRICATIONS, for miscellaneous metal support materials and prime coat painting requirements. D.Attachment to Concrete Building Construction:1.Concrete insert: MSS SP-58, Type 18. 2.Selfdrilling expansion shields and machine bolt expansion anchors: Permitted in concrete not less than 102 mm (four inches) thick when approved by the Resident Engineer for each job condition.3.Powerdriven fasteners: Permitted in existing concrete or masonry not less than 102 mm (four inches) thick when approved by the Resident Engineer for each job condition. E.Attachment to Steel Building Construction: 1.Welded attachment: MSS SP58, Type 22. 2.Beam clamps: MSS SP-58, Types 20, 21, 28 or 29. Type 23 Cclamp may be used for individual copper tubing up to 23mm (7/8inch) outside diameter. G.Attachment to existing structure: Support from existing floor/roof frame.H.Attachment to Wood Construction: Wood screws or lag bolts. I.Hanger Rods: Hotrolled steel, ASTM A36 or A575 for allowable load listed in MSS SP58. For piping, provide adjustment means for controlling level or slope. Types 13 or 15 turnbuckles shall provide 38 mm (11/2 inches) minimum of adjustment and incorporate locknuts. Allthread rods are acceptable. J.Hangers Supporting Multiple Pipes (Trapeze Hangers): Galvanized, cold formed, lipped steel channel horizontal member, not less than 41 mm by 41 mm (15/8 inches by 15/8 inches), 2.7 mm (No. 12 gage), designed to accept special spring held, hardened steel nuts. Not permitted for steam supply and condensate piping. 1.Allowable hanger load: Manufacturers rating less 91kg (200 pounds). 2.Guide individual pipes on the horizontal member of every other trapeze hanger with 6 mm (1/4inch) Ubolt fabricated from steel rod. Provide Type 40 insulation shield, secured by two 13mm (1/2inch) galvanized steel bands, or preinsulated calcium silicate shield for insulated piping at each hanger. K.Supports for Piping Systems:1.Select hangers sized to encircle insulation on insulated piping. Refer to Section 23 07 11, HVAC, PLUMBING, AND BOILER PLANT INSULATION for insulation thickness. To protect insulation, provide Type 39 saddles for roller type supports or preinsulated calcium silicate shields. Provide Type 40 insulation shield or preinsulated calcium silicate shield at all other types of supports and hangers including those for preinsulated piping.2.Piping Systems except High and Medium Pressure Steam (MSS SP58): a.Standard clevis hanger: Type 1; provide locknut. b.Riser clamps: Type 8. c.Wall brackets: Types 31, 32 or 33. d.Roller supports: Type 41, 43, 44 and 46. e.Saddle support: Type 36, 37 or 38. f.Turnbuckle: Types 13 or 15. Preinsulate.g.Ubolt clamp: Type 24. h.Copper Tube: 1)Hangers, clamps and other support material in contact with tubing shall be painted with copper colored epoxy paint, plastic coated or taped with non adhesive isolation tape to prevent electrolysis.2)For vertical runs use epoxy painted or plastic coated riser clamps.3)For supporting tube to strut: Provide epoxy painted pipe straps for copper tube or plastic inserted vibration isolation clamps.4)Insulated Lines: Provide pre-insulated calcium silicate shields sized for copper tube.i.Supports for plastic or glass piping: As recommended by the pipe manufacturer with black rubber tape extending one inch beyond steel support or clamp. 3.High and Medium Pressure Steam (MSS SP-58): a.Provide eye rod or Type 17 eye nut near the upper attachment. b.Piping 50 mm (2 inches) and larger: Type 43 roller hanger. For roller hangers requiring seismic bracing provide a Type 1 clevis hanger with Type 41 roller attached by flat side bars. c.Piping with Vertical Expansion and Contraction: 1)Movement up to 20 mm (3/4inch): Type 51 or 52 variable spring unit with integral turn buckle and load indicator. 2)Movement more than 20 mm (3/4inch): Type 54 or 55 constant support unit with integral adjusting nut, turn buckle and travel position indicator.4.Convertor and Expansion Tank Hangers: May be Type 1 sized for the shell diameter. Insulation where required will cover the hangers.L.Pre-insulated Calcium Silicate Shields:1.Provide 360 degree water resistant high density 965 kPa (140 psi) compressive strength calcium silicate shields encased in galvanized metal.2.Pre-insulated calcium silicate shields to be installed at the point of support during erection.3.Shield thickness shall match the pipe insulation.4.The type of shield is selected by the temperature of the pipe, the load it must carry, and the type of support it will be used with.a.Shields for supporting chilled or cold water shall have insulation that extends a minimum of 1 inch past the sheet metal. Provide for an adequate vapor barrier in chilled lines.b.The pre-insulated calcium silicate shield shall support the maximum allowable water filled span as indicated in MSS-SP 69. To support the load, the shields may have one or more of the following features: structural inserts 4138 kPa (600 psi) compressive strength, an extra bottom metal shield, or formed structural steel (ASTM A36) wear plates welded to the bottom sheet metal jacket.Shields may be used on steel clevis hanger type supports, roller supports or flat surfaces.2.12 PIPE PENETRATIONSA.Install sleeves during construction for other than blocked out floor openings for risers in mechanical bays. B.To prevent accidental liquid spills from passing to a lower level, provide the following: 1.For sleeves: Extend sleeve 25 mm (one inch) above finished floor and provide sealant for watertight joint. 2.For blocked out floor openings: Provide 40 mm (11/2 inch) angle set in silicone adhesive around opening. 3.For drilled penetrations: Provide 40 mm (11/2 inch) angle ring or square set in silicone adhesive around penetration. C.Penetrations are not allowed through beams or ribs, but may be installed in concrete beam flanges. Any deviation from these requirements must receive prior approval of Resident Engineer. D.Sheet Metal, Plastic, or Moistureresistant Fiber Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through floors, interior walls, and partitions, unless brass or steel pipe sleeves are specifically called for below.E.Cast Iron or Zinc Coated Pipe Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through exterior walls below grade. Make space between sleeve and pipe watertight with a modular or link rubber seal. Seal shall be applied at both ends of sleeve. F.Galvanized Steel or an alternate Black Iron Pipe with asphalt coating Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through concrete beam flanges, except where brass pipe sleeves are called for. Provide sleeve for pipe passing through floor of mechanical rooms, laundry work rooms, and animal rooms above basement. Except in mechanical rooms, connect sleeve with floor plate. G.Brass Pipe Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through quarry tile, terrazzo or ceramic tile floors. Connect sleeve with floor plate. H.Sleeves are not required for wall hydrants for fire department connections or in drywall construction. I.Sleeve Clearance: Sleeve through floors, walls, partitions, and beam flanges shall be one inch greater in diameter than external diameter of pipe. Sleeve for pipe with insulation shall be large enough to accommodate the insulation. Interior openings shall be caulked tight with fire stopping material and sealant to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, and gases. J.Sealant and Adhesives: Shall be as specified in Section 07 92 00, JOINT SEALANTS. 2.13 Duct penetrations A.Provide curbs for roof mounted piping, ductwork and equipment. Curbs shall be 18 inches high with continuously welded seams, built-in cant strip, interior baffle with acoustic insulation, curb bottom, hinged curb adapter.B.Provide firestopping for openings through fire and smoke barriers, maintaining minimum required rating of floor, ceiling or wall assembly. See section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING.2.14 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS A.Furnish, and turn over to the Resident Engineer, tools not readily available commercially, that are required for disassembly or adjustment of equipment and machinery furnished. B.Grease Guns with Attachments for Applicable Fittings: One for each type of grease required for each motor or other equipment. C.Refrigerant Tools: Provide system charging/Evacuation equipment, gauges, fittings, and tools required for maintenance of furnished equipment.D.Tool Containers: Hardwood or metal, permanently identified for in tended service and mounted, or located, where directed by the Resident Engineer. E.Lubricants: A minimum of 0.95 L (one quart) of oil, and 0.45 kg (one pound) of grease, of equipment manufacturer's recommended grade and type, in unopened containers and properly identified as to use for each different application. 2.15 WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES A.Material and Type: Chrome plated brass or chrome plated steel, one piece or split type with concealed hinge, with set screw for fastening to pipe, or sleeve. Use plates that fit tight around pipes, cover openings around pipes and cover the entire pipe sleeve projection. B.Thickness: Not less than 2.4 mm (3/32inch) for floor plates. For wall and ceiling plates, not less than 0.64 mm (0.025-inch) for up to 80 mm (3inch pipe), 0.89 mm (0.035-inch) for larger pipe. C.Locations: Use where pipe penetrates floors, walls and ceilings in exposed locations, in finished areas only. Provide a watertight joint in spaces where brass or steel pipe sleeves are specified. 2.16 ASBESTOSMaterials containing asbestos are not permitted.PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ARRANGEMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A.Coordinate location of piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, ductwork and equipment. Locate piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, ductwork and equipment clear of windows, doors, openings, light outlets, and other services and utilities. Prepare equipment layout drawings to coordinate proper location and personnel access of all facilities. Submit the drawings for review as required by Part 1. Follow manufacturer's published recommendations for installation methods not otherwise specified. B.Operating Personnel Access and Observation Provisions: Select and arrange all equipment and systems to provide clear view and easy access, without use of portable ladders, for maintenance and operation of all devices including, but not limited to: all equipment items, valves, filters, strainers, transmitters, sensors, control devices. All gages and indicators shall be clearly visible by personnel standing on the floor or on permanent platforms. Do not reduce or change maintenance and operating space and access provisions that are shown on the drawings. C.Equipment and Piping Support: Coordinate structural systems necessary for pipe and equipment support with pipe and equipment locations to permit proper installation.D.Location of pipe sleeves, trenches and chases shall be accurately coordinated with equipment and piping locations.E.Cutting Holes:1.Cut holes through concrete and masonry by rotary core drill. Pneumatic hammer, impact electric, and hand or manual hammer type drill will not be allowed, except as permitted by Resident Engineer where working area space is limited.2.Locate holes to avoid interference with structural members such as beams or grade beams. Holes shall be laid out in advance and drilling done only after approval by Resident Engineer. If the Contractor considers it necessary to drill through structural members, this matter shall be referred to Resident Engineer for approval.3.Do not penetrate membrane waterproofing.F.Interconnection of Instrumentation or Control Devices: Generally, electrical and pneumatic interconnections are not shown but must be provided.G.Minor Piping: Generally, small diameter pipe runs from drips and drains, water cooling, and other service are not shown but must be provided.H.Electrical and Pneumatic Interconnection of Controls and Instruments: This generally not shown but must be provided. This includes interconnections of sensors, transmitters, transducers, control devices, control and instrumentation panels, instruments and computer workstations. Comply with NFPA-70.I.Protection and Cleaning: 1.Equipment and materials shall be carefully handled, properly stored, and adequately protected to prevent damage before and during installation, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Resident Engineer. Damaged or defective items in the opinion of the Resident Engineer, shall be replaced. 2.Protect all finished parts of equipment, such as shafts and bearings where accessible, from rust prior to operation by means of protective grease coating and wrapping. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. Tightly cover and protect fixtures and equipment against dirt, water chemical, or mechanical injury. At completion of all work thoroughly clean fixtures, exposed materials and equipment. J.Concrete and Grout: Use concrete and shrink compensating grout 25 MPa (3000 psi) minimum, specified in Section 03 30 00, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. K.Install gages, thermometers, valves and other devices with due regard for ease in reading or operating and maintaining said devices. Locate and position thermometers and gages to be easily read by operator or staff standing on floor or walkway provided. Servicing shall not require dismantling adjacent equipment or pipe work. L.Install steam piping expansion joints as per manufacturer’s recommendations.M.Work in Existing Building: 1.Perform as specified in Article, OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS, Article, ALTERATIONS, and Article, RESTORATION of the Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS for relocation of existing equipment, alterations and restoration of existing building(s). 2.As specified in Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article, OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS, make alterations to existing service piping at times that will least interfere with normal operation of the facility. 3.Cut required openings through existing masonry and reinforced concrete using diamond core drills. Use of pneumatic hammer type drills, impact type electric drills, and hand or manual hammer type drills, will be permitted only with approval of the Resident Engineer. Locate openings that will least effect structural slabs, columns, ribs or beams. Refer to the Resident Engineer for determination of proper design for openings through structural sections and opening layouts approval, prior to cutting or drilling into structure. After Resident Engineer's approval, carefully cut opening through construction no larger than absolutely necessary for the required installation. N.Work in Animal Research Areas: Seal all pipe and duct penetrations with silicone sealant to prevent entrance of insects. O.Switchgear/Electrical Equipment Drip Protection: Every effort shall be made to eliminate the installation of pipe above electrical and telephone switchgear. If this is not possible, encase pipe in a second pipe with a minimum of joints. Installation of piping, ductwork, leak protection apparatus or other installations foreign to the electrical installation shall be located in the space equal to the width and depth of the equipment and extending from to a height of 1.8 m (6 ft.) above the equipment of to ceiling structure, whichever is lower (NFPA 70).P.Inaccessible Equipment:1.Where the Government determines that the Contractor has installed equipment not conveniently accessible for operation and maintenance, equipment shall be removed and reinstalled or remedial action performed as directed at no additional cost to the Government.2.The term "conveniently accessible" is defined as capable of being reached without the use of ladders, or without climbing or crawling under or over obstacles such as motors, fans, pumps, belt guards, transformers, high voltage lines, piping, and ductwork.3.2 TEMPORARY PIPING AND EQUIPMENTA.Continuity of operation of existing facilities will generally require temporary installation or relocation of equipment and piping.B.The Contractor shall provide all required facilities in accordance with the requirements of phased construction and maintenance of service. All piping and equipment shall be properly supported, sloped to drain, operate without excessive stress, and shall be insulated where injury can occur to personnel by contact with operating facilities. The requirements of Paragraph 3.1 apply.C.Temporary facilities and piping shall be completely removed and any openings in structures sealed. Provide necessary blind flanges and caps to seal open piping remaining in service.3.3 RIGGINGA.Design is based on application of available equipment. Openings in building structures are planned to accommodate design scheme.B.Alternative methods of equipment delivery may be offered by Contractor and will be considered by Government under specified restrictions of phasing and maintenance of service as well as structural integrity of the building.C.Close all openings in the building when not required for rigging operations to maintain proper environment in the facility for Government operation and maintenance of service. D.Contractor shall provide all facilities required to deliver specified equipment and place on foundations. Attachments to structures for rigging purposes and support of equipment on structures shall be Contractor's full responsibility. Upon request, the Government will check structure adequacy and advise Contractor of recommended restrictions.E.Contractor shall check all clearances, weight limitations and shall offer a rigging plan designed by a Registered Professional Engineer. All modifications to structures, including reinforcement thereof, shall be at Contractor's cost, time and responsibility.F.Rigging plan and methods shall be referred to Resident Engineer for evaluation prior to actual work.G.Restore building to original condition upon completion of rigging work.3.4 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A.Where hanger spacing does not correspond with joist or rib spacing, use structural steel channels secured directly to joist and rib structure that will correspond to the required hanger spacing, and then suspend the equipment and piping from the channels. Drill or burn holes in structural steel only with the prior approval of the Resident Engineer. B.Use of chain, wire or strap hangers; wood for blocking, stays and bracing; or, hangers suspended from piping above will not be permitted. Replace or thoroughly clean rusty products and paint with zinc primer. C.Use hanger rods that are straight and vertical. Turnbuckles for vertical adjustments may be omitted where limited space prevents use. Provide a minimum of 15 mm (1/2inch) clearance between pipe or piping covering and adjacent work. D.HVAC Horizontal Pipe Support Spacing: Refer to MSS SP69. Provide additional supports at valves, strainers, inline pumps and other heavy components. Provide a support within one foot of each elbow. E.HVAC Vertical Pipe Supports: 1.Up to 150 mm (6inch pipe), 9 m (30 feet) long, bolt riser clamps to the pipe below couplings, or welded to the pipe and rests supports securely on the building structure. 2.Vertical pipe larger than the foregoing, support on base elbows or tees, or substantial pipe legs extending to the building structure. F.Overhead Supports:1.The basic structural system of the building is designed to sustain the loads imposed by equipment and piping to be supported overhead.2.Provide steel structural members, in addition to those shown, of adequate capability to support the imposed loads, located in accordance with the final approved layout of equipment and piping.3.Tubing and capillary systems shall be supported in channel troughs.G.Floor Supports:1.Provide concrete bases, concrete anchor blocks and pedestals, and structural steel systems for support of equipment and piping. Anchor and dowel concrete bases and structural systems to resist forces under operating and seismic conditions (if applicable) without excessive displacement or structural failure.2.Do not locate or install bases and supports until equipment mounted thereon has been approved. Size bases to match equipment mounted thereon plus 50 mm (2 inch) excess on all edges. Boiler foundations shall have horizontal dimensions that exceed boiler base frame dimensions by at least 150 mm (6 inches) on all sides. Refer to structural drawings. Bases shall be neatly finished and smoothed, shall have chamfered edges at the top, and shall be suitable for painting.3.All equipment shall be shimmed, leveled, firmly anchored, and grouted with epoxy grout. Anchor bolts shall be placed in sleeves, anchored to the bases. Fill the annular space between sleeves and bolts with a granular material to permit alignment and realignment.For seismic anchoring, refer to Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS. 3.5 MECHANICAL DEMOLITIONA.Rigging access, other than indicated on the drawings, shall be provided by the Contractor after approval for structural integrity by the Resident Engineer. Such access shall be provided without additional cost or time to the Government. Where work is in an operating plant, provide approved protection from dust and debris at all times for the safety of plant personnel and maintenance of plant operation and environment of the plant.B.In an operating facility, maintain the operation, cleanliness and safety. Government personnel will be carrying on their normal duties of operating, cleaning and maintaining equipment and plant operation. Confine the work to the immediate area concerned; maintain cleanliness and wet down demolished materials to eliminate dust. Do not permit debris to accumulate in the area to the detriment of plant operation. Perform all flame cutting to maintain the fire safety integrity of this plant. Adequate fire extinguishing facilities shall be available at all times. Perform all work in accordance with recognized fire protection standards. Inspection will be made by personnel of the VA Medical Center, and Contractor shall follow all directives of the RE or COTR with regard to rigging, safety, fire safety, and maintenance of operations.pletely remove all piping, wiring, conduit, and other devices associated with the equipment not to be re-used in the new work. This includes all pipe, valves, fittings, insulation, and all hangers including the top connection and any fastenings to building structural systems. Seal all openings, after removal of equipment, pipes, ducts, and other penetrations in roof, walls, floors, in an approved manner and in accordance with plans and specifications where specifically covered. Structural integrity of the building system shall be maintained. Reference shall also be made to the drawings and specifications of the other disciplines in the project for additional facilities to be demolished or handled.D.All valves including gate, globe, ball, butterfly and check, all pressure gages and thermometers with wells shall remain Government property and shall be removed and delivered to Resident Engineer and stored as directed. The Contractor shall remove all other material and equipment, devices and demolition debris under these plans and specifications. Such material shall be removed from Government property expeditiously and shall not be allowed to accumulate.3.6 CLEANING AND PAINTINGA.Prior to final inspection and acceptance of the plant and facilities for beneficial use by the Government, the plant facilities, equipment and systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted. Refer to Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.B.In addition, the following special conditions apply:Cleaning shall be thorough. Use solvents, cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturers for the specific tasks. Remove all rust prior to painting and from surfaces to remain unpainted. Repair scratches, scuffs, and abrasions prior to applying prime and finish coats. Material And Equipment Not To Be Painted Includes:a.Motors, controllers, control switches, and safety switches.b.Control and interlock devices.c.Regulators.d.Pressure reducing valves.e.Control valves and thermostatic elements.f.Lubrication devices and grease fittings.g.Copper, brass, aluminum, stainless steel and bronze surfaces.h.Valve stems and rotating shafts.i.Pressure gauges and thermometers.j.Glass.k.Name plates.3.Control and instrument panels shall be cleaned, damaged surfaces repaired, and shall be touched-up with matching paint obtained from panel manufacturer.4.Pumps, motors, steel and cast iron bases, and coupling guards shall be cleaned, and shall be touched-up with the same color as utilized by the pump manufacturer 5.Temporary Facilities: Apply paint to surfaces that do not have existing finish coats.6.Paint shall withstand the following temperatures without peeling or discoloration:a.Condensate and feedwater -- 38 degrees C (100 degrees F) on insulation jacket surface and 120 degrees C (250 degrees F) on metal pipe surface.b.Steam -- 52 degrees C (125 degrees F) on insulation jacket surface and 190 degrees C (375 degrees F) on metal pipe surface.7.Final result shall be smooth, even-colored, even-textured factory finish on all items. Completely repaint the entire piece of equipment if necessary to achieve this.3.7 IDENTIFICATION SIGNSA.Provide laminated plastic signs, with engraved lettering not less than 5?mm (3/16-inch) high, designating functions, for all equipment, switches, motor controllers, relays, meters, control devices, including automatic control valves. Nomenclature and identification symbols shall correspond to that used in maintenance manual, and in diagrams specified elsewhere. Attach by chain, adhesive, or screws.B.Factory Built Equipment: Metal plate, securely attached, with name and address of manufacturer, serial number, model number, size, performance.C.Pipe Identification: Refer to Section 09 91 00, PAINTING.3.8 MOTOR AND DRIVE ALIGNMENT A.Belt Drive: Set driving and driven shafts parallel and align so that the corresponding grooves are in the same plane. B.Directconnect Drive: Securely mount motor in accurate alignment so that shafts are free from both angular and parallel misalignment when both motor and driven machine are operating at normal temperatures. 3.9 LUBRICATION A.Lubricate all devices requiring lubrication prior to initial operation. Field-check all devices for proper lubrication.B.Equip all devices with required lubrication fittings or devices. Provide a minimum of one liter (one quart) of oil and 0.5 kg (one pound) of grease of manufacturer's recommended grade and type for each different application; also provide 12 grease sticks for lubricated plug valves. Deliver all materials to Resident Engineer in unopened containers that are properly identified as to application.C.Provide a separate grease gun with attachments for applicable fittings for each type of grease applied.D.All lubrication points shall be accessible without disassembling equipment, except to remove access plates.3.10 commissioning A.Provide commissioning documentation in accordance with the requirements of Section 23 08 00 – COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS for all inspection, start up, and contractor testing required above and required by the System Readiness Checklist provided by the Commissioning Agent.ponents provided under this section of the specifications will be tested as part of a larger system. Refer to Section 23 08 00 – COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS and related sections for contractor responsibilities for system commissioning.3.11 STARTUP AND TEMPORARY OPERATION Start up equipment as described in equipment specifications. Verify that vibration is within specified tolerance prior to extended operation. Temporary use of equipment is specified in Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article, TEMPORARY USE OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3.12 OPERATING AND PERFORMANCE TESTS A.Prior to the final inspection, perform required tests as specified in Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and submit the test reports and records to the Resident Engineer. B.Should evidence of malfunction in any tested system, or piece of equipment or component part thereof, occur during or as a result of tests, make proper corrections, repairs or replacements, and repeat tests at no additional cost to the Government. C.When completion of certain work or system occurs at a time when final control settings and adjustments cannot be properly made to make performance tests, then make performance tests for heating systems and for cooling systems respectively during first actual seasonal use of respective systems following completion of work. 3.13 INSTRUCTIONS TO VA PERSONNELProvide in accordance with Article, INSTRUCTIONS, of Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, and Section 23 08 11, DEMONSTRATIONS AND TESTS FOR BOILER PLANT. E N D SECTION 23 31 00 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A.Ductwork and accessories for HVAC including the following: 1.Supply air, return air, outside air, exhaust, make-up air, and relief systems. 3.Exhaust duct for chemical fume hoods, kitchen hood exhaust (grease) and “wet exhaust” ducts. B.Definitions: 1.SMACNA Standards as used in this specification means the HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. 2.Seal or Sealing: Use of liquid or mastic sealant, with or without compatible tape overlay, or gasketing of flanged joints, to keep air leakage at duct joints, seams and connections to an acceptable minimum. 3.Duct Pressure Classification: SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible. 1.2 RELATED WORK A.Fire Stopping Material: Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. B.Outdoor and Exhaust Louvers: Section 08 90 00, LOUVERS and VENTS. C.Kitchen Hoods: Section 23 38 13, COMMERCIAL-KITCHEN HOODS. D.Fume Hoods: Section 11 53 13, LABORATORY FUME HOODS. E.Seismic Reinforcing: Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS.F.General Mechanical Requirements: Section 23 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC and STEAM GENERATION. G.Noise Level Requirements: Section 23 05 41, NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING and EQUIPMENT. H.Duct Insulation: Section 23 07 11, HVAC, PLUMBING, and BOILER PLANT INSULATIONI.Plumbing Connections: Section 22 11 00, FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION J.Air Flow Control Valves and Terminal Units: Section 23 36 00, AIR TERMINAL UNITS. K.Duct Mounted Coils: Section 23 82 16, AIR COILS.L.Supply Air Fans: Section 23 73 00, INDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS. M.Return Air and Exhaust Air Fans: Section 23 34 00, HVAC FANS. N.Air Filters and Filters' Efficiencies: Section 23 40 00, HVAC AIR CLEANING DEVICES. O.Duct Mounted Instrumentation: Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC. P.Testing and Balancing of Air Flows: Section 23 05 93, TESTING, ADJUSTING, and BALANCING FOR HVAC.Q.Smoke Detectors: Section 28 31 00, FIRE DETECTION and ALARM. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Refer to article, QUALITY ASSURANCE, in Section 23 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC and STEAM GENERATION. B.Fire Safety Code: Comply with NFPA 90A. C.Duct System Construction and Installation: Referenced SMACNA Standards are the minimum acceptable quality.D.Duct Sealing, Air Leakage Criteria, and Air Leakage Tests: Ducts shall be sealed as per duct sealing requirements of SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual for duct pressure classes shown on the drawings.E.Duct accessories exposed to the air stream, such as dampers of all types (except smoke dampers) and access openings, shall be of the same material as the duct or provide at least the same level of corrosion resistance. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, and SAMPLES. B.Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1.Rectangular ducts: a.Schedules of duct systems, materials and selected SMACNA construction alternatives for joints, sealing, gage and reinforcement. b.Duct liner. c.Sealants and gaskets. d.Access doors. 2.Round and flat oval duct construction details: a.Manufacturer's details for duct fittings. b.Duct liner. c.Sealants and gaskets. d.Access sections. e.Installation instructions. 3.Volume dampers, back draft dampers. 4.Upper hanger attachments. 5.Fire dampers, fire doors, and smoke dampers with installation instructions.6.Sound attenuators, including pressure drop and acoustic performance. 7.Flexible ducts and clamps, with manufacturer's installation instructions. 8.Flexible connections. 9.Instrument test fittings. 10Details and design analysis of alternate or optional duct systems. 11COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC and STEAM GENERATION. C.Coordination Drawings: Refer to article, SUBMITTALS, in Section 23 05 11 – Common Work Results for HVAC and Steam Generation.1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A.The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B.American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE):ASCE7-05Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures C.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A16799(2009)Standard Specification for Stainless and HeatResisting ChromiumNickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip A653-09Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, ZincCoated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip processA1011-09aStandard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot rolled, Carbon, structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High StrengthB20907Standard Specification for Aluminum and AluminumAlloy Sheet and PlateC1071-05e1Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material)E84-09aStandard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsD.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 90A-09Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 96-08Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking OperationsE.Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): 2nd Edition – 2005HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible 1st Edition - 1985HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual 6th Edition – 2003Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards F.Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 18108FactoryMade Air Ducts and Air Connectors 55506 Standard for Fire Dampers 555S06 Standard for Smoke DampersPART 2 PRODUCTS SPEC WRITER NOTE: The following ductwork is not permitted:1.Fibrous glass ductwork2.Underground Ductwork3.Concrete Ductwork2.1 DUCT MATERIALS AND SEALANTS A.General: Except for systems specified otherwise, construct ducts, casings, and accessories of galvanized sheet steel, ASTM A653, coating G90; or, aluminum sheet, ASTM B209, alloy 1100, 3003 or 5052.B.Specified Corrosion Resistant Systems: Stainless steel sheet, ASTM A167, Class 302 or 304, Condition A (annealed) Finish No. 4 for exposed ducts and Finish No. 2B for concealed duct or ducts located in mechanical rooms.C.Optional Duct Materials: 1.Grease Duct: Double wall factorybuilt grease duct, UL labeled and complying with NFPA 96 may be furnished in lieu of specified materials for kitchen and grill hood exhaust duct. Installation and accessories shall comply with the manufacturers catalog data. Outer jacket of exposed ductwork shall be stainless steel. Square and rectangular duct shown on the drawings will have to be converted to equivalent round size.D.Joint Sealing: Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, paragraph S1.9. 1.Sealant: Elastomeric compound, gun or brush grade, maximum 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed (dry state) compounded specifically for sealing ductwork as recommended by the manufacturer. Generally provide liquid sealant, with or without compatible tape, for low clearance slip joints and heavy, permanently elastic, mastic type where clearances are larger. Oil base caulking and glazing compounds are not acceptable because they do not retain elasticity and bond. 2.Tape: Use only tape specifically designated by the sealant manufacturer and apply only over wet sealant. Pressure sensitive tape shall not be used on bare metal or on dry sealant. 3.Gaskets in Flanged Joints: Soft neoprene. E.Approved factory made joints may be used. 2.2 DUCT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION A.Regardless of the pressure classifications outlined in the SMACNA Standards, fabricate and seal the ductwork in accordance with the following pressure classifications: B.Duct Pressure Classification: 0 to 50 mm (2 inch)> 50 mm to 75 mm (2 inch to 3 inch)> 75 mm to 100 mm (3 inch to 4 inch)Show pressure classifications on the floor plans. C.Seal Class: All ductwork shall receive Class A SealD.Operating Room/Cystoscopy Room Supply Air: All supply air ductwork on the downstream side of the terminal final HEPA filter serving an operating room or cystoscopy room shall be fabricated from welded stainless steel, including all components of the air distribution system up to and including the supply air outlet.E.Wet Air Exhaust Ducts and Accessories: Ducts for dishwashers, scullery hood, cart washers, manual cart washers, cage washers, steam sterilizer hoods and orthotics hoods shall be 1.3 mm (18 gage) stainless steel made liquid tight with continuous external weld for all seams and joints. Provide neoprene gaskets at flanged connections. Where ducts are not self draining back to the equipment, provide low point drain pocket with copper drain pipe to sanitary sewer. Provide access door in side of duct at drain pockets. G.Kitchen and Grill Hood (Ventilator) Exhaust Ducts: Comply with NFPA 96. 1.Material: 1.6 mm (16 gage) steel sheet (black iron), ASTM A1011, or 1.3 mm (18 gage) stainless steel. Use stainless steel for exposed duct in occupied areas. See Optional Duct Materials.2.Construction: Liquid tight with continuous external weld for all seams and joints. Where ducts are not self draining back to the equipment, provide low point drain pocket with copper drain pipe to sanitary sewer. Provide access doors or panels for duct cleaning inside of horizontal duct at drain pockets, at 6 m (20 feet) intervals, and at each change of direction. 3.Access doors or panels shall be of the same material and thickness of the duct with gaskets and sealants that are rated 815 degrees C (1500 degrees F) and shall be grease-tight.4.Grease Duct: Double-wall factory-built grease duct, UL labeled and complying with NFPA 96 may be furnished in lieu of specified materials for kitchen and grill hood exhaust. Installation and accessories shall comply with the manufacturers catalog data. Outer jacket of exposed ductwork shall be stainless steel. Square and rectangular duct shown in the drawings will have to be converted to equivalent round size.H.Radioisotope H3, Hood Exhaust and Associated Ductwork: 1.3 mm (18 gage) all welded stainless steel duct.I.Laboratory Hood, Exhaust and Associated Ductwork: 1.3 mm (18 gage) all welded Stainless steel.J.Biological Safety Cabinet, H12, Hood Exhaust and Associated Ductwork: 1.3 mm (18 gage) all welded stainless steel. K.Perchloric Acid H14, Hood Exhaust: 1.3 mm (18 gage) stainless steel, liquid tight welded construction. Provide water wash down system in the hood and all associated ductwork to the exhaust air outlet. Coordinate the wash down system requirements with the specified hood.L.Duct for Negative Pressure Up to 750 Pa (3 inch W.G.): Provide for exhaust duct between HEPA filters and exhaust fan inlet including systems for Autopsy Suite exhaust. 1.Round Duct: Galvanized steel, spiral lock seam construction with standard slip joints. 2.Rectangular Duct: Galvanized steel, minimum 1.0 mm (20 gage), Pittsburgh lock seam, companion angle joints 32 mm by 3.2 mm (11/4 by 1/8 inch) minimum at not more than 2.4 m (8 feet) spacing. Approved pre-manufactured joints are acceptable in lieu of companion angles. M.Round and Flat Oval Ducts: Furnish duct and fittings made by the same manufacturer to insure good fit of slip joints. When submitted and approved in advance, round and flat oval duct, with size converted on the basis of equal pressure drop, may be furnished in lieu of rectangular duct design shown on the drawings. 1.Elbows: Diameters 80 through 200 mm (3 through 8 inches) shall be two sections die stamped, all others shall be gored construction, maximum 18 degree angle, with all seams continuously welded or standing seam. Coat galvanized areas of fittings damaged by welding with corrosion resistant aluminum paint or galvanized repair compound.2.Provide bell mouth, conical tees or taps, laterals, reducers, and other low loss fittings as shown in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. 3.Ribbed Duct Option: Lighter gage round/oval duct and fittings may be furnished provided certified tests indicating that the rigidity and performance is equivalent to SMACNA standard gage ducts are submitted. a.Ducts: Manufacturer's published standard gage, G90 coating, spiral lock seam construction with an intermediate standing rib.b.Fittings: May be manufacturer's standard as shown in published catalogs, fabricated by spot welding and bonding with neoprene base cement or machine formed seam in lieu of continuous welded seams. 4.Provide flat side reinforcement of oval ducts as recommended by the manufacturer and SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standard S3.13. Because of high pressure loss, do not use internal tierod reinforcement unless approved by the Resident Engineer. N.VA Type A and B Canopy Hoods, Reagent Grade Water Treatment Room and Battery Charging Room Exhausts: Constructed of 1.3 mm (18 gage) stainless steel. O.Casings and Plenums: Construct in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Section 6, including curbs, access doors, pipe penetrations, eliminators and drain pans. Access doors shall be hollow metal, insulated, with latches and door pulls, 500 mm (20 inches) wide by 1200 - 1350 mm (48 54 inches) high. Provide view port in the doors where shown. Provide drain for outside air louver plenum. Outside air plenum shall have exterior insulation. Drain piping shall be routed to the nearest floor drain.P.Volume Dampers: Single blade or opposed blade, multilouver type as detailed in SMACNA Standards. Refer to SMACNA Detail Figure 2-12 for Single Blade and Figure 2.13 for Multi-blade Volume Dampers. Q.Duct Hangers and Supports: Refer to SMACNA Standards Section IV. Avoid use of trapeze hangers for round duct. 2.3 DUCT LINER (Where indicated on drawings) A.Duct sizes shown on drawings for lined duct are clear opening inside lining. B.Duct liner is only permitted to be used for return, relief and general exhaust ducts. Duct liner is not permitted for outside air ducts, supply air ducts or any other positive pressure ductwork (provide exterior insulation only).C.Rectangular Duct or Casing Liner: ASTM C1071, Type I (flexible), or Type II (board), 25 mm (one inch) minimum thickness, applied with mechanical fasteners and 100 percent coverage of adhesive in conformance with SMACNA, Duct Liner Application Standard. D.Round and Oval Duct Liner: Factory fabricated doublewalled with // 25 // 50 // 75 // mm (// one // two // three // inch //) thick sound insulation and inner perforated galvanized metal liner. Construction shall comply with flame and smoke rating required by NFPA 90A. Metal liner shall be 1.0 to 0.60 mm (20 to 24 gage) having perforations not exceeding 2.4 mm (3/32 inch) diameter and approximately 22 percent free area. Metal liner for fittings need not be perforated. Assemblies shall be complete with continuous sheet Mylar liner, 2 mil thickness, between the perforated liner and the insulation to prevent erosion of the insulation. Provide liner couplings/spacer for metal liner. At the end of insulated sections, provide insulation end fittings to reduce outer shell to liner size. Provide liner spacing/concentricity leaving airway unobstructed. 2.4 DUCT ACCESS DOORS, PANELS AND SECTIONS A.Provide access doors, sized and located for maintenance work, upstream, in the following locations: 1.Each duct mounted coil and humidifier. 2.Each fire damper (for link service), smoke damper and automatic control damper.3.Each duct mounted smoke detector. 4.For cleaning operating room supply air duct and kitchen hood exhaust duct, locate access doors at 6 m (20 feet) intervals and at each change in duct direction. B.Openings shall be as large as feasible in small ducts, 300 mm by 300 mm (12 inch by 12 inch) minimum where possible. Access sections in insulated ducts shall be doublewall, insulated. Transparent shatterproof covers are preferred for uninsulated ducts. 1.For rectangular ducts: Refer to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Figure 212). 2.For round and flat oval duct: Refer to SMACNA HVAC duct Construction Standards (Figure 2-11). 2.5 FIRE DAMPERS A.Galvanized steel, interlocking blade type, UL listing and label, 11/2 hour rating, 70 degrees C (160 degrees F) fusible line, 100 percent free opening with no part of the blade stack or damper frame in the air stream. B.Fire dampers in wet air exhaust shall be of stainless steel construction, all others may be galvanized steel.C.Minimum requirements for fire dampers: 1.The damper frame may be of design and length as to function as the mounting sleeve, thus eliminating the need for a separate sleeve, as allowed by UL 555. Otherwise provide sleeves and mounting angles, minimum 1.9 mm (14 gage), required to provide installation equivalent to the damper manufacturer's UL test installation. 2.Submit manufacturer's installation instructions conforming to UL rating test. 2.6 SMOKE DAMPERSA.Maximum air velocity, through free area of open damper, and pressure loss: Low pressure and medium pressure duct (supply, return, exhaust, outside air): 450 m/min (1500 fpm). Maximum static pressure loss: 32 Pa (0.13 inch W.G.).B.Maximum air leakage, closed damper: 0.32 cubic meters /min/square meter (4.0 CFM per square foot) at 750 Pa (3 inch W.G.) differential pressure.C.Minimum requirements for dampers:1.Shall comply with requirements of Table 6-1 of UL 555S, except for the Fire Endurance and Hose Stream Test.2.Frame: Galvanized steel channel with side, top and bottom stops or seals.3.Blades: Galvanized steel, parallel type preferably, 300 mm (12 inch) maximum width, edges sealed with neoprene, rubber or felt, if required to meet minimum leakage. Airfoil (streamlined) type for minimum noise generation and pressure drop are preferred for duct mounted dampers.4.Shafts: Galvanized steel.5.Bearings: Nylon, bronze sleeve or ball type.6.Hardware: Zinc plated.7.Operation: Automatic open/close. No smoke damper that requires manual reset or link replacement after actuation is acceptable. See drawings for required control operation.D.Motor operator (actuator): Provide pneumatic or electric as required by the automatic control system, externally mounted on stand-offs to allow complete insulation coverage.2.7 COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERSCombination fire and smoke dampers: Multiblade type units meeting all requirements of both fire dampers and smoke dampers shall be used where shown and may be used at the Contractor's option where applicable.2.8 FIRE DOORS Galvanized steel, interlocking blade type, UL listing and label, 71 degrees C (160 degrees F) fusible link, 3 hour rating and approved for openings in Class A fire walls with rating up to 4 hours, 100 percent free opening with no part of the blade stack or damper frame in the air stream. 2.9 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT A.General: Factory fabricated, complying with NFPA 90A for connectors not passing through floors of buildings. Flexible ducts shall not penetrate any fire or smoke barrier which is required to have a fire resistance rating of one hour or more. Flexible duct length shall not exceed 1.5 m (5 feet). Provide insulated acoustical air duct connectors in supply air duct systems and elsewhere as shown. B.Flexible ducts shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., complying with UL 181. Ducts larger than 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter shall be Class 1. Ducts 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter and smaller may be Class 1 or Class 2. C.Insulated Flexible Air Duct: Factory made including mineral fiber insulation with maximum C factor of 0.25 at 24 degrees C (75 degrees F) mean temperature, encased with a low permeability moisture barrier outer jacket, having a puncture resistance of not less than 50 Beach Units. Acoustic insertion loss shall not be less than 3 dB per 300 mm (foot) of straight duct, at 500 Hz, based on 150 mm (6 inch) duct, of 750 m/min (2500 fpm). D.Application Criteria: 1.Temperature range: -18 to 93 degrees C (0 to 200 degrees F) internal. 2.Maximum working velocity: 1200 m/min (4000 feet per minute). 3.Minimum working pressure, inches of water gage: 2500 Pa (10 inches) positive, 500 Pa (2 inches) negative. E.Duct Clamps: 100 percent nylon strap, 80 kg (175 pounds) minimum loop tensile strength manufactured for this purpose or stainless steel strap with cadmium plated worm gear tightening device. Apply clamps with sealant and as approved for UL 181, Class 1 installation. 2.10 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS Where duct connections are made to fans, air terminal units, and air handling units, install a noncombustible flexible connection of 822 g (29 ounce) neoprene coated fiberglass fabric approximately 150 mm (6 inches) wide. For connections exposed to sun and weather provide hypalon coating in lieu of neoprene. Burning characteristics shall conform to NFPA 90A. Securely fasten flexible connections to round ducts with stainless steel or zinccoated iron draw bands with worm gear fastener. For rectangular connections, crimp fabric to sheet metal and fasten sheet metal to ducts by screws 50 mm (2 inches) on center. Fabric shall not be stressed other than by air pressure. Allow at least 25 mm (one inch) slack to insure that no vibration is transmitted. 2.11 SOUND ATTENUATING UNITS A.Casing, not less than 1.0 mm (20 gage) galvanized sheet steel, or 1.3 mm (18 gage) aluminum fitted with suitable flanges to make clean airtight connections to ductwork. Soundabsorbent material faced with glass fiber cloth and covered with not less than 0,6 mm (24 gage) or heavier galvanized perforated sheet steel, or 0.85 mm (22 gage) or heavier perforated aluminum. Perforations shall not exceed 4 mm (5/32inch) diameter, approximately 25 percent free area. Sound absorbent material shall be long glass fiber acoustic blanket meeting requirements of NFPA 90A. B.Entire unit shall be completely air tight and free of vibration and buckling at internal static pressures up to 2000 Pa (8 inches W.G.) at operating velocities. C.Pressure drop through each unit: Not to exceed indicated value at design air quantities indicated. D.Submit complete independent laboratory test data showing pressure drop and acoustical performance. E.Cap open ends of attenuators at factory with plastic, heavy duty paper, cardboard, or other appropriate material to prevent entrance of dirt, water, or any other foreign matter to inside of attenuator. Caps shall not be removed until attenuator is installed in duct system. 2.12 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS Galvanized steel or extruded aluminum 300 mm (12 inches) above finish roof service, continuous welded corner seams, treated wood nailer, 40 mm (11/2 inch) thick, 48 kg/cubic meter (3 pound/cubic feet) density rigid mineral fiberboard insulation with metal liner, builtin cant strip (except for gypsum or tectum decks). For surface insulated roof deck, provide raised cant strip (recessed mounting flange) to start at the upper surface of the insulation. Curbs shall be constructed for pitched roof or ridge mounting as required to keep top of curb level. 2.13 FIRESTOPPING MATERIALRefer to Section 07 84 00, FIRESTOPPING. 2.15 DUCT MOUNTEDThermometer (air) A.Stem Type Thermometers: ASTM E1, 7 inch scale, red appearing mercury, lens front tube, cast aluminum case with enamel finish and clear glass or polycarbonate window, brass stem, 2 percent of scale accuracy to ASTM E77 scale calibrated in degrees Fahrenheit. B.Thermometer Supports:1.Socket: Brass separable sockets for thermometer stems with or without extensions as required, and with cap and chain.2.Flange: 3 inch outside diameter reversible flange, designed to fasten to sheet metal air ducts, with brass perforated stem.2.16 DUCT MOUNTEDTEmperature sensor (AIR) Refer to Section 23 09 23, DIRECT-DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC. 2.17 INSTRUMENT TEST FITTINGS A.Manufactured type with a minimum 50 mm (two inch) length for insulated duct, and a minimum 25 mm (one inch) length for duct not insulated. Test hole shall have a flat gasket for rectangular ducts and a concave gasket for round ducts at the base, and a screw cap to prevent air leakage. B.Provide instrument test holes at each duct or casing mounted temperature sensor or transmitter, and at entering and leaving side of each heating coil, cooling coil, and heat recovery unit. 2.18 AIR FLOW CONTROL VALVES (AFCV) Refer to Section 23 36 00 / 23 82 00, AIR TERMINAL UNITS / CONVECTION HEATING and COOLING UNITS. 2.19 LEAD COVERED DUCT A.Sheet Lead: 3.1 mm (1/8 inch) thick, securely installed, free of waves, lumps or wrinkles and with as few joints as possible. B.Joints shall be made to obtain Xray absorption equivalent to adjacent sheet lead, and finished smooth and neat. 2.20 ELECTROSTATIC SHIELDING A.At the point of penetration of shielded rooms ducts shall be made electrically discontinuous by means of a flexible, nonconductive connection outside shielded room. B.Metallic duct portion inside shielded room shall be electrically bonded to shielding. part 3 - execution3.1 INSTALLATION ply with provisions of Section 23 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC and STEAM GENERATION, particularly regarding coordination with other trades and work in existing buildings. B.Fabricate and install ductwork and accessories in accordance with referenced SMACNA Standards: 1.Drawings show the general layout of ductwork and accessories but do not show all required fittings and offsets that may be necessary to connect ducts to equipment, boxes, diffusers, grilles, etc., and to coordinate with other trades. Fabricate ductwork based on field measurements. Provide all necessary fittings and offsets at no additional cost to the government. Coordinate with other trades for space available and relative location of HVAC equipment and accessories on ceiling grid. Duct sizes on the drawings are inside dimensions which shall be altered by Contractor to other dimensions with the same air handling characteristics where necessary to avoid interferences and clearance difficulties. 2.Provide duct transitions, offsets and connections to dampers, coils, and other equipment in accordance with SMACNA Standards, Section II. Provide streamliner, when an obstruction cannot be avoided and must be taken in by a duct. Repair galvanized areas with galvanizing repair compound. 3.Provide bolted construction and tierod reinforcement in accordance with SMACNA Standards. 4.Construct casings, eliminators, and pipe penetrations in accordance with SMACNA Standards, Chapter 6. Design casing access doors to swing against air pressure so that pressure helps to maintain a tight seal. C.Install duct hangers and supports in accordance with SMACNA Standards, Chapter 4. D.Install fire dampers, smoke dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to conform to the installation used for the rating test. Install fire dampers, smoke dampers and combination fire/smoke dampers at locations indicated and where ducts penetrate fire rated and/or smoke rated walls, shafts and where required by the Resident Engineer. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges per UL and NFPA. Demonstrate resetting of fire dampers and operation of smoke dampers to the Resident Engineer.E.Seal openings around duct penetrations of floors and fire rated partitions with fire stop material as required by NFPA 90A. F.Flexible duct installation: Refer to SMACNA Standards, Chapter 3. Ducts shall be continuous, single pieces not over 1.5 m (5 feet) long (NFPA 90A), as straight and short as feasible, adequately supported. Centerline radius of bends shall be not less than two duct diameters. Make connections with clamps as recommended by SMACNA. Clamp per SMACNA with one clamp on the core duct and one on the insulation jacket. Flexible ducts shall not penetrate floors, or any chase or partition designated as a fire or smoke barrier, including corridor partitions fire rated one hour or two hour. Support ducts SMACNA Standards. G.Where diffusers, registers and grilles cannot be installed to avoid seeing inside the duct, paint the inside of the duct with flat black paint to reduce visibility. H.Control Damper Installation: 1.Provide necessary blankoff plates required to install dampers that are smaller than duct size. Provide necessary transitions required to install dampers larger than duct size. 2.Assemble multiple sections dampers with required interconnecting linkage and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper motors. 3.Provide necessary sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate stratification and provide air volumes specified. Locate baffles by experimentation, and affix and seal permanently in place, only after stratification problem has been eliminated. 4.Install all damper control/adjustment devices on stand-offs to allow complete coverage of insulation.I.Air Flow Measuring Devices (AFMD): Install units with minimum straight run distances, upstream and downstream as recommended by the manufacturer. J.Low Pressure Duct Liner: Install in accordance with SMACNA, Duct Liner Application Standard. K.Protection and Cleaning: Adequately protect equipment and materials against physical damage. Place equipment in first class operating condition, or return to source of supply for repair or replacement, as determined by Resident Engineer. Protect equipment and ducts during construction against entry of foreign matter to the inside and clean both inside and outside before operation and painting. When new ducts are connected to existing ductwork, clean both new and existing ductwork by mopping and vacuum cleaning inside and outside before operation. 3.2 DUCT LEAKAGE TESTS AND REPAIR A.Ductwork leakage testing shall be performed by the Testing and Balancing Contractor directly contracted by the General Contractor and independent of the Sheet Metal Contractor.B.Ductwork leakage testing shall be performed for the entire air distribution system (including all supply, return, exhaust and relief ductwork), section by section, including fans, coils and filter sections. //Based upon satisfactory initial duct leakage test results, the scope of the testing may be reduced by the Resident Engineer on ductwork constructed to the 500 Pa (2" WG) duct pressure classification. In no case shall the leakage testing of ductwork constructed above the 500 Pa (2" WG) duct pressure classification or ductwork located in shafts or other inaccessible areas be eliminated. //C.Test procedure, apparatus and report shall conform to SMACNA Leakage Test manual. The maximum leakage rate allowed is 4 percent of the design air flow rate.D.All ductwork shall be leak tested first before enclosed in a shaft or covered in other inaccessible areas.E.All tests shall be performed in the presence of the Resident Engineer and the Test and Balance agency. The Test and Balance agency shall measure and record duct leakage and report to the Resident Engineer and identify leakage source with excessive leakage.F.If any portion of the duct system tested fails to meet the permissible leakage level, the Contractor shall rectify sealing of ductwork to bring it into compliance and shall retest it until acceptable leakage is demonstrated to the Resident Engineer.G.All tests and necessary repairs shall be completed prior to insulation or concealment of ductwork.H.Make sure all openings used for testing flow and temperatures by TAB Contractor are sealed properly.3.4 testing, adjusting and balancing (tab)Refer to Section 23 05 93, TESTING, ADJUSTING, and BALANCING FOR HVAC.3.5 operating and performance testsRefer to Section 23 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC and STEAM GENERATION E N D SECTION 26 51 00INTERIOR LIGHTINGPART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION:A.This section specifies the furnishing, installation, and connection of the interior lighting systems. The terms “lighting fixture,” “fixture,” and “luminaire” are used interchangeably.1.2 RELATED WORK A.Section 01 74 19, CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT: Disposal of lamps.B.Section 02 41 00, DEMOLITION: Removal and disposal of lamps and ballasts.C.Section 10 25 13, PATIENT BED SERVICE WALLS: Power and controls for wall-mounted fluorescent bedlight fixtures.D.Section 13 05 41, SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS FOR NON-STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS: Requirement for seismic restraint for nonstructural components.E.Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS: Requirements that apply to all sections of Division 26.F.Section 26 05 19, LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES: Low-voltage conductors. G.Section 26 05 26, GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: Requirements for personnel safety and to provide a low impedance path to ground for possible ground fault currents. H.Section 26 27 26, WIRING DEVICES: Wiring devices used for control of the lighting systems.1.3 qualITY ASSURANCEA.Refer to Paragraph, QUALIFICATIONS (PRODUCTS AND SERVICES), in Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.1.4 SUBMITTALSA.Submit six copies of the following in accordance with Section 26 05 11, REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.1.Shop Drawings:a.Submit the following information for each type of lighting fixture designated on the LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, arranged in order of lighting fixture designation.b.Material and construction details, include information on housing and optics system. c.Physical dimensions and description.d.Wiring schematic and connection diagram.e.Installation details.f.Energy efficiency data.g.Photometric data based on laboratory tests complying with IES Lighting Measurements testing and calculation guides.h.Lamp data including lumen output (initial and mean), color rendition index (CRI), rated life (hours), and color temperature (degrees Kelvin).i.Ballast data including ballast type, starting method, ambient temperature, ballast factor, sound rating, system watts, and total harmonic distortion (THD).j.For LED lighting fixtures, submit US DOE LED Lighting Facts label, and IES L70 rated life.2.Manuals: a.Submit, simultaneously with the shop drawings, complete maintenance and operating manuals, including technical data sheets, wiring diagrams, and information for ordering replacement parts.b.If changes have been made to the maintenance and operating manuals originally submitted, submit updated maintenance and operating manuals two weeks prior to the final inspection.3.Certifications: Two weeks prior to final inspection, submit the following. a.Certification by the Contractor that the interior lighting systems have been properly installed and tested.1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONSA.Publications listed below (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by designation only. B.American National Standards Institute (ANSI):C78.1-91Fluorescent Lamps - Rapid-Start Types - Dimensional and Electrical CharacteristicsC78.376-01Chromaticity of Fluorescent LampsC.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):C635-07Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel CeilingsD.Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):40 CFR 261Identification and Listing of Hazardous WasteE.Federal Communications Commission (FCC):CFR Title 47, Part 15Radio Frequency DevicesCFR Title 47, Part 18Industrial, Scientific, and Medical EquipmentF.Illuminating Engineering Society (IES):LM-79-08Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Solid-State Lighting ProductsLM-80-08Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED Light SourcesLM-82-12Characterization of LED Light Engines and LED Lamps for Electrical and Photometric Properties as a Function of TemperatureG.Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE):C62.41-91Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power CircuitsH.International Code Council (ICC):IBC-12International Building CodeI.National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70-11National Electrical Code (NEC)101-12Life Safety Code J.National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA):C82.1-04Lamp Ballasts – Line Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts C82.2-02Method of Measurement of Fluorescent Lamp BallastsC82.4-02Lamp Ballasts - Ballasts for High-Intensity Discharge and Low-Pressure Sodium (LPS) Lamps (Multiple-Supply Type)C82.11-11Lamp Ballasts - High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp BallastsLL-9-09Dimming of T8 Fluorescent Lighting SystemsSSL-1-10Electronic Drivers for LED Devices, Arrays, or SystemsK.Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 496-08Lampholders542-0599Fluorescent Lamp Starters844-12Luminaires for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations924-12Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment935-01Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts1029-94High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts1029A-06................Ignitors and Related Auxiliaries for HID Lamp Ballasts1598-08Luminaires1574-04.................Track Lighting Systems2108-04.................Low-Voltage Lighting Systems8750-09.................Light Emitting Diode (LED) Light Sources for Use in Lighting ProductsPART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURESA.Shall be in accordance with NFPA, UL, as shown on drawings, and as specified.B.Sheet Metal: 1.Shall be formed to prevent warping and sagging. Housing, trim and lens frame shall be true, straight (unless intentionally curved), and parallel to each other as designed. 2.Wireways and fittings shall be free of burrs and sharp edges, and shall accommodate internal and branch circuit wiring without damage to the wiring. 3.When installed, any exposed fixture housing surface, trim frame, door frame, and lens frame shall be free of light leaks. 4.Hinged door frames shall operate smoothly without binding. Latches shall function easily by finger action without the use of tools. C.Ballasts and lamps shall be serviceable while the fixture is in its normally installed position. Ballasts shall not be mounted to removable reflectors or wireway covers unless so specified. D.Lamp Sockets: 1.Fluorescent: Single slot entry type, requiring a one-quarter turn of the lamp after insertion. Lampholder contacts shall be the biting edge type. pact Fluorescent: 4-pin.3.High Intensity Discharge (HID): Porcelain.E.Recessed fixtures mounted in an insulated ceiling shall be listed for use in insulated ceilings. F.Mechanical Safety: Lighting fixture closures (lens doors, trim frame, hinged housings, etc.) shall be retained in a secure manner by captive screws, chains, aircraft cable, captive hinges, or fasteners such that they cannot be accidentally dislodged during normal operation or routine maintenance. G.Metal Finishes: 1.The manufacturer shall apply standard finish (unless otherwise specified) over a corrosion-resistant primer, after cleaning to free the metal surfaces of rust, grease, dirt and other deposits. Edges of pre-finished sheet metal exposed during forming, stamping or shearing processes shall be finished in a similar corrosion resistant manner to match the adjacent surface(s). Fixture finish shall be free of stains or evidence of rusting, blistering, or flaking, and shall be applied after fabrication. 2.Interior light reflecting finishes shall be white with not less than 85 percent reflectances, except where otherwise shown on the drawing. 3.Exterior finishes shall be as shown on the drawings. H.Lighting fixtures shall have a specific means for grounding metallic wireways and housings to an equipment grounding conductor. I.Light Transmitting Components for Fluorescent Fixtures: 1.Shall be 100 percent virgin acrylic. 2.Flat lens panels shall have not less than 3 mm (1/8 inch) of average thickness. 3.Unless otherwise specified, lenses, reflectors, diffusers, and louvers shall be retained firmly in a metal frame by clips or clamping ring in such a manner as to allow expansion and contraction without distortion or cracking. J.Lighting fixtures in hazardous areas shall be suitable for installation in Class and Division areas as defined in NFPA 70. pact fluorescent fixtures shall be manufactured specifically for compact fluorescent lamps with ballast integral to the fixture. Assemblies designed to retrofit incandescent fixtures are prohibited except when specifically indicated for renovation of existing fixtures. 2.2 ballasTSA.Linear Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts: Multi-voltage (120 – 277V), electronic //instant-start// //programmed-start// //rapid-start// type, designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated. Ballasts shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi-level control is indicated. Ballasts shall include the following features:1.Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit (T5 lamps only).2.Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement.3.Sound Rating: Class A.4.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): 10 percent or less.5.Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2, Category A or better.6.Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher.7.Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less.8.Ballast Factor: 0.87 or higher unless otherwise indicated.9.Power Factor: 0.98 or higher.10.EMR/RFI Interference: Comply with CFR Title 47 Part?18 for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for non-consumer equipment.11.To facilitate multi-level lamp switching, lamps within fixture shall be wired with the outermost lamp at both sides of the fixture on the same ballast, the next inward pair on another ballast and so on to the innermost lamp (or pair of lamps). Within a given room, each switch shall uniformly control the same corresponding lamp (or lamp pairs) in all fixture units that are being controlled. 12.Where three-lamp fixtures are indicated, unless switching arrangements dictate otherwise, utilize a common two-lamp ballast to operate the center lamp in pairs of adjacent units that are mounted in a continuous row. The ballast fixture and slave-lamp fixture shall be factory wired with leads or plug devices to facilitate this circuiting. Individually mounted fixtures and the odd fixture in a row shall utilize a single-lamp ballast for operation of the center lamp. 13.Dimming ballasts shall be as per above, except dimmable from 100% to // 5 // // //% of rated lamp lumens. Dimming ballasts shall be fully compatible with the dimming controls.B.Low-Frequency Linear T8 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts (allowed for Surgery Suites, Critical Care Units, and Animal Labs): Multi-voltage (120 – 277V), hybrid electronic-electromagnetic rapid-start type, designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated. Ballast shall be designed for full light output. Ballasts shall include the following features:1.Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement.2.Sound Rating: Class A.3.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): 20 percent or less.4.Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2, Category A or better.5.Operating Frequency: 60 Hz.6.Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less.7.Ballast Factor: 0.85 or higher unless otherwise indicated.8.Power Factor: 0.90 or higher.9.Interference: Comply with CFR Title 47 Part?18 for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for non-consumer equipment.10.To facilitate multi-level lamp switching, lamps within fixture shall be wired with the outermost lamp at both sides of the fixture on the same ballast, the next inward pair on another ballast and so on to the innermost lamp (or pair of lamps). Within a given room, each switch shall uniformly control the same corresponding lamp (or lamp pairs) in all fixture units that are being controlled. 11.Where three-lamp fixtures are indicated, unless switching arrangements dictate otherwise, utilize a common two-lamp ballast to operate the center lamp in pairs of adjacent units that are mounted in a continuous row. The ballast fixture and slave-lamp fixture shall be factory wired with leads or plug devices to facilitate this circuiting. Individually mounted fixtures and the odd fixture in a row shall utilize a single-lamp ballast for operation of the center lamp. pact Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts: Multi-voltage (120 – 277V), electronic programmed rapid-start type, designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated. Ballast shall be designed for full light output unless dimmer or bi-level control is indicated. Ballasts shall include the following features:1.Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.2.Automatic lamp starting after lamp replacement.3.Sound Rating: Class?A.4.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): 10 percent or less.5.Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE?C62.41.1 and IEEE?C62.41.2, Category?A or better.6.Operating Frequency: 20 kHz or higher.7.Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.7 or less.8.Ballast Factor: 0.95 or higher unless otherwise indicated.9.Power Factor: 0.98 or higher.10.Interference: Comply with CFR Title 47 Part?18 for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for non-consumer equipment.11.Dimming ballasts shall be as per above, except dimmable from 100% to // 5 // // //% of rated lamp lumens. Dimming ballasts shall be fully compatible with the dimming controls.D.Ballasts for HID fixtures: Multi-tap voltage (120 – 480V) electromagnetic ballast for high intensity discharge lamps. Include the following features unless otherwise indicated:1.Ballast Circuit: Constant-wattage autotransformer or regulating high-power-factor type.2.Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 22 deg?F (Minus 30 deg?C) for single-lamp ballasts.3.Rated Ambient Operating Temperature: 104 deg?F (40 deg?C).4.Open-circuit operation that will not reduce average life.5.Low-Noise Ballasts: Manufacturers' standard epoxy-encapsulated models designed to minimize audible fixture noise.E.Electronic ballast for HID metal-halide lamps shall include the following features unless otherwise indicated:1.Minimum Starting Temperature: Minus 20 deg?F (Minus 29 deg?C) for single-lamp ballasts.2.Rated Ambient Operating Temperature: 130 deg?F (54 deg?C).3.Lamp end-of-life detection and shutdown circuit.4.Sound Rating: Class?A.5.Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): 20 percent or less.6.Transient Voltage Protection: IEEE?C62.41.1 and IEEE?C62.41.2, Category?A or better.7.Lamp Current Crest Factor: 1.5 or less.8.Power Factor: 0.90 or higher.9.Interference: Comply with CFR Title 47 Part?18 for limitations on electromagnetic and radio-frequency interference for non-consumer equipment.10.Protection: Resettable thermal.2.3 FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLASTA.Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit, factory mounted within lighting fixture housing and compatible with ballast.2.Test Push Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening fixture or entering ceiling space.a.Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power and demonstrates unit operability.b.Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.3.Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type.4.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type with sealed power transfer relay.5.Integral Self-Test: Automatically initiates test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an integral audible alarm and a flashing LED.2.4 EMERGENCY LIGHTING plete, self-contained unit with batteries, battery charger, one or more local or remote lamp heads with lamps, under-voltage relay, and test switch.1.Enclosure: Shall be //impact-resistant thermoplastic// //cast aluminum//. Enclosure shall be suitable for the environmental conditions in which installed.2.Lamp Heads: Horizontally and vertically adjustable, mounted on the face of the unit, except where otherwise indicated.3.Lamps: Shall be sealed-beam MR-16 halogen, rated not less than //12// // // watts at the specified DC voltage.4.Battery: Shall be maintenance-free nickel-cadmium. Minimum normal life shall be minimum of 10 years.5.Battery Charger: Dry-type full-wave rectifier with charging rates to maintain the battery in fully-charged condition during normal operation, and to automatically recharge the battery within 12 hours following a 1-1/2 hour continuous discharge.6.Integral Self-Test: Automatically initiates test of unit emergency operation at required intervals. Test failure is annunciated by an integral audible alarm and a flashing LED.2.5 lampsA.Linear and U-shaped T5 and T8 Fluorescent Lamps:1.Except as indicated below, lamps shall be low-mercury energy saving type, have a color temperature between 3500 and 4100K, a Color Rendering Index (CRI) equal or greater than 80, average rated life equal to or greater than 24,000 hours when used with an instant start ballast and 30,000 hours when used with a programmed or rapid start ballast (based on 3 hour starts), and be suitable for use with dimming ballasts, unless otherwise indicated. a.Over the beds in Intensive Care, Coronary Care, Recovery, Life Support, and Observation and Treatment areas; Electromyographic, Autopsy (Necropsy), Surgery, and certain dental rooms (Examination, Oral Hygiene, Oral Surgery, Recovery, Labs, Treatment, and X-Ray) use color corrected lamps having a CRI of 85 or above and a correlated color temperature between 5000 and 6000K, as shown on the drawings.b.Other areas as shown on the drawings. 2.Lamps shall comply with EPA Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP) requirements.pact Fluorescent Lamps: 1.T4, CRI?80 (minimum), color temperature 3500K, average rated life equal to or greater than 12,000 hours (based on 3 hour starts), and suitable for use with dimming ballasts, unless otherwise indicated.2.Lamps shall comply with EPA Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP) requirements.C.High Intensity Discharge Lamps: 1.High-Pressure Sodium Lamps: CRI?21 (minimum), color temperature //1900// // //K, and average rated life of 24,000 hours. a.Lamps shall comply with EPA Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP) requirements.2.Pulse-Start, Metal-Halide Lamps: Minimum CRI?65 (minimum), color temperature //4000// // //K, and average rated life of 15,000 hours (based on 10 hour starts).3.Ceramic, Pulse-Start, Metal-Halide Lamps: CRI?80 (minimum), color temperature //4000// // //K, and average rated life of 12,000 hours (based on 10 hour starts).2.6 RADIO-INTERFERENCE-FREE FLUORESCENT FIXTURESA.Shall be specially designed for suppressing radio-frequency energy produced within the fixtures, and shall comply with Department of Defense MIL-STD-461F and IEC IP65. B.Lenses shall have metal mesh to prevent or reduce radio-frequency interference. The effective light transmittance of the lenses shall be a minimum of 75 percent.C.Fixture finish shall be anti-microbial.D.Provide RFI line filters integral to the fixtures and wired in series with the supply circuit conductors. E.Ballasts shall be as specified in this Section.2.7 wall mounted fluorescent bedlight fixturesA.Fixtures shall be lensed. B.Fixtures shall be rated for 120 Volt operation, and be powered through the patient wall unit per Section 10 25 13, PATIENT BED SERVICE WALLS.C.Provide 4-position, pull cord switch to control the upward and downward portion of the light separately and simultaneously. Include an off position, except in single bed rooms where the switch shall energize and de-energize the downward light only. In the single bed rooms, provide a 2-position pull cord switch for "on-off" control of the downward lamps.2.8 X-RAY FILM ILLUMINATORSA.Shall be the high-intensity type, flush-mounted in the walls. Multiples of the basic unit may be combined in a common housing. B.Shall have the following features: 1.Fluorescent lighting, designed to provide uniform diffusion of the light.2.Box dimensions approximately 530 mm (21 inches) high, 355 mm (14 inches) wide and 100 mm (4 inches) deep. 3.Housing shall be steel. Trim shall be stainless steel and shall extend approximately 40 mm (1-1/2 inches) from the edges of the housing. 4.Viewing panel shall thermoplastic, not less than 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick. 5.Viewing panel shall have adequate dimensions so the films will not overlap the frame and will be positioned with respect to the light source for even illumination without shadows. 6.An ON-OFF double-pole, double-throw switch. 2.9 LED exit light fixturesA.Exit light fixtures shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA and UL.B.Housing and door shall be die-cast aluminum.C.For general purpose exit light fixtures, door frame shall be hinged, with latch. For vandal-resistant exit light fixtures, door frame shall be secured with tamper-resistant screws. D.Finish shall be satin or fine-grain brushed aluminum.E.There shall be no radioactive material used in the fixtures.F.Fixtures:1.Inscription panels shall be cast or stamped aluminum a minimum of 2.25 mm (0.090 inch) thick, stenciled with 150 mm (6 inch) high letters, baked with red color stable plastic or fiberglass. Lamps shall be luminous Light Emitting Diodes (LED) mounted in center of letters on red color stable plastic or fiberglass.2.Double-Faced Fixtures: Provide double-faced fixtures where required or as shown on drawings. 3.Directional Arrows: Provide directional arrows as part of the inscription panel where required or as shown on drawings. Directional arrows shall be the "chevron-type" of similar size and width as the letters and meet the requirements of NFPA 101.G.Voltage: Multi-voltage (120 – 277V).2.10led light fixturesA.General:1.LED light fixtures shall be in accordance with IES, NFPA, UL, as shown on the drawings, and as specified.2.LED light fixtures shall be Reduction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS)-compliant.3.LED drivers shall include the following features unless otherwise indicated:a.Minimum efficiency: 85% at full load.b.Minimum Operating Ambient Temperature: -20? C. (-4? F.)c.Input Voltage: 120 - 277V (±10%) at 60 Hz.d.Integral short circuit, open circuit, and overload protection.e.Power Factor: ≥ 0.95.f.Total Harmonic Distortion: ≤ 20%.ply with FCC 47 CFR Part 15.4.LED modules shall include the following features unless otherwise indicated:ply with IES LM-79 and LM-80 requirements.b.Minimum CRI?80 and color temperature 3000??K unless otherwise specified in LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. c.Minimum Rated Life: 50,000 hours per IES L70.d.Light output lumens as indicated in the LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE.B.LED Downlights:1.Housing, LED driver, and LED module shall be products of the same manufacturer.C.LED Troffers:1.LED drivers, modules, and reflector shall be accessible, serviceable, and replaceable from below the ceiling.2.Housing, LED driver, and LED module shall be products of the same manufacturer.PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Installation shall be in accordance with the NEC, manufacturer's instructions, and as shown on the drawings or specified. B.Align, mount, and level the lighting fixtures uniformly.C.Wall-mounted fixtures shall be attached to the studs in the walls, or to a 20 gauge metal backing plate that is attached to the studs in the walls. Lighting fixtures shall not be attached directly to gypsum board.D.Lighting Fixture Supports: 1.Shall provide support for all of the fixtures. Supports may be anchored to channels of the ceiling construction, to the structural slab or to structural members within a partition, or above a suspended ceiling. 2.Shall maintain the fixture positions after cleaning and relamping. 3.Shall support the lighting fixtures without causing the ceiling or partition to deflect. 7.Surface mounted lighting fixtures: a.Fixtures shall be bolted against the ceiling independent of the outlet box at four points spaced near the corners of each unit. The bolts (or studclips) shall be minimum 6 mm (1/4 inch) bolt, secured to main ceiling runners and/or secured to cross runners. Nonturning studs may be attached to the main ceiling runners and cross runners with special nonfriction clip devices designed for the purpose, provided they bolt through the runner, or are also secured to the building structure by 12 gauge safety hangers. Studs or bolts securing fixtures weighing in excess of 25 kg (56 pounds) shall be supported directly from the building structure. b.Where ceiling cross runners are installed for support of lighting fixtures, they must have a carrying capacity equal to that of the main ceiling runners and be rigidly secured to the main runners. c.Fixtures less than 6.8 kg (15 pounds) in weight and occupying less than 3715 sq cm (two square feet) of ceiling area may, when designed for the purpose, be supported directly from the outlet box when all the following conditions are met. 1)Screws attaching the fixture to the outlet box pass through round holes (not keyhole slots) in the fixture body. 2)The outlet box is attached to a main ceiling runner (or cross runner) with approved hardware. 3)The outlet box is supported vertically from the building structure.d.Fixtures mounted in open construction shall be secured directly to the building structure with approved bolting and clamping devices. 8.Single or double pendantmounted lighting fixtures: a.Each stem shall be supported by an approved outlet box mounted swivel joint and canopy which holds the stem captive and provides spring load (or approved equivalent) dampening of fixture oscillations. Outlet box shall be supported vertically from the building structure. 9.Outlet boxes for support of lighting fixtures (where permitted) shall be secured directly to the building structure with approved devices or supported vertically in a hung ceiling from the building structure with a nine gauge wire hanger, and be secured by an approved device to a main ceiling runner or cross runner to prevent any horizontal movement relative to the ceiling.//E.Furnish and install the new lamps as specified for all lighting fixtures installed under this project, and for all existing lighting fixtures reused under this project.F.The electrical and ceiling trades shall coordinate to ascertain that approved lighting fixtures are furnished in the proper sizes and installed with the proper devices (hangers, clips, trim frames, flanges, etc.), to match the ceiling system being installed.G.Bond lighting fixtures to the grounding system as specified in Section 26 05 26, GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.H.At completion of project, replace all defective components of the lighting fixtures at no cost to the Government. I.Dispose of lamps per requirements of Section 01 74 19, CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT//, and Section 02 41 00, DEMOLITION//.3.2 Acceptance Checks and Tests A.Perform the following:1.Visual Inspection:a.Verify proper operation by operating the lighting controls.b.Visually inspect for damage to fixtures, lenses, reflectors, diffusers, and louvers. Clean fixtures, lenses, reflectors, diffusers, and louvers that have accumulated dust, dirt, or fingerprints during construction.2.Electrical tests:a.Exercise dimming components of the lighting fixtures over full range of dimming capability by operating the control devices(s) in the presence of the //Resident Engineer// //COTR//. Observe for visually detectable flicker over full dimming range, and replace defective components at no cost to the Government.b.Burn-in all lamps that require specific aging period to operate properly, prior to occupancy by Government. Burn-in period to be 40 hours minimum, unless specifically recommended otherwise by the lamp manufacturer. Burn-in dimmed fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamps for at least 100 hours at full voltage, unless specifically recommended otherwise by the lamp manufacturer. Replace any lamps and ballasts which fail during burn-in.3.3 Follow-Up VerificationA.Upon completion of acceptance checks and tests, the Contractor shall show by demonstration in service that the lighting systems are in good operating condition and properly performing the intended function.---END---ATTACHMENTSSee attached document: 102800.See attached document: 220511.See attached document: Detail Toilet Stall SD102113-01.See attached document: Detail P 701 Patient Shower SD224000-13.See attached document: Detail Accessible Lavatory SD102800-03.See attached document: Detail Shower Roll in SD102800-01.See attached document: Detail P 103 Water Closet SD224000-01.See attached document: Attachment Floor Tile and Mastic Mold Abatement 5A 5B Spec - Final SOW.See attached document: Attachment B100-5A MOLD.ASBESTOS.See attached document: Attachment B100-5B MOLD ASBESTOS.See attached document: OLD Asbuilts. ................
................

In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.

Google Online Preview   Download